hy 


: the Secretary and the Financial Report 
f the Executive Committee of 


JAN 21 1954 
LIBRARY. 


Smithsonian 
Institution 


Report of the Secretary and the Financial Report 


of the Executive Committee of 


the Board of Regents 


noinsitent 


youth baion on sail. Ye iMIST9 e, xe a " 
Yo sais oieeoaes oat, eo 
sing A binotl ont 


08 saw) bebas-vwoe sdf ea 


He Qi 


UNITED STATES | 
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 
WASHINGTON : 1953 


CONTENTS 


Page 

net: sarees ete. Wrei gout of the lintted Sietes Vv 
eta ee. Sie. Papin? of pie Delt Ri stew 1 
nama). Stat Tretiog of (het nit) Bielee 8 eee 5 
eeennne Oni! x -Merretanes of Bipgie. ee 5 
een mews eorciany Son rotory af fhe worry 6 
ES Se ee 6 
SS OE ae Ore te ee 7 
nee ee aeetoder ry: Dyiatiye abe Osaehet 8 ee 7 
Twentieth annual James Arthur lecture on the sun____________________ 8 
es EO ee ee Mee ye ee 9 
Termination of the Institute of Social Anthropology___________-______-_ 9 
Renovation of National Collection of Fine Arts______._.___...____---__~ 10 
Summary of the year’s activities of the branches of the Institution_______ 10 
Be ew ek eee 13 
Se Sr ee, Se ee ee 2) eee ee 13 
Appendix 1. Report on the United States National Museum____________ 14 
2. Report on the National Gallery of Art__.__._______________ a5 

3. Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts.__________- 38 
feaeport onthe reer, Gallery of -Art........._..........-.- 48 

5. Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology_____________ 60 

6. Report on the International Exchange Service_____________ 93 

7. Report on the National Zoological Park_____._____________ 102 

8. Report on the Astrophysical Observatory._______________-_ 121 

9. Report on the National Air Museum_____________________ 126 

10. Report on the Canal Zone Biological Area___._____________ 141 

ES US RPTL SD 7 2 5 oh: ga 148 
TES A Ce (fe ee ee 152 

Report of the executive committee of the Board of Regents_____________ 159 


¢. 

bs ia 

ond 
° 
} 


it 


. ' ws Pe 
6 7 +a — zh =. bt 7: 
us a af my 7 ain 
oP) a - : 
a a 
mh 
a! 1, ns 
- aS 
Ra she > 
- 1 7 : a 
Pe 
‘ ‘ 
ees Ob 
rn : 
en iM ? ae 


“~ am a - - 
oe oe ~~” ee ee ee 

c- ~ 43 FS SRST Soe Tae ee ee oe om 
"Sante Pie ating : 
vai ial a2 oa 

a - - seater ha leet shat x al ; 

’ ar 

a ow -_<—— =~ + ~~ bat ro Dae eae eee 
7 ‘ Bsa See es i a mel es eee Rae ee hoe 


: fi it ei “as unio ; nindt ar AX 

= noloqendae de ‘faieo’ Yo wsinhiby sted 

nave ves gf MG tliontio Te 

sth ar re sri} ‘wo sorte rub srt te eshivetoy ® 


one emo aed Os ee ee slag ook pu te oh js farewell ot ge 


en : 


a, 


ene ene se eee ‘Aina cle therties uae arin 


corvemelit lacey, setale batialh ods 3 
ase acrntlad)- io sotteve ede 
aitA aalil to sobtostiod fanaa “2 
ist, 10. violiawd qo" onl) sot 
cruaiondia cnasivon. 16 seows orld a 
soivue® sutedoxll lencitanwial ont = 
eas 2%. _sdwl tnoigofhe®? iaaotis asdf ; 
4 oo. Rie vaeedO lavierdeponteA ott ‘ns 
mneauM wih lenotien leis ee 2 


Ae 


pec swe ciie @ -auotisoildy Ro a 
_einaged to Maod odt-to eae av 


THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION 


June 30, 1953 


Presiding Officer ex officio.—Dwicut D. EISENHOWER, President of the United 
States. 
Chancellor.—F rep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States. 
Members of the Institution: 
Dwicut D. EISENHOWER, President of the United States. 
RicHarp M. NIxoN, Vice President of the United States. 
Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States. 
JOHN FostER DULLES, Secretary of State. 
GrorGE M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. 
CHARLES E. WILSON, Secretary of Defense. 
HERBERT BROWNELL, JR., Attorney General. 
ARTHUR E. SUMMERFIELD, Postmaster General. 
Doucias McKay, Secretary of the Interior. 
Ezra Tarr BENSON, Secretary of Agriculture. 
SINCLAIR WEEKS, Secretary of Commerce. 
MARTIN P. DuRKIN, Secretary of Labor. 
OvetTA Cup Hospy, Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare. 
Regents of the Institution: 
FRep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor. 
RicHarp M. Nrxon, Vice President of the United States. 
Rosert A. Tart, Member of the Senate. 
CLINTON P. ANDERSON, Member of the Senate. 
LEVERETT SALTONSTALL, Member of the Senate. 
CLARENCE CANNON, Member of the House of Representatives. 
JOHN M. Vorys, Member of the House of Representatives. 
Leroy JOHNSON, Member of the House of Representatives. 
ARTHUR H. COMPTON, citizen of Missouri. 
VANNEVAR BusH, citizen of Washington, D. C. 
RoBert V. FLEMING, citizen of Washington, D. C. 
JEROME C. HUNSAKER, citizen of Massachusetts. 
Ezecutive Committee.—Rospert VY. FLEMING, chairman, VANNEVAR BUSH, CLAR- 
ENCE CANNON. 
Secretary.—LEONARD CARMICHAEL, 
Assistant Secretaries.—JouN E. Grar, J. L. Keppy. 
Administrative assistant to the Secretary.—Mrs. LOUISE M. PEARSON. 
Treasurer.—J. D. HowAkp. 
Chief, editorial division. Pau. H. O£HSER. 
Librarian.—Mkrs. Leta F. CLarkK, 
Chief, accounting division—THomaAsS F. CLARK. 
Superintendent of buildings and labor.—L. L. OLIvEr. 
Assistant Superintendent of buildings and labor.—CHARLEs C. SINCLAIR. 
Chief, personnel dwision.— Jack B. NEWMAN. 
Chief, publications division—L. E. COMMERFORD. 
Chief, supply division—ANTHONY W. WILDING. 
Photographer.—¥. B. Kestner. 


VI ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 


Director.—A. REMINGTON KELLOGG. 
Chief, office of correspondence and records.—HELENA M. WEISS. 
Editor.—JouHN S. LEA. 


SCIENTIFIC STAFF 


DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY : 
Frank M. Setzler, head curator; A. J. Andrews, J. E. Anglim, exhibits 
preparators; W. W. Taylor, Jr., collaborator in anthropology. 

Division of Archeology: Waldo R. Wedel, curator; Clifford Evans, Jr., asso- 
ciate curator. 

Division of Ethnology: H. W. Krieger, curator; J. C. Ewers, C. M. Watkins, 
associate curators; R. A. Elder, Jr., assistant curator. 

Division of Physical Anthropology: T. Dale Stewart, curator; M. T. Newman, 
associate curator. 

Associate in Anthropology: Neil M. Judd. 

DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY: 
Waldo L. Schmitt, head curator; W. L. Brown, chief exhibits preparator ; 
C. H. Aschemeier, W. M. Perrygo, E. G. Laybourne, C. 8. East, J. D. 
Biggs, exhibits preparators; Mrs. Aime M. Awl, scientific illustrator. 

Division of Mammals: D. H. Johnson, H. W. Setzer, associate curators; 
Charles O. Handley, Jr., assistant curator; A. Brazier Howell, collaborator ; 
Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., associate. 

Division of Birds: Herbert Friedmann, curator; H. G. Deignan, associate 
curator; Samuel A. Arny, museum aide; Alexander Wetmore, research 
associate and custodian of alcoholic and skeleton collections; Arthur C. 
Bent, collaborator. 

Division of Reptiles and Amphibians: Doris M. Cochran, associate curator. 

Division of Fishes: Leonard P. Schultz, curator; E. A. Lachner, associate 
curator; W. T. Leapley, Robert H. Kanazawa, museum aides. 

Division of Insects: Edward A. Chapin, curator; R. E. Blackwelder, W. D. 
Field, O. L. Cartwright, Grace E. Glance, associate curators; Sophy Parfin, 
assistant curator; W. L. Jeilison and M. A. Carriker, collaborators. 

Section of Hymenoptera: W. M. Mann, Robert A. Cushman, assistant 
custodians. 

Section of Diptera: Charles T. Greene, assistant custodian. 

Section of Coleoptera: L. L. Buchanan, specialist for Casey collection. 

Division of Marine Invertebrates: F. A. Chace, Jr., curator; Frederick M. 
Bayer, associate curator; Mrs. L. W. Peterson, museum aide; Mrs. Harriet 
Richardson Searle, Max M. Ellis, J. Percy Moore, collaborators; Mrs. 
Mildred S. Wilson, collaborator in copepod Crustacea. 

Division of Mollusks: Harald A. Rehder, curator; Joseph P. E. Morrison, 
R. Tucker Abbott, associate curators; W. J. Byas, museum aide; Paul 
Bartsch, associate. 

Section of Helminthological Collections: Benjamin Schwartz, collabo- 
rator. 

Associates in Zoology: T. S. Palmer, W. B. Marshall, A. G. Béving, C. R. 
Shoemaker, W. K. Fisher, Austin H. Clark. 

Collaborator in Zoology: R. S. Clark. 

Collaborator in Biology: D. C. Graham. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT vil 


DEPARTMENT OF BoTANy (NATIONAL HERBARIUM) : 

Jason R. Swallen, head curator. 

Division of Phanerogams: A. C. Smith, curator; E. C. Leonard, E. H. Walker, 
Lyman B. Smith, associate curators; Velva E. Rudd, assistant curator; 
EK. P. Killip, research associate. 

Division of Ferns: C. V. Morton, curator. 

Division of Grasses: Ernest R. Sohns, associate curator; Mrs, Agnes Chase, 
F. A. McClure, research associates. 

Division of Cryptogams: C. V. Morton, acting curator; Paul S. Conger, asso- 
ciate curator; John A. Stevenson, custodian of C. G. Lloyd mycological 
collections and honorary curator of Fungi; David G. Fairchild, custodian 
of Lower Fungi. 

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY: 

W. F. Foshag, head curator; J. H. Benn and Jessie G. Beach, museum 
aides. 

Division of Mineralogy and Petrology: W. F. Foshag, acting curator; E. P. 
Henderson, G. S. Switzer, associate curators; F. E. Holden, museum 
technician; Frank L. Hess, custodian of rare metals and rare earths. 

Division of Invertebrate Paleontology and Paleobotany: Gustay A. Cooper, 
curator; A. R. Loeblich, Jr., David Nicol, Arthur L. Bowsher, associate 
curators; W. T. Allen, museum aide; J. Brookes Knight, research associate 
in paleontology. 

Section of Invertebrate Paleontology: T. W. Stanton, custodian of 
Mesozoic collection; J. B. Reeside, Jr., custodian of Mesozoic collec- 
tion; Preston Cloud, research associate. 

Section of Paleobotany: Roland W. Brown, research associate. 

Division of Vertebrate Paleontology: C. L. Gazin, curator; D. H. Dunkle, 
associate curator; F. L. Pearce, A. C. Murray, exhibits preparators. 

Associates in Mineralogy: W. T. Schaller, S. H. Perry, J. P. Marble. 

Associate in Paleontology: R. S. Bassler. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING AND INDUSTRIES: 

Frank A. Taylor, head curator. 

Dwwision of Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, acting curator. 

Section of Civil and Mechanical Engineering : Frank A. Taylor, in charge. 

Section of Marine Transporation: Frank A. Taylor, in charge. 

Section of Electricity: K. M. Perry, associate curator. 

Section of Physical Sciences and Measurement: Frank A. Taylor, in 
charge. 

Section of Land Transportation: S. H. Oliver, associate curator. 

Division of Crafts and Industries: W. N. Watkins, curator; Edward C. Ken- 
dall, associate curator; E. A. Avery, William E. Bridges, and Walter T. 
Marinetti, museum aides; F. L. Lewton, research associate. 

Section of Textiles: Grace L. Rogers, assistant curator. 

Section of Wood Technology: W. N. Watkins, in charge. 

Section of Manufactures: W. N. Watkins, in charge. 

Section of Agricultural Industries: W. N. Watkins, in charge. 

Division of Medicine and Public Health: George B. Griffenhagen, associate 
curator; Alvin E. Goins, museum aide. 

Division of Graphic Arts: Jacob Kainen, curator; J. Harry Phillips, Jr., 
museum aide. 

Section of Photography: A. J. Wedderburn, Jr., associate curator. 


Vill ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY: 
Mendel L. Peterson, acting head curator. 

Divisions of Military History and Naval History: M. L. Peterson, associate 
curator; J. R. Sirlouis, assistant curator; Craddock R. Goins, Jr., assistant 
curator. 

Division of Civil History: Margaret W. Brown, associate curator; Robert 
Leroy Morris, museum aide. 

Division of Numismatics: S. M. Mosher, associate curator. 

Division of Philately: Franklin R. Bruns, Jr., associate curator. 


NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART 


Trustees: 
Frep M. Vinson, Chief Justice of the United States, Chairman, 
JOHN Fostrer DULLEs, Secretary of State. 
GrorcE M. HUMPHREY, Secretary of the Treasury. 
LEONARD CARMICHIAEL, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. 
SAMUEL H. KRESS. 
FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN. 
DUNCAN PHILLIPS. 
CHESTER DALE. 
PAUL MELLON. 
President.—SAMUEL H. KRESs. 
Vice President.—FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN. 
Secretary-Treasurer.— HUNTINGTON CAIRNS. 
Director.—Davip E. FIN ey. 
Administrator.—Harry A. McBrRIDE. 
General Counsel.— HUNTINGTON CAIRNS. 
Chief Curadtor—JOHN WALKER. 
Assistant Director.—MacGILL JAMES. 


NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 


Director.—THOoMAs M. BrEces. 

Curator of ceramics.—P. V. GARDNER. 

Chief, Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition Service—Mrs. Joun A. Pope. 
Exhibits preparator—ROwLanp Lyon. 


FREER GALLERY OF ART 


Director.—A. G. WENLEY. 

Assistant Director.—JOHN A. Pope. 

Assistant to the Director.—Burns A. STUBBS. 

Associate in Near Eastern art.—RicHARD ETTINGHAUSEN. 
Associate in technical research.—RUTHERFORD J. GETTENS. 
Assistant in research.— HAROLD P.. STERN. 

Research associate.—GRACE DUNHAM GUEST. 

Honorary research associate.—Max LOoEHR. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT Ix 


BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


Director.—MATTHEW W. STIRLING. 

Associate Director.—FRANK H. H. RoBerts, Jr. 

Anthropologists.—H. B. CoLiins, Jr., PHILIP DRUCKER. 

Ethnologist—JOHN P. HARRINGTON. 

Collaborators.—FRANCES DENSMORE, RALPH §S. SOLECKI, JOHN R. SwANTON, A. J. 
WARING, Jr. 

Scientific illustrator.—K. G. SCHUMACHER. 

RIvEeR BASIN SURVEYS.—IF'RANK H. H. RoBErtTs, Jr., Director. 


INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE 
Chief.—D. G. WILLIAMS. 


NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK 


Director.—WILLIAM M. MANN. 
Assistant Director.—ERNEST P. WALKER. 
Head Animal Keeper.—F RANK O. LOWE. 


ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY 


Director.—LoyYAL B. ALDRICH. 
DIVISION OF ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH: 
Chief—WILLIAM H. HOOVER. 
Instrument makers.—ANDREW KRAMER, D. G. TALBERT, J. H. HARBISON. 
Research associate.—CHARLES G. ABBOT. 
DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS: 
Chief.—R. B. W1THROW. 
Plant Physiologists —WILLIAM H. KLEIN, LEONARD Price, V. B. Evstap, Mrs. 
ALICE P. WITHROW. 


NATIONAL AIR MUSEUM 


Advisory Board: 
LEONARD CARMICHAEL, Chairman. 
Lt. GEN. LAURENCE C. CrRAIGIE, U. S. Air Force. 
REAR ADM. T. §. Coss, U.S. Navy. 
GROVER LOENING. 
WILLIAM B. Stour. 
Head curator.— Pav. E. GARBER. 
Associate curator.—R. C. STROBELL. 
Manager, National Air Museum Facility —W. M. MAte. 
Museum aides.—STANLEY PoTTerR, WINTROP S. SHAW. 


CANAL ZONE BIOLOGICAL AREA 


Resident Manager.—JAMES ZETEK. 


& A Marci we 


get 
i or earner mt a abe 


Y shy Peaki*eald «rod B uaa 


- 5 a LT 
SADE un 


ve Bh. W Stee 


“hy Bae ie 
qi vie SS Bien 


Rast’ 


erie af tive Unites: Kiet ~« ¢ } ith ye 


AstRE es eo Sean: si 4 
x. y ot a: “oni aaeaMie NG 
Pitas ‘<-cnkt ST 

Awol c 8) xnant—. 40 4 


YAOTAVAA2HO [ADE MAORTER | 


’ ; aromas. §E um 


Aatsaawe Diese: savoorl FE MAREE 


aire 


| 1 ber DOU .eo week ee 


Py 


posts, . eaten — eres 
7 : emuns agai) ‘vty. Sty 


te L 
° TLV 91 


Je o* 
eae 
on hae . 


byt 


—_ 
-~ 
. 


ec lieeok HIN OTR af 


Sarton mae 
od ate we aia 2 eee 
Week A.5 21m) £28 


= 


ae Lae 

heagonte > seam 

ERNE E- vt — | 
Wate. 4 Cnn Arerrott 


AAA w+ 41001018 AVX JAAR 
24d ene 


Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution 


LEONARD CARMICHAEL 
For the Year Ended June 30, 1953 


To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian I nstitution: 

Guntiemen : I have the honor to submit a report showing the activi- 
ties and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches 
for the fiscal year which ended on June 20, 1958. 


GENERAL STATEMENT 


My duties as the seventh Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution 
were assumed on January 2, 1953. Thus, during approximately half 
the year covered by the present report the Institution was under the 
able direction of its eminent former Secretary, Dr. Alexander Wet- 
more. Detailed statements covering the work of the several bureaus 
and divisions of the Smithsonian during the full year are presented 
elsewhere in this report. 

I should like first to express my deep appreciation to the Honorable 
Fred M. Vinson, Chancellor of the Smithsonian Institution, to the 
chairman of our executive committee, and individually to our regents, 
all of whom have most unselfishly performed many services essential 
to the effective operation and progress of the Institution during the 
year covered by this report. I wish also to thank Dr. Wetmore for 
the great assistance he has given me as his successor, and the entire 
Smithsonian staff for the cooperation they have extended to me as 
the new occupant of the office of Secretary. 

The Smithsonian has many pressing needs and unsolved problems, 
but it is fortunate in possessing a staff that is in an outstanding degree 
professionally qualified and is superlatively loyal to the best interests 
of the Institution. Many former employees, some long retired, return 
regularly to carry on research and follow the progress of the Institu- 
tion with keen interest. Ina striking way present and past staff mem- 
bers correctly feel that they truly belong to the old and distinguished 
Smithsonian family. In this respect and in many others I find the 
Institution similar to a great university. 

The Smithsonian is unique because it is the Nation’s principal re- 
search center in a number of basic scientific and cultural fields. Be- 
cause of its unequaled natural-science collections, which contain a vast 
number of “type specimens,” it is a continuing repository of standards 


1 


aw 1 2 1954 


2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


for much work in biology and geology. In its collections of history 
and technology, of aviation, and of the fine arts the Smithsonian has 
special distinctions and responsibilities in maintaining a proper and 
complete record of our national achievements and of preserving in 
trust for the Nation valuable gifts from its citizens. Its expeditions 
and researches in anthropology in our own and other American coun- 
tries have brought to light much of the past that was hidden and have 
preserved much that would otherwise have been lost. Its researches in 
solar radiation continue to be a principal source of special information 
in a field of growing practical importance. Its library of more than a 
million and a half titles is one of the world’s great repositories of 
published scientific information and by far the greatest in the Western 
Hemisphere. Through its extensive publication program, its inter- 
national exchange service for scientific literature, its museum exhibits 
and traveling exhibitions, and in the answering of thousands of indi- 
vidual inquiries yearly the Smithsonian is surely a world center not 
only for the increase of knowledge but for the proper diffusion of 
exact information. 

In some ways, this means that the Smithsonian may be thought of 
as a living encyclopedia that is always being kept up to date. Re- 
search workers connected with industrial development as well as 
scientific investigators all over the country continually call upon our 
expanding collections and records for the identification and descrip- 
tion of plants, animals, minerals, and unknown or puzzling objects of 
human workmanship, especially works of art, and for information 
pertaining to our other fields of scholarly interest. 

In these first months of my service as Secretary it has become clear 
to me that the Smithsonian has, through its more than a century of 
service, won a special place in the hearts and minds of American citi- 
zens from the Atlantic to the Pacific. Taking all our buildings to- 
gether, more than 8,200,000 visitors entered our various halls last 
year. It is reported at the USO information desk in Washington’s 
Union Station that 9 out of 10 members of the Armed Forces inquire 
for the Smithsonian Institution. A Gallup poll of last summer, at- 
tempting to sample the opinion of the estimated 35 million adult 
Americans who have visited Washington at least once, indicated that 
except for the Capitol and the White House, the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution is regarded as “the most interesting thing for a visitor to see 
in Washington.” Car and bus loads of individuals from the Pacific 
Coast States and from every other part of the Nation come day after 
day to the Smithsonian. These visitors are of all ages. Many of 
them are impressionable high-school seniors on what may well be their 
one trip to Washington. It is thus borne in upon everyone connected 
with the Smithsonian Institution that our exhibits must be prepared 
in such a way that they will most effectively tell these eager and 


BPPT > + wBs. 


SECRETARY'S REPORT 3 


earnest visitors the story of America’s national history and of the 
rise of the industrial and scientific greatness of America. These fu- 
ture leaders of our Nation cannot help being wiser in all that they 
do concerning our country if they see in our halls examples of the 
ingenious productions of the great inventors and leaders of the past. 
The very fact that other countries of the world in recent years have 
voiced their pride in their eminent inventors indicates something 
of the importance of emphasizing America’s great inventive contri- 
butions of human society in building our own Nation’s morale. 

This year certain facts were presented to the Congress concerning 
the fundamental needs of the Smithsonian Institution. Without ex- 
ception, the press comments on these statements from all parts of the 
country agreed that the Smithsonian has a significant place in our 
Nation’s life and that its work should be adequately supported. 

The history of the Smithsonian makes clear how the present finan- 
cial situation of the Institution has arisen. Almost all our endow- 
ments were given for various specific purposes. Therefore, little of 
the income from the invested funds of the Institution is available for 
alteration or growth from year to year. In this connection, it is a 
pleasure to report that a few small funds from bequests have come 
to the Smithsonian during the current year. Those who are con- 
nected with the administration of the Smithsonian are delighted at 
any time to discuss with prospective donors the means by which their 
gifts can support the general work of the Institution. 

The bureaus of the Smithsonian which are financed in varying 
degrees by congressional appropriations have developed through the 
years in an uneven way. In general, it may be said of the continuing 
activities of the Institution that instead of expanding in the last 20 
years, which have seen so much growth in many activities of the Fed- 
eral Government, the Smithsonian has financially remained static or 
even in some respects has retrogressed. A comparison of the situation 
in 1934 and in the present year is illuminating. In the period since 
1934 the national collections in charge of the Smithsonian have in- 
creased 130 percent. The number of visitors to our 5 exhibition 
buildings on the Mall have increased by more than 150 percent and 
our correspondence in answering scientific and other questions has 
grown several times that amount. 

In spite of this growth in work load, the total number of man- 
hours per week available at the Smithsonian has actually decreased 
during the past 20 years. In cash, the appropriations for functions 
other than personnel is $11,000 less than it was in 1933. This means 
that in purchasing power the Smithsonian has had its funds cut more 
than in half during this period. 

The Honorable Charles R. Jonas, Member of Congress from North 
Carolina, in a published news report to his constituents this year com- 


4 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


paring our national expenditures for military affairs with those at 
the Smithsonian, said in part, “So there are two of our outstanding 
national collections—the study at the Smithsonian of man’s construc- 
tive progress, and the study at Aberdeen of man’s destructive prog- 
ress. In both cases we can marvel at and feel proud of American 
ingenuity and energy ... But at Aberdeen, there is mixed with 
our pride a certain sadness and shame that American thought and 
wealth must of necessity be spent on a collection of terrible weapons 
to use against other men. Billions for war, pennies for cultural life 
. what a tragic arrangement of accounts.” 

The Smithsonian is not an “inflated agency,” but rather one that 
in recent decades has not been permitted to perform for the citizens 
of this country its many basic functions as well as it would have been 
able to do if it had been given more financial support. During this 
time, however, the loyal but numerically declining staff of the Insti- 
tution has carried on approximately 150 percent more work than was 
required of their more numerous predecessors. 

All who are interested in the welfare of the Smithsonian must, 
therefore, it seems, be prepared to explain its unique and fundamental 
place in American life to all responsible individuals, both inside and 
outside our Government, who can assist in its development. I am 
happy to report that appropriations made to the Smithsonian for 
the fiscal year 1954 will allow the Institution to take some first steps 
in the long-overdue rehabilitation of its exhibitions and in the needed 
renovations of certain of its buildings. Funds to continue modern- 
ization and renovation will be most urgently needed in the succeeding 
years. In the near future plans must also be made for new buildings 
to relieve the now almost intolerable overcrowding of our present 
structures. 

In its basic charter the Smithsonian was established, as Smithson 
its wise donor directed, to provide for “the increase and diffusion 
of knowledge among men.” ‘The importance of these functions in the 
welfare of a nation becomes more clear with each passing year. Can 
anyone doubt that the sensible and constructive growth of our free 
institutions is based upon a clear knowledge by most of our citizens 
of the factors that have made our past achievements and activities 
possible? Our American conception of social progress is based on a 
realization that advancement is founded on a willingness to take 
advantage of improvements in the existing way of doing things. We 
do not intend to have here the destructive and self-defeating chaos 
produced by revolutionary upheavals. We must thus insure as wide 
a dissemination as possible of a knowledge of the past achievements 
of our Nation and of its natural resources. 

It is symbolic of the mission of the Smithsonian that what has 
been called “the No. 1 Museum Item of America,” the great flag Fran- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 5 


cis Scott Key watched as he wrote the “Star-Spangled Banner,” is 
proudly displayed in our halls. In this dangerous time of the world’s 
history, when free institutions continue to be challenged by totalitarian 
ideologies, a true knowledge on the part of our citizens of the story 
of our country’s rise to preeminence is important. This amazing na- 
tional growth is illustrated in many Smithsonian exhibits. Thus the 
honored old Smithsonian Institution provides today one of the means 
by which a forward-looking American can pass on to new generations 
a true understanding of our free heritage as a society that stands 
for liberty under law. 


THE ESTABLISHMENT 


The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in 
1846, in accordance with the terms of the will of James Smithson, of 
England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States 
of America “to found at Washington, under the name of the Smith- 
sonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of 
knowledge among men.” In receiving the property and accepting 
the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was 
without authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore, 
constituted an “establishment” whose statutory members are “the 
President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of the 
executive departments.” 


THE BOARD OF REGENTS 


The Institution suffered a great loss during the year in the death 
of two of its most valued regents. Eugene E. Cox, member from the 
House of Representatives, died on December 24, 1952, and to fill the 
vacancy created the Speaker of the House appointed Representative 
Leroy Johnson, of California, to serve until the fourth Wednesday in 
December in the second year succeeding his appointment. The death 
of Harvey N. Davis, which occurred on December 3, 1952, created a 
vacancy in the class of citizen regents, but this had not been filled at 
the end of the year. 

When the opposite political party becomes the majority party, it 
is required that one of the members of the Board resign. Senator 
Walter F. George, therefore, submitted his resignation to the Vice 
President since he was the most recent Democrat to be appointed to 
the Board of Regents. This vacancy was filled by the appointment 
of Senator Robert A. Taft, of Ohio, on March 9, 1953. 

On January 20, 1953, Vice President Richard Nixon became an ex 
officio member of the Board to succeed the Honorable Alben W. 
Barkley. 


6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


The roll of regents at the close of the present fiscal year was as 
follows: Chief Justice of the United States Fred M. Vinson, Chan- 
cellor; Vice President Richard Nixon; members from the Senate: 
Clinton P. Anderson, Leverett Saltonstall, Robert A. Taft; members 
from the House of Representatives: Clarence Cannon, Leroy John- 
son, John M. Vorys; citizen members: Vannevar Bush, Arthur H. 
Compton, Robert V. Fleming, and Jerome C. Hunsaker. 

On the evening of January 15, 1953, preceding the annual meeting, 
an informal dinner meeting of the Board was held in the main hall of 
the Smithsonian Institution, with the Chancellor, Chief Justice Vinson, 
presiding. This followed a custom established in 1949 at the sugges- 
tion of Chancellor Vinson, who believed that an evening meeting each 
year would help the regents by further acquainting them with the 
scientific and scholarly work of the Institution. Several research 
workers representing different departments of the Institution were 
present and gave brief firsthand accounts of their recent studies to the 
Board members. 

The regular annual meeting of the Board was held on January 16 in 
the Regents Room. The Secretary gave his annual report covering 
the activities of the Institution and its bureaus. The financial report 
of the executive committee was presented for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, and this was accepted by the Board. The usual resolution 
was passed authorizing expenditures of the income of the Institution 
for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1954. 


INDUCTION OF NEW SECRETARY 


Dr. Leonard Carmichael, psychologist and former president of Tufts 
College, who had been elected seventh Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution by the Board of Regents at its meeting on April 9, 1952, 
took office on January 2, 1953. Special induction ceremonies were 
held in the Regents Room, with the Honorable Harold M. Stephens, 
chief judge of the United States Court of Appeals, administering the 
oath of office. Dr. Carmichael succeeded Dr. Alexander Wetmore, 
biologist, who retired after serving 28 years with the Institution, since 
1945 as Secretary. Dr. Wetmore, as research associate, is continuing 
his scientific work with the Smithsonian. 


FINANCES 


A statement on finances, dealing particularly with Smithsonian 
private funds, will be found in the report of the executive committee 
of the Board of Regents, page 159. 


‘sa1ev1g pallusy 9y} O} Jopessequiy ysoug ‘suryeyy 
Jgd0y Ig pur fsaruUWOD AdT[Og Yessy osusjaq] Sule wig Jo URUIIeYD “yoIoyIOD uyof[ 11g fuoNn su] 
uBIUOSYIWIG IYI JO AlvjoI9ag ‘JoRYyoueD pleuosy “Iq Ys Oo. YoT Ua suo adpa;Mouy Jo uOIsNyIp 
pue 9svd1IUI JY} JOJ,, UOTNNINSUT VY popuNo; Ose sivaé FZ] Isanbaq vsoym ‘uosy Ug saue[ JO QuIO] ay} Ie 
poXvidsip aq 03 poquasaid sem yoef uotuy ysniig ev uayM ‘¢cé] “Fz auN[ ‘UONNINsUT UPIUOSY IW dy} Iv satUOWdIIaD 


aie sg ns sey | 
} N Wd WL NM 
aH 
Spee TWAA SNIVWaY SIM IS IHL 
6091 92 SNME ATVLI YONTD 1VQR10 OHM = 
NOLLN.LILSNI NVINOSHLINS FHL 40 HIONNOS 


NOSHLIWS SIWYL 


Iwaiwnt *ccC“1 *210daMy ¢ Arej]aDeCc 


63 


SECRETARY’S REPORT z 


APPROPRIATIONS 


Funds appropriated to the Institution for the fiscal year ended June 
380, 1953, total $2,419,500, obligated as follows: 


iE eee Soe epee er ee ee ena $57, 289 
iN Lignin? NUSEINA. 8 765, 514 
nn HEReTICAT HLNNOIOP Ya = 0 ek 59, 454 
ESTE 1) ae ge Mia AIS Aa RR PO eet leinee ee 119, 840 
natertion Of Wine Arig. te 43, 619 
OTS i 2S a 2 ee ne ee en 145, 242 
a eR oe a ee 7, 000 
eee exchange Service.._.._._____.___.___.|_-__.___..---.---..- 65, 664 
jesntenance and Operation of buildings_._._____....___.____.__.__~ 864, 945 
GT ae ES Se ne ee ee 290, 528 
a EE) Oe Se es SE ee the ee 405 

0 SEE See ee a, oe ee ee ee ee ee eee 2, 419, 500 


In addition $1,428,050 (of which $13,825.80 was unobligated) was 
appropriated to the National Gallery of Art, and $615,000 was pro- 
vided in the District of Columbia appropriation act for the operation 
of the National Zoological Park. 

Besides these direct appropriations, the Institution received funds 
by transfer or grant from other Federal agencies, as follows: 

From the Institute of Inter-American Affairs, $24,287.37 for the 
operation of the Institute of Social Anthropology through December 
31, 1953. 

From the National Park Service, Department of the Interior, $122,- 
700 for archeological projects in connection with the River Basin 
Surveys. 

From the National Science Foundation, $6,000 to supplement Smith- 
sonian funds for the transportation of exchange publications through 
the International Exchange Service. 


VISITORS 


Visitors to the Smithsonian group of buildings during the year 
1952-53 again topped all previous records, totaling 3,429,429, or 3,392 
more than the previous year. April 1953 was the month of largest 
attendance, with 535,832; August 1952 was second, with 475,102. 
Largest attendance for one day was 44,533 for May 9, 1953. Table 1 
gives a summary of the attendance records for the five buildings. 
These figures, when added to the 3,231,450 estimated visitors at the 
National Zoological Park and 1,647,470 at the National Gallery of 
Art, make a total number of visitors at the Smithsonian Institution 
of 8,308,349. 


275494—53—__2 


8 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


TABLE 1.—Visitors to certain SS during the year ended June 
80, 1953 


Smith- pause ona ant ANecenft ne 
Year and month sonian ustries istory ae ; 0 
Building | Building | Building | Building | Building | — 


1952 
PE IS ni etnies tae 73, 580 196, 035 83, 429 29, 122 7, 968 390, 134 
See oe 84, 587 245, 475 100, 092 35, 097 9, 851 475, 102 
TL Sn cS ee ane 45, 340 107, 327 53, 678 17, 755 6, 283 230, 383 
D111 2 nll peepee ges me 37, 107 90, 921 60, 933 14, 494 5, 127 208, 582 
Noveniver.... .». 22s 2-225s0c2-2 30, 512 66, 385 45, 746 12, 482 3, 858 158, 983 
PRION, oo 5 cig i rig 19, 479 42, 224 33, 076 8, 472 2, 623 105, 874 

1958 
STALLS an gpl ememinopers: ua axceph, Vaapapean ety. 25, 555 59, 076 46, 302 11, 990 3, 182 146, 105 
February=-..-..=---.s=-<=--==-- 29, 885 74, 429 43, 350 12, 386 3, 495 163, 545 
|: ERR ep Enea PR Se 35, 812 89, 224 53, 442 13, 557 4, 595 196, 630 
SPIT ae a a 92, 510 289, 714 113, 078 31, 568 8, 962 535, 832 
LOT ESR SEAR RRS Elin Sere eae 80, 047 222, 349 111, 340 25, 756 8, 247 447, 739 
DUNO) one er eee eee 68, 855 183, 454 86, 309 24, 785 0 a 370, 520 
Togabs2 252i Ooms 2 623,269 | 1, 666, 613 830, 775 237, 446 71, 308 3, 429, 429 


A special record was kept of groups of school children visiting the 
Smithsonian. The count showed that 207,420 school children came in 
5,041 groups, or about 40 toa group. These are enumerated by month 
in table 2. 


TABLE 2.—Groups of school children visiting the Smithsonian, 1952-53 


Groups Children 

1952: 
Silly. So oh ey eee 91 2, 188 
VAT! nn eee. Cape ee eM. gers: 94 2, 337 
September Sk eRe cree ee eee 76 2, 066 
OGtober Ue Luk Sree To napeypnere 210 6, 292 
Wovermber: 2.6.0.2. 2 7 eo eee 276 7, 947 
Deeember 2 oe ee ri 1, 723 

1953: 
JAMUAPY 2 BO DR ee ee 178 4,127 
MGDIMBEY 68 i 8 ee 225 5, 658 
Mareh © fituly Auli ina. 1O seo >. peRieee 426 14,179 
Aipiil oP ois tt ee 1, 393 76, 193 
Wig, ere tr ee ed Ree oe 1, 414 61, 471 
Firtie Jo sligosd aut Ber BAG! lepers __ otaed 581 23, 239 
pi CLF 1 weap Seed bcsees Mare Se ce teste ae eye chee 5, 041 207, 420 


TWENTIETH ANNUAL JAMES ARTHUR LECTURE ON THE SUN 


In 1931 the Institution received a bequest from James Arthur, of 
New York, a part of the income from which was to be used for an 
annual lecture on some aspect of the study of the sun. The twentieth 
Arthur lecture was delivered in the auditorium of the Natural History 
Building on the evening of May 21, 1953, by Dr. C. E. Kenneth Mees, 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 9 


director of the research laboratories of the Eastman Kodak Co., 
Rochester, N. Y. The subject of Dr. Mees’s address was “Recent Ad- 
vances in Astronomical Photography.” This lecture will be published 
in full in the general appendix of the Annual Report of the Board of 
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution for 1953. 


JAMES SMITHSON’S TOMB 


Ceremonies were held on the afternoon of June 24, 1953, in con- 
nection with the rededication of the tomb of James Smithson, founder 
of the Smithsonian Institution, which is located in a small chapel 
near the north entrance of the Smithsonian Building. Speakers for 
the occasion, which marked the 124th anniversary of Smithson’s death 
in Genoa, Italy, were Sir Roger Makins, British Ambassador to the 
United States; Sir John Cockcroft, Chairman of the Defense Re- 
search Policy Committee of Great Britain; and Dr. Leonard Car- 
michael, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution. The Ambassador 
and Sir John, on behalf of the British people, presented a Union Jack 
to be displayed with the Stars and Stripes beside the tomb as a 
“symbol of international understanding.” 

The next day following the ceremonies William W. Johnson, of the 
Treasurer’s Office, was presented with a certificate of award for his 
original suggestion that Smithson’s crypt be redecorated. 


TERMINATION OF THE INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY 


At the end of the calendar year 1952, the activities of the Institute 
of Social Anthropology came to an end with the termination of grants 
from the Institute of Inter-American Affairs, Department of State, 
under which the Institute had operated. This agency was created in 
1943 as an autonomous unit of the Bureau of American Ethnology to 
carry out cooperative training in anthropological teaching and re- 
search with the other American republics as a part of the wartime 
program of the Interdepartmental Committee for Cooperation with 
the American Republics. Its first director and founder was Dr. Julian 
H. Steward, who was succeeded in 1946 by Dr. George M. Foster. 
Summaries of the work of the Institute have been included each year 
within the report of the director of the Bureau of American Eth- 
nology. One of the lasting monuments of the agency is the 16 mono- 
graphs in the Smithsonian series entitled “Publications of the Institute 
of Social Anthropology,” the final number of which appeared in 1953. 
Several anthropologists remaining on the Institute of Social Anthro- 
pology staff on December 31, 1952, were transferred to the Institute 
of Inter-American Affairs. 


10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


RENOVATION OF NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 


A complete rearrangement of the paintings and art objects in the 
National Collection of Fine Arts was completed in May under the 
supervision of its director, Thomas M. Beggs. The collection, housed 
in the Natural History Building, consists of several major bequests 
to the Nation through the Smithsonian. Terms of the bequests some- 
times require that the collections be preserved as entities, although 
they often consist of paintings quite miscellaneous, both in subject 
matter and style. Compliance with these terms sometimes has been 
difficult, especially with the limited space available for exhibition of 
constantly increasing material. This problem has been solved by the 
rearrangement in which paintings from the different collections repre- 
senting various nationalities are grouped in adjacent alcoves without 
breaking up the integrity of any collection. 

Nucleus of the rearrangement is the Harriet Lane Johnston collec- 
tion, bequeathed to the Nation by the niece of President James 
Buchanan and First Lady of the White House during his administra- 
tion. It was this bequest, quite typical of the Civil War period taste 
in art and containing such relics as the Bible used by President 
Buchanan at his inauguration, that started the original National Gal- 
lery of Art. This collection is maintained in its entirety in the new 
arrangement. This is also true of the Ralph Cross Johnson, John 
Gellatly, and Alfred Duane Pell collections. Other large collections 
are represented by only a few examples. These include the William 
T. Evans collection, the Henry Ward Ranger bequest, and the A. R. 
and M. H. Eddy donation. 


SUMMARY OF THE YEAR’S ACTIVITIES OF THE BRANCHES OF THE 
INSTITUTION 


National Museum.—The collections of the National Museum in- 
creased by more than 1,607,000 specimens during the year, a million 
more than the previous year, bringing the total catalog entries to 
34,764,250. Some of the year’s outstanding accessions included: In 
anthropology, more than 300 chipped-stone artifacts from Dauphin 
County, Pa.; 2,000 potsherds from Transjordan and Palestine; and a 
fine collection of ceramic ware representing New England folk pot- 
tery ; in zoology, more than 1,000 mammals from South West Africa, 
about 2,400 bird skins and skeletons from Colombia, 14,000 fishes from 
Bermuda and the Caribbean, 14,000 ladybird beetles, and 3,200 iden- 
tified polychaete worms; in botany, 45,000 plant specimens from 
Ecuador and Colombia; in geology, an array of minerals, gems, and 
meteorites, 500,000 Arctic Foraminifera, and several excellent fossil 
vertebrate remains; in engineering and industries, about 500 radio and 
electronic devices and a collection of lithographic materials and equip- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 11 


ment; and in history, a fine lot of laces, linens, and jewelry from Mrs. 
Woodrow Wilson, a dress of Mrs. Harry S. Truman for the First 
Ladies collection of gowns, and 93 pistols for the modern firearms 
series, 

Members of the staff conducted fieldwork in Panama, British 
Guiana, South West Africa, Thailand, Tahiti, Mexico, Fiji Islands, 
and many parts of the United States. The Museum issued 18 
publications. 

National Gallery of Art—The Gallery had 1,647,470 visitors dur- 
ing the year, an 8-percent increase over 1951-52. In all, 1,408 acces- 
sions were received, by gift, loan, or deposit. Works of art accepted 
included paintings by A. V. Tack, Manet, Berthe Morisot, Sir William 
Orpen, Leonid, John Kensett, Cranach, Van Dyck, P. Gertner, A. 
Benson, and B. Bruyn; a bust of Whistler by Sir Joseph Boehm; and 
several groups of prints and drawings. Nine special exhibitions were 
held. Traveling exhibitions of prints from the Rosenwald Collec- 
tion were circulated to 17 galleries and museums in this country and 
1 in Canada. Exhibitions from the “Index of American Design” 
were given 58 bookings in 21 States and the District of Columbia and 
also in Germany, Austria, Italy, Greece, Turkey, and Palestine. Over 
43,000 persons attended the Gallery’s special tours and the “Picture 
of the Week” talks, and 14,000 attended the 39 auditorium lectures on 
Sunday afternoons. The Sunday evening concerts in the west garden 
court were continued. 

National Collection of Fine Arts—The Smithsonian Art Commis- 
sion met on December 2, 1952, and accepted for the National Collec- 
tion 8 oil paintings, 1 sculpture, 5 pieces of modern glass, and 4 ceramic 
pieces. An addition of $5,000 was made to the Barney fund. The 
Gallery held 13 special exhibitions during the year. The Smithsonian 
Traveling Exhibition Service circulated 32 exhibitions, 20 in the 
United States and Canada and 12 abroad. 

Freer Gallery of Art.——Purchases for the collections of the Freer 
Gallery included Chinese painting, bronzes, metalwork, jade, lacquer, 
and pottery; Persian paintings, pottery, and manuscripts; Indian 
paintings; and Japanese pottery. More than 71,000 persons visited 
the Gallery. In May the Gallery adopted a new plan of keeping open 
to the public on Tuesday evenings, with occasional lectures. 

Bureau of American Ethnology.—The anthropologists of the Bu- 
reau staff continued their researches, Dr. Stirling on mid-American 
archeology, Dr. Collins on the Eskimo and Arctic anthropology, Dr. 
Harrington on Indian linguistics and the California Indians, and Dr. 
Drucker on the ethnology of Mexico and the northwest coast of 
North America. Dr. Roberts continued as Director of the River 
Basin Surveys, and Dr. Foster as Director of the Institute of Social 
Anthropology (to the time of its termination on December 31). 


12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


International Exchange Service-—aAs the official United States 
agency for the interchange of governmental, scientific, and literary 
publications between this country and other nations of the world, the 
International Exchange Service during the year handled 1,021,938 
packages of such publications, weighing 855,102 pounds. This was 
20,324 packages and 29,475 pounds more than the previous year. Con- 
signments were made to all countries except China, North Korea, and 
Rumania. Toward the end of the year, a grant of $6,000 was received 
from the National Science Foundation to supplement funds for the 
transportation of exchange publications that otherwise would have 
been delayed. 

National Zoological Park.—The Zoo received 810 accessions during 
the year, comprising 1,797 individual animals, and 1,/31 were re- 
moved by death, exchange, et cetera. The net count of animals at the 
end of the year was 2,741. Noteworthy among the accessions were 2 
Barbary apes, a Formosan civet never before exhibited in the Zoo, 3 
East Indian monitor lizards, a young flat-tailed otter from Brazil, also 
the first of its kind to be exhibited here, and 2 of the rare Allen’s 
monkeys. In all, 247 creatures were born or hatched at the Zoo during 
the year—95 mammals, 119 birds, and 33 reptiles. Visitors totaled 
approximately 3,231,000. 

Astrophysical Observatory.—The manuscript of volume 7 of the 
Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory was completed and sent to 
the printer late in the year. Mr. Hoover completed a thorough study 
of the silver-disk pyrheliometer. Two of these instruments were built 
in the APO shops for other institutions. Solar-radiation studies were 
continued at the Observatory’s two field stations—at Montezuma, 
Chile, and Table Mountain, Calif. Research carried on by the Divi- 
sion of Radiation and Organisms concerned mainly physiological and 
biochemical processes by which light regulates plant growth and 
the mechanisms of the action of the auxin-type growth hormones, and 
several scientific papers were published. 

National Air Musewm.—Providing adequate storage facilities for 
the space-consuming material awaiting a National Air Museum build- 
ing continues to be a serious problem. Twenty loads of material were 
brought from Park Ridge, Ill., to the new storage facility provided at 
Suitland, Md. The Museum staff has helped in the celebration of the 
Fiftieth Anniversary of Powered Flight, participated in many special 
aeronautical events and exhibits, and inspected material for possible 
accession, besides taking care of the collections. The Museum re- 
ceived 32 accessions (totaling 112 specimens) from 28 sources. Full- 
sized aircraft received included a Douglas DC-3 transport plane that 
had traveled 814 million air miles, the Hxcalibur III in which a series 
of historic flights were made, the original HJler-copter, and a German 
Messerschmitt Me 163 rocket interceptor. At the end of the year 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 13 


manuscript of a new edition of the Handbook of the Aeronautical Col- 
lections was nearly completed. 

Canal Zone Biological Area.—New diesel generators installed at the 
station now insure an adequate supply of electric current. A number 
of other necessary improvements were made. During the year 700 
visitors came to the islands, a hundred more than the previous year; 
57 of these were scientists who used the facilities of the island to 
further their various researches, chiefly in biology and photography. 


LIBRARY 


Accessions to the Smithsonian library totaled more than 68,414 
publications during the year, these coming from more than 100 foreign 
countries. One of the most notable gifts of the year was a large and 
valuable collection of books and periodicals on philately presented 
by Eugene N. Costales, of New York. At the close of the year the 
holdings of the Smithsonian library and all its branches aggregated 
941,328 volumes including 584,295 in the Smithsonian Deposit at the 
Library of Congress but exclusive of incomplete volumes of serials and 
separates and reprints from serials. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Eighty-one publications were issued under the Smithsonian imprint 
during the year. (See Appendix 12 for complete list.) Outstanding 
among these were: “Primitive Fossil Gastropods and Their Bearing 
on Gastropod Classification,” by J. Brookes Knight; “Structure and 
Function of the Genitalia in Some American Agelenid Spiders,” by 
Robert L. Gering; “Dresses of the First Ladies of the White House,” 
by Margaret W. Brown; “The Generic Names of the Beetle Family 
Staphylinidae,” by Richard E. Blackwelder; “Life Histories of North 
American Wood Warblers,” by A. C. Bent; “Catalog of the Cycle 
Collection of the Division of Engineering, U. S. National Museum,” 
by Smith Hempstone Oliver; “The Indian Tribes of North America,” 
by John R. Swanton; “La Venta, Tabasco: A Study of Olmec Ceramics 
and Art,” by Philip Drucker; and “Prehistoric Settlement Patterns 
in the Virt Valley, Peru,” by Gordon R. Willey. In all, 177,675 copies 
of Smithsonian publications were distributed during the year. The 
galley proof of the ninth edition of the Smithsonian Physical Tables 


was being read by the compiler, Dr. W. E. Forsythe, at the end of 
the year. 


APPENDIX 1 


Report on the United States National Museum 


Sim: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condition 
and operations of the United States National Museum for the fiscal 
year ended June 30, 1953: 


COLLECTIONS 


Specimens incorporated into the national collections totaled 1,607,911 
(more than twice the number received last year) and were distributed 
among the six departments as follows: Anthropology, 10,540; zoology, 
211,677 ; botany, 82,984; geology, 1,275,140; engineering and industries, 
2,008; and history, 25,562. The unusual increase is attributable chiefly 
to the accessioning of a large number of small fossils, including 750,000 
Permian invertebrates and 500,000 Arctic Foraminifera. Most of the 
other accessions were acquired as gifts from individuals or as transfers 
from Government departments and agencies. The Annual Report of 
the Museum, published as a separate document, contains a detailed list 
of the year’s acquisitions, of which the more important are summarized 
below. Catalog entries in all departments now total 34,764,250. 

Anthropology.—A collection of 315 chipped-stone artifacts, includ- 
ing fluted projectile points and other man-made objects that suggest 
a Paleo-Indian culture, from the Shoop site, Dauphin County, Pa., is 
of particular interest. The Carnegie Institution of Washington, in 
continuation of their generous cooperation, donated a collection of 
potsherds representing type objects from excavated sites in the Maya 
area. 

Through an exchange with the Denver Art Museum, the division of 
ethnology acquired two ceremonial bundles that were formerly used 
by northern Blackfoot Indians in the rites for tobacco planting. A 
rare and valuable Chinese Lamaist robe, of dark blue silk and embel- 
lished with over-all couching of braided silk and embroidery in metal- 
lic gilt, was presented by Maj. Lee Hagood who had acquired it in 
Shanghai in 1918. Objects recovered from historical sites of villages, 
trading posts, and factories in Virginia, Maryland, Delaware, New 
York, and Massachusetts and other New England States were received 
from various donors. Of outstanding interest and usefulness to the 
collector and student of early American ceramics are 189 pieces of red- 
ware, stoneware, and other types of New England folk pottery pre- 
sented by Mrs. Lura Woodside Watkins. These pottery fragments 
excavated from sites of New England potteries in existence between 


14 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 15 


1687 and 1880 were assembled by Mrs. Watkins as a study collection for 
use and illustration in her “New England Potters and Their Wares.” 
Another important addition, presented by Mrs. Florence Bushee of 
Newbury, comprises 320 fragments and whole specimens of glass and 
ceramics excavated by the late Charles H. Danforth at the site of the 
Boston and Sandwich Glass Co. factory at Sandwich, Mass. 

A cast of the Hotu II skull excavated in Iran in 1951 was donated 
by the Wenner-Gren Foundation for Anthropological Research and 
the American Institute of Human Paleontology. 

Zoology.—More than 1,000 mammals collected by Charles O. Hand- 
ley, Jr., in the Kalahari Desert region of South West Africa, while 
serving as a member of the Peabody-Harvard expedition under the 
leadership of L. K. Marshall, were added to the collection. Nearly 
500 small mammals were received from various units and members of 
the military services stationed in Korea and Japan. As transfers the 
Museum received 47 mammals of Madagascar from Lt. Vernon J. Tip- 
ton, United States Army Medical Service Graduate School; and a 
series of rodents from the Marshall, Gilbert, Phoenix, and Tahiti 
Islands from investigators working under the auspices of the United 
States Geological Survey and the Pacific Science Board of the Na- 
tional Research Council. Dr. Henry W. Setzer, while giving instruc- 
tion on the preparation of specimens for purposes of documentation 
to members of a U. S. Army medical unit, obtained 156 mammals in 
Panama. 

On the termination of fieldwork in Colombia by M. A. Carriker, Jr., 
whose collecting has been financed for several years by the income from 
the W. L. Abbott bequest, 2,174 skins and 225 skeletons of birds were 
forwarded to the Museum. The Abbott bequest also provided funds 
for the purchase of 349 skins of birds from Northern Rhodesia. Dr. 
Harry M. Smith presented 386 skins of birds taken in northern Burma. 
As transfers the Museum received 58 Alaskan bird skins from the Pub- 
lic Health Service’s Arctic Health Research Center at Anchorage and 
49 skins and 20 skeletons of birds from the Office of Naval Research 
taken in the vicinity of Point Barrow, Alaska. 

Collecting on various islands in the Pacific Ocean, chiefly in the 
Marshall and Gilbert Islands and the Tuamotus, under the auspices of 
the Pacific Science Board by Joe T. Marshall, Edwin T. Moul, and J. 
P. E. Morrison, and of the United States Geological Survey by F. R. 
Fosberg, resulted in the transfer of 365 lizards to the Museum. 

More than 14,000 specimens of fishes obtained by Dr. William Beebe 
in Bermuda and the Caribbean area were presented by the New York 
Zoological Society. Other important accessions recorded were some 
1,500 fishes from the Blue Dolphin North Atlantic expeditions under 
the leadership of Comdr. David C. Nutt; 528 fishes from the Gulf 
of Mexico and the coast of Washington transferred by the United 


16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


States Fish and Wildlife Service; 67 paratypes of Mexican fishes from 
Dr. José Alvarez; and 582 fishes from the Red Sea collected by Dr. 
Eugenie Clark. As exchanges there were received 144 fishes, including 
32 holotypes and paratypes, from the University of Hawaii, and 161 
specimens, representing 100 species of Indian fishes, from the Zoologi- 
cal Survey of India. 

The Korschefsky collection of ladybird beetles, comprising over 
14,000 specimens and containing 1,445 named species representing 206 
genera, was acquired by purchase by the Smithsonian Institution, thus 
increasing the usefulness of the reference series for this family of 
beetles. Asa result of the gift of 539 termites, comprising 96 species 
hitherto unrepresented in the collections, of which 65 were represented 
by type material, by Dr. Alfred Emerson, University of Chicago, the 
national collections now contain representatives of more than 1,000 of 
the 1,800 known species. 

Over 3,200 identified polychaete worms were presented by Dr. 
Marian H. Pettibone, of the University of New Hampshire. As 
transfers from the Pacific Science Board, the Division of Marine In- 
vertebrates received 3,412 forms of marine life found on Raroia Atoll 
in the Tuamotus; 3,980 invertebrates collected on the northern Mar- 
shall and Gilbert Islands from the United States Geological Survey; 
and more than 10,000 identified peneid shrimps and some 500 miscel- 
laneous crustaceans and other marine invertebrates of the Gulf of 
Mexico from the Fish and Wildlife Service. About 800 holotypes and 
paratypes were added to the marine-invertebrate collections by the 
donors who described the new species. 

Mollusks from atolls in the northern Marshall Islands, Onotoa Atoll 
in the Gilbert Islands, Raroia in the Tuamotus, and localities in the 
Fiji, Cook, and Society Islands were transferred by the Pacific Science 
Board and the United States Geological Survey. Approximately 
2,000 land, fresh-water, and marine mollusks from Stewart Island, 
New Zealand, were presented by Miss Olive Allan. A representation 
of almost all known races and colonies of the colorful tree snails 
(Liguus) of Florida, totaling 1,680 specimens, was received from 
Ralph H. Humes. Dr. George R. LaRue, University of Michigan, 
one of the leading American parasitologists, presented 1,200 lots of 
tapeworms and digenetic trematodes. Nearly 100 echinoderms from 
Onotoa Atoll collected by Dr. P. E. Cloud, Jr., and 707 from the 
Marshall Islands collected by F. S. MacNeil were transferred by the 
United States Geological Survey. 

Botany.—An important addition to the South American collections 
resulted from the transfer to the National Herbarium from the herb- 
arium of the National Arboretum, United States Department of 
Agriculture, of 45,000 botanical specimens collected in Ecuador and 
Colombia by the staffs of the Cinchona missions. The Division of 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 17 


Plant Introduction and Exploration, United States Department of 
Agriculture, transferred 704 specimens from Turkey and South Africa 
and 963 specimens from southern Brazil. Australian plants collected 
by L. R. Specht while participating in the National Geographic 
Society-Smithsonian Institution-Commonwealth of Australia expedi- 
tion to Arnhem Land were presented by the Australian Government. 

Gifts included 283 plants of the table mountains of Venezuela from 
the New York Botanical Garden; 1,693 Virginia plants from H. A. 
Allard; 498 specimens, mostly from the Amazon region, from the 
Instituto Agronomico do Norte, Belém, Para, Brazil; and 446 Colom- 
bian plants from the Instituto de Ciencias Naturales, Bogota. 

As exchanges, several large collections were received, of which refer- 
ence may be made to 2,070 specimens, mostly from Cuba, from the 
Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm; 1,812 specimens from the 
Komaroy Botanical Institute, Academy of Sciences, U. S. S. R.; and 
579 specimens from the Belgian Congo from the Jardin Botanique 
de l’Etat, Brussels. 

E. P. Killip collected 2,281 plants for the Museum on Big Pine Key, 
Fla., and the Isle of Pines, Cuba. Fieldwork by Dr. Ernest R. Sohns 
in Guanajuato, Mexico, added 875 specimens to the herbarium. 

Geology.—Noteworthy gifts received include an exhibition group of 
datolite crystals from Joseph S. Rapalus; uranium minerals from 
Utah from George Dix; and a large polished slab of rhodocrosite of 
rich rose color obtained in Argentina from Ellis Clarke Soper. 

A fine crystal of gadolinite from Norway, an aquamarine (beryl) 
crystal from Russia, a large specimen of vanadinite from Mexico, sev- 
eral groups of unusual cyrtolite crystals from Colorado, and a milarite 
crystal from Switzerland were added to the Roebling Collection. 

Included among the additions to the Canfield Collection were a large 
and unusual cruciform twin crystal of quartz from Mexico, a group of 
quartz crystals from Madagascar, an emerald crystal from Austria, an 
opal from Australia, and a large green tourmaline crystal from Brazil. 
The Chamberlain bequest provided funds for the purchase of a 28.8- 
carat green apatite from Burma and a 17.3-carat pink scapolite cat’s- 
eye from Ceylon. A very unusual golden beryl cat’s-eye from Mada- 
gascar, weighing 43 carats, was acquired for the gem collection by 
exchange. Dr. Stuart H. Perry continued his interest in the meteorite 
collection by donating a sample of the unique Soroti, Uganda, meteor- 
ite; other meteorites, mostly from the United States, were acquired by 
gift or purchase. 

As gifts, the Museum received Permian gastropods from the Florida 
Mountains, N. Mex., Miocene mollusks from Bogachiel River, Wash., 
Cretaceous and Tertiary Foraminifera from Egypt, Cretaceous inver- 
tebrates from Texas, Permian invertebrates from Sicily, Devonian 


18 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


fossils from Iowa, Tertiary invertebrates from Trinidad, and Foram- 
inifera from the Gulf of Mexico. 

Through funds provided by the Springer bequest, the Museum ac- 
quired 11 type specimens of Carboniferous and Ordovician crinoids 
and 45 metatypes of other Ordovician crinoids from Oklahoma. The 
Museum purchased under the Walcott bequest Mesozoic invertebrates 
from the Austrian Alps and Tertiary and Mesozoic brachiopods from 
Sicily. Fieldwork financed by the same bequest resulted in the col- 
lection in Mexico of 900 rock samples containing Foraminifera by Dr. 
A.R. Loeblich, Jr., and Dr. David H. Dunkle, and 10,000 invertebrates 
by Dr. G. A. Cooper, Arthur L. Bowsher, and William T. Allen in 
New Mexico, Texas, and Missouri. 

Six transfers were received from the United States Geological Sur- 
vey, among which were specimens sorted out from the deep-sea cores 
obtained in the North Atlantic. Another transfer, received from the 
Office of Naval Research, contains the type specimens of fossil woods 
from the Cretaceous of Alaska described by Dr. C. A. Arnold, of the 
University of Michigan. 

One of the largest accessions, 500,000 Arctic Foraminifera, includes 
materials obtained during cruises of the U. S. S. Albatross vessels 
under the command of Capt. R. A. Bartlett and Comdr. David C. 
Nutt, and specimens obtained by Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., under a grant 
from the Office of Naval Research. 

New and interesting specimens have been acquired by exchange, in- 
cluding many genera and species of Foraminifera not hitherto repre- 
sented in the collections, 158 invertebrates from the Triassic of Eng- 
land and the Tertiary of Germany, 355 Austrian Triassic brachiopods 
from the Naturhistorisches Museum, and 69 Paleozoic and Cenozoic 
brachiopods from Japan from the National University, Yokohama. 

Transfers from the Smithsonian River Basin Surveys include, 
among others, a nearly complete skeleton of the fossil reptile Champ- 
sosaurus from the Paleocene of North Dakota, a plesiosaur skeleton 
from the Upper Cretaceous of Wyoming, and some 70 specimens of 
mammals from Oligocene and Miocene strata of the Canyon Ferry 
Reservoir area in Montana, all collected by Dr. T. E. White. An im- 
portant assemblage of Paleocene mammalian jaws and teeth from the 
Bison basin in central Wyoming as well as several small cellections 
of mammals from Eocene beds of the Powder River and Wind River 
basins in Wyoming and from the Eocene and Oligocene in Montana 
were transferred by the United States Geological Survey. Lower and 
Middle Cretaceous fishes were collected in Mexico by Dr. David H. 
Dunkle under the income of the Walcott bequest. An excellent col- 
lection of cetacean and other mammalian remains from the Miocene 
of the Chesapeake Bay region made by the late Dr. R. Lee Collins 
was presented to the Museum by his wife. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 19 


Engineering and industries—Nearly 500 electronic and radio de- 
vices collected and preserved by the late L. C. F. Horle, radio pioneer 
and engineer, were presented by Mrs. Susan Horle. Of equal inter- 
est is a small planing machine reputed to have been used to plane 
bamboo for the filaments of early Edison lamps, presented by Dr. 
Vannevar Bush. Allen Pope presented a gasoline engine made about 
1898 by his father, Harry Pope, to power an experimental automo- 
bile. An apparatus for taking core samples of the ocean bottom, 
perfected by Dr. Charles S. Piggot and received from the Carnegie 
Institution of Washington, has considerable historical significance 
inasmuch as the subsequent development of this instrument has vastly 
extended knowledge of the ocean floor. 

From Dr. Selman A. Waksman the Museum received the original 
shaking machine and innoculating needle used by him in the experi- 
ments that resulted in the discovery of the antibiotic streptomycin. 

Another outstanding accession was the gift by the Lithographers 
National Association, Inc., of 142 lithographs, plates, and other tech- 
nical materials which will be used in preparing a display of the his- 
tory and techniques of offset lithography. José Ortiz Echagiie, a dis- 
tinguished Spanish pictorial photographer, presented 15 of his carbon 
fresson process prints. Six prints by the English pictorialist, the late 
Alexander Keighley, were received from his estate. 

A scale model of the Fourdrinier papermaking machine was pre- 
sented by the Hammermill Paper Co., and one of a modern cotton 
ginning mill constructed at the United States Cotton Laboratory, 
Stoneville, Miss., was transferred from the United States Department 
of Agriculture. A pictorial quilt of Fort Dearborn, made about 1815, 
was received from Mrs. John H. Snyder. 

As exchanges, the Museum acquired 20 specimens of woods of 
Thailand from the Royal Forest Department, Bangkok. Study sets 
of the woods of New Zealand, Sarawak, and Iriomote Islands were 
also added to the collection. 

History.—Of particular interest among the accessions was the gift 
by Mrs. Woodrow Wilson of the laces, embroidered linens, and a large 
gold, diamond, and lalique glass brooch presented to her when she 
accompanied President Wilson to Europe in 1919. The collection of 
dresses of the First Ladies of the White House was augmented by the 
dress given by Mrs. Harry S. Truman to represent the administration 
of President Truman, 1945-1953. A black crepe dress worn by Queen 
Victoria of the United Kingdom about 1880 was given to the costume 
collection by Mrs. Langley Moore, of the London Museum of Costume. 

The Department of Justice transferred 93 pistols needed to com- 
plete the series of modern firearms in the division of military history. 

Further additions to the Straub collection of gold and silver coins 
were made by Paul A. Straub. 


20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


The Post Office Department transferred to the division of philately 
3,198 recently issued stamps which had been distributed by the Uni- 
versal Postal Union. Gifts of stamps also were received from the | 
Governments of Monaco, Philippines, Netherlands, Nicaragua, 
Czechoslovakia, Poland, Australia, and Norway, and from the United 
Nations Postal Administration. Outstanding additions to the phil- 
utelic collection were as follows: 12 volumes of stamps of Convention 
States of India from an anonymous donor; carrier stamps and rare 
foreign stamps from Philip H. Ward, Jr.; Nesbitt dies and postal 
fiscal stamps of Austria-Hungary from B. H. Homan; and United 
States precancels and Bureau print precancel errors from John R. 
Boker, Jr. 


EXPLORATION AND FIELDWORK 


At the invitation of Princeton University, Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, 
curator of archeology, participated from July until September 1952 as 
the representative of the Smithsonian Institution in the interpretation 
of the archeological aspects of a site near Cody, Wyo., occupied nearly 
7,000 years ago by aboriginal hunters of buffalo. Ninety-five archeo- 
logical sites located in the Upper Essequibo, the Rupununi savannas, 
and the coastal area of the northwest district of British Guiana were — 
surveyed and excavated in the interval between October 1952 and 
April 1953 by Dr. Clifford Evans, associate curator of archeology, 
under a Fulbright research grant, funds provided by the Smithsonian 
Institution, and grants from other sources to the coinvestigator, Dr. 
Betty J. Meggers. At the request of a field party of the United States 
Geological Survey working in the Monument Valley-Comb Ridge 
area of northeastern Arizona, Dr. Walter W. Taylor, collaborator in 
anthropology, visited 41 sites, from 17 of which sherd collections were 
assembled for subsequent study. At the close of the fiscal year John 
C. Ewers, associate curator of ethnology, was conducting field investi- 
gations of Assiniboin Indian arts and crafts on Fort Peck and Fort 
Belknap Reservations, Montana. 

During the last half of the year 1952, Charles O. Handley, Jr., assist- 
ant curator of mammals, observed and collected mammals in the 
Kalahari Desert region of northeastern South West Africa while 
assigned to the Peabody-Harvard ethnological expedition. Following 
arrival at Walvis Bay on July 1, 1953, the party, under the direction 
of L. K. Marshall, proceeded to Windhoek which served as a base 
for the 6-months investigation of the primitive Bushmen residing in 
the desert south of Okavongo River. Maun in Bechuanaland was the 
easternmost locality visited. In June 1953 Mr. Handley also made a 
short field trip to the Dismal Swamp of Virginia to obtain additional 
data for inclusion in a memoir on that swamp sponsored by the Vir- 
ginia Academy of Sciences. At the request of the Army Medical 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 21 


Services, Dr. Henry W. Setzer, associate curator of mammals, was 
given a detail in January and February 1953 to proceed to the Canal 
Zone of Panama to give instruction to members of the 25th Preventive 
Medicine Survey Detachment on the collection and preparation of 
study specimens of mammals involved in the parasitological and epi- 
demiological investigations of tropical diseases, and on the comple- 
tion of this assignment he devoted a few days to the study of the fauna 
of Barro Colorado Island. 

During May and June, Dr. Alexander Wetmore, research associate, 
assisted by W. M. Perrygo of the National Museum, carried on field 
studies on the distribution of bird life in Panama in continuation of a 
program begun several years ago. The work this year covered an area 
in the southern part of the Province of Veraguas, extending from the 
National Highway that crosses western Panama down through the 
great tracts of swampy forest that lie back of the southern coast. The 
series of specimens obtained give valuable comparative material from 
an area that previously had been poorly represented in the National 
Museum collections. Field observations were highly interesting, since 
the middle of May marked the beginning of the rains, whereas most 
of the earlier studies had been made during the dry season of the year. 
Many of the resident birds exhibit marked difference in habit between 
the two periods. Though most of the great host of migrant birds from 
North America that winter here leave for the north by May, numerous 
records were obtained of several species of which there are groups of 
younger individuals that have not yet attained breeding status but 
that remain in these tropical areas through the summer season when 
the older members are on their northern nesting grounds. Orni- 
thological fieldwork in Thailand by Herbert G. Deignan was made 
possible by grants from the Guggenheim Foundation and special 
research funds of the Smithsonian Institution. He arrived at Bangkok 
on October 8, 1952, and 12 days later departed for the hills west of 
that city accompanied by Robert E. Elbel, Mutual Security Agency, 
and three native assistants. Collections were made in Kanchanaburi 
province during October and November. Fieldwork in Prochnap 
Khiri Khan province, which is situated in southwestern Thailand 
between the Gulf of Siam and the Tenasserim Mountain range, was 
completed on December 31, 1952. The field party worked during 
January 1953 in the mountainous areas of western Nan and northern 
Lampang provinces on the Thailand-Laos frontier. On February 9, 
1958, Deignan arrived at Chiang Rai, capital of the northernmost 
province, and from there proceeded to the Mekong River Valley and 
made collections at Chiang Saen Kao in the region where the boun- 
daries of Burma, Thailand, and Indo-China meet. After returning to 
Bangkok on March 20, Deignan devoted a week to fieldwork in Ratburi 
province, which is situated betwen the provinces of Kanchanaburi and 


22 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Prochnap Khiri Khan. The field party then proceeded late in March 
to the forested area near Ban Hua Thanon in Khlong Klung Valley, 
province of Nakhon Sawan, where fieldwork in Thailand was termi- 
nated on May 4, 1953. 

Traveling by air from Washington, D. C., Dr. Joseph P. E. Morri- 
son, associate curator of mollusks, arrived at Viti Levu, one of the 
Fiji Islands, on June 11, 1952, and continued the flight on the same 
day to Tahiti by way of the Cook Islands. Following 10 days of col- 
lecting on Tahiti, the team for the study of coral-atoll ecology or- 
ganized by the Pacific Science Board was transported, through the 
courtesy of the French Government, some 450 miles by schooner to 
Raroia Atoll, where field studies and collections were made from 
June 26 to September 7, 1952. Members of the field party were 
brought back to Tahiti by the same French schooner. Following 
another week of collecting on Tahiti, Dr. Morrison proceeded by air 
to Aitutaki in the Cook Islands and Viti Levu, the season’s work being 
completed on September 23 at that locality. 

Fieldwork by three parties engaged in search for invertebrate and 
vertebrate fossils was financed by the income from the Walcott bequest. 
Dr. G. A. Cooper, curator, Arthur L. Bowsher, associate curator, and 
W. T. Allen, aide, division of invertebrate paleontology and paleo- 
botany, commenced the season’s work on July 9, 1952, at Adair, Okla., 
where they spent 2 days collecting Mississippian fossils while en route 
to Pine Springs Camp in the Guadalupe Mountains of western Texas. 
Blocks of invertebrate fossils were quarried from the Permian reef 
limestone near Guadalupe Peak. On July 18 Cooper’s party pro- 
ceeded to Silver City, N. Mex., to obtain Devonian fossils and thence 
to other Devonian localities in the vicinity of Kingston, Mud Springs 
Mountains, Derry, the San Andreas and Sacramento Mountains near 
Alamogordo, and the Mimbres Mountains. Blocks of silicified upper 
Pennsylvanian limestone were also collected in the southern part of 
the Sacramento Mountains. On the return trip stops were made July 
29 to August 2, at Ponca City and Tulsa, Okla., to collect Permian 
invertebrates, and in Missouri for Mississippian fossils. 

From the middle of September until mid-December, associate cura- 
tors Dr. A. R. Loeblich, Jr., and Dr. David H. Dunkle searched for 
Jurassic and Cretaceous invertebrates and Mesozoic and Tertiary 
vertebrates in eastern and southern Mexico. They made initial col- 
lections in the extensive Cretaceous beds in Coahuila and Tamaulipas 
and later continued the fieldwork in Puebla, Oaxaca, and Chiapas. 
In the course of this trip, which traversed the Sierra Madre Oriental 
from the vicinity of Monterrey to beyond the Isthmus of Tehuantepec, 
they collected Foraminifera, mollusks, and brachiopods from the 
Mesozoic deposits and vertebrates from an Upper Cretaceous forma- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 23 


tion in Tamaulipas, Lower Cretaceous deposits near 'Tlaxiaco, Oaxaca, 
and a Tertiary occurrence near Guanajuato. 

The recently discovered occurrence of Paleocene mammals in the 
Bison Basin near the divide between the Red Desert and the valley of 
the Sweetwater River in south-central Wyoming by a field party of 
the United States Geological Survey led Dr. C. L. Gazin, curator of 
vertebrate paleontology, with the assistance of I’. L. Pearce, to com- 
mence an intensive search for additional materials. 

A grant from the National Science Foundation enabled Dr. A. C. 
Smith, curator of phanerogams, to proceed from Washington on 
March 6, 1953, to Fiji, where it is his intention to continue botanical] 
field studies until January 1954 on the upland regions on south-central 
Viti Levu as well as on Ovalau, Taveuni, and Ngan. 

Dr. Ernest R. Sohns, associate curator of grasses, devoted several 
weeks in October and November 1952 to collecting grasses in Mexico, 
mostly in the State of Guanajuato. 

EK. P. Killip, research associate in botany, continued his critical 
studies of the plants of Big Pine Key, Fla., and was engaged also 
for several months in collecting plants on the Isle of Pines, Cuba. 

Mendel L. Peterson, acting head curator of the department of his- 
tory, participated in May 1953 in the underwater investigation of the 
site of a Spanish ship sunk off Plantation Key, Fla. Evidence found 
on the wreck proved this ship to have been one of a fleet com- 
manded by Admiral de Torres which, according to documents pre- 
served in the Casa Lonja in Seville, Spain, was wrecked on a nearby 
reef during a hurricane on July 15, 1733. Hand grenades, cannon 
balls, swords, flintlock muskets, silver coins, and pewter utensils were 
recovered at the site. This fieldwork is carried on under a grant 
of funds from E. A. Link, of the Link Aviation Corp. 


VISITORS 


During the fiscal year 1953 there were 3,120,657 visitors to the 
Museum buildings, an average daily attendance of 8,549. This is an 
increase of 17,006 over the total of 3,103,651 visitors in the previous 
fiscal year. ‘The 207,420 school children included in this total arrived 
in 5,041 separate groups. Most of them traveled by bus, and some 
came from localities as far distant as Montana, North and South 
Dakota, Texas, and Mississippi. Small groups of schoolchildren are 
not recorded. Almost two-thirds of all the visitors entered the 
Museum buildings during April to August, inclusive. April 1953 was 
the month of the largest attendance with 495,302 visitors; August 
1952 was the next largest with 480,154; and May 1953 was third with 
413,736. Attendance records for the buildings show the following 
numbers of visitors: Smithsonian Building, 623,269; Arts and Indus- 
tries Building, 1,666,618; and Natural History Building, 830,775. 

275494533 


24 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 


During the year five office rooms assigned to the division of crafts 
and industries in the Arts and Industries Building were reconditioned, 
the work involving the construction of concrete floors, the painting 
of the office rooms, and replastering of one wall. Steel racks were 
constructed for housing 1,170 drawers, which provided accessibility to 
3,860 cubic feet of anthropological materials hitherto located in essen- 
tially dead storage. 


CHANGES IN ORGANIZATION AND STAFF 


The vacancy in the division of medicine and public health was 
filled on December 8, 1952, by the appointment of George B. Griffen- 
hagen as associate curator. 

Respectfully submitted. 

Remineton Ketroce, Director. 

Dr. Lronarp CARMICHAEL, 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 2 
Report on the National Gallery of Art 


Sir: I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trus- 
tees, the Sixteenth Annual Report of the National Gallery of Art, 
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1953. ‘This report is made pursuant 
to the provisions of section 5 (d) of Public Resolution No. 14, 75th 
Congress, Ist session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51). 


ORGANIZATION 


The statutory members of the Board of Trustees of the National 
Gallery of Art are the Chief Justice of the United States, the Secre- 
tary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury, and the Secretary of 
the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio. The five general trustees con- 
tinuing in office during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1953, were 
Samuel H. Kress, Ferdinand Lammot Belin, Duncan Phillips, Chester 
Dale, and Paul Mellon. The Board of Trustees held its annual meet- 
ing on May 5, 1953. Samuel H. Kress was reelected President and 
Ferdinand Lammot Belin, Vice President, to serve for the ensuing 
year. Donald D. Shepard continued to serve during the year as 
adviser to the Board. 

All the executive officers of the Gallery continued in office during 
the year: 

Huntington Cairns, Secretary-Treasurer. 
David E. Finley, Director. 

Harry A. McBride, Administrator. 
Huntington Cairns, General Counsel. 


John Walker, Chief Curator. 
Macgill James, Assistant Director. 


The three standing committees of the Board, as constituted at the 
annual meeting May 5, 1953, were as follows: 


EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 


Chief Justice of the United States, Fred M. Vinson, chairman. 
Samuel H. Kress, vice chairman. 

Ferdinand Lammot Belin. 

Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. Leonard Carmichael. 
Paul Mellon. 


FINANCE COMMITTEE 


Secretary of the Treasury, George M. Humphrey, chairman. 
Samuel H. Kress, vice chairman. 


26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Ferdinand Lammot Belin. 
Chester Dale. 
Paul Mellon. 
ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE 


Ferdinand Lammot Belin, chairman. 
Duncan Phillips. 
Chester Dale. 
Paul Mellon. 
David E. Finley. 
PERSONNEL 


On June 30, 1953, full-time Government employees on the staff of 
the National Gallery of Art numbered 304, as compared with 301 
employees as of June 30, 1952. The United States Civil Service 
regulations govern the appointment of employees paid from appro- 
priated public funds. 


APPROPRIATIONS 


For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1953, the Congress of the United 
States appropriated for the National Gallery of Art $1,428,050, to be 
used for salaries and expenses in the operation and upkeep of the 
Gallery, the protection and care of works of art acquired by the Board 
of Trustees, and all administrative expenses incident thereto, as au- 
thorized by section 4 (a) of Public Resolution No. 14, 75th Congress, 
ist session, approved March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51). This sum in- 
cludes the regular appropriation of $1,240,550 and a supplemental 
appropration of $187,500 for the replacement and repair of refrigera- 
tion equipment used in connection with the air conditioning. 

From the regular appropriation the following expenditures and 
encumbrances were incurred: 


Petsanal services. a eee $1, 108, 950. 00 
Printing and reproduction_.._________________ Jo eT 5, 222.31 
Hlectricity, supplies, equipment, ete____________________________ 126, 347. 59 
Unobligated balance.__._____._....»_______.__..._ ._ | see eee 30. 10 

i eT ae. ee ee WRN LTE 1, 240, 550. 00 


From the supplemental appropriation the following expenditures 
and encumbrances were incurred : 


Replacement of 3 refrigeration machines_________________________ $170, 398. 00 
Repair of moter, ¢te......._... ee ee eee 3, 306. 30 
Unoebligated balance... =. 13, 795. 70 


RN gi ce 187, 500. 00 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 27 


ATTENDANCE 


There were 1,647,470 visitors to the Gallery during the fiscal year 
1953, an average daily attendance of about 4,538. This is an increase 
of 124,874 over the number for 1952. Since March 17, 1941, when the 
Gallery was opened to the public, to June 30, 1953, there have been 
21,931,483 visitors. 

ACCESSIONS 


There were 1,408 accessions by the National Gallery of Art as gifts, 
loans, or deposits during the fiscal year 1953. Most of the paintings 
and a number of the prints were placed on exhibition. 


GIFTS 


PAINTINGS 


The Board of Trustees on July 21, 1952, accepted from Mrs. Augus- 
tus Vincent Tack the gift of a portrait of President Truman, painted 
by her husband, which will be held for a National Portrait Gallery. 
On October 21 the Gallery received the gift of a painting from Samuel 
L. Fuller, entitled “Portrait of a Lady,” by Salviati, which had been 
accepted by the Board of Trustees on December 6, 1950. On Novem- 
ber 3, the Board accepted the bequest by the late Mrs. Charles S. 
Carstairs of three paintings: “Head of a Woman,” by Manet; “The 
Sisters,” by Berthe Morisot; and a portrait of herself by Sir William 
Orpen. The gift of a painting by Leonid entitled “Faraduro,” from 
the Avalon Foundation, was accepted by the Board of Trustees on 
December 3, 1952. On February 9, 19538, the Board accepted from 
Frederick Sturges, Jr., the painting “Newport Harbor, 1857,” by John 
Kensett. On March 30, 1953, the Board accepted a bequest of the 
following seven paintings from the late Adolph Caspar Miller: 


Artist Title 
AEDS 22 oe 0 Sa ee Madonna and Child. 
| ES eT Se Portrait of a Young Man. 
OS EES ee eee Portrait of a Young Man. 
ee ES oe Portrait of a Lady. 
Ee Portrait of a Man. 
ee ee Portrait of a Lady. 
NS RED ed Ee Se ee Portrait of a Man. 
SCULPTURE 


On October 21, 1952, the Board accepted a bequest by the late Albert 
E. Gallatin of a bust of Whistler by Sir Joseph Edgar Boehm which 
will be held for a National Portrait Gallery. On December 3 the 
Board accepted a gift from the children of the late Mrs. Otto Kahn 


28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


of a terra-cotta bust of an old man, Florentine School, second half 
of fifteenth century. 
PRINTS AND DRAWINGS 


On October 21, 1952, the Board of Trustees accepted 693 prints and 
drawings from Lessing J. Rosenwald to be added to his gift to the 
Gallery. On December 3 the Board approved the addition of 96 prints 
by Alphonse Legros to the gift of George Matthew Adams. On 
December 30 the Board accepted a gift from Rush H. Kress of an 
early sixteenth-century German manuscript choral in two volumes. 


EXCHANGE OF WORKS OF ART 


On October 21, 1952, the Board of Trustees accepted the offer of 
Lessing J. Rosenwald to exchange the following five prints by Van 
Meckenem for superior impressions of the same works: “Christ Before 
Caiphas,” “Scourged,” “Pilate Washing His Hands,” “Christ Shown 
to the People,” and “Crucifixion.” On May 5, 1953, the Board ap- 
proved Mr. Rosenwald’s offer to exchange the following three prints 
for superior impressions: “The Spinner,” by Van Meckenem; “Vir- 
gin with the Pear,” by Durer; “Madonna and Child Standing on a 
Crescent Moon,” by Altdorfer. 


WORKS OF ART ON LOAN 


During the fiscal year 1953 the following works of art were received 
on loan by the National Gallery of Art: 


From 
Chester Dale, New York, N. Y.: Artist 
Mrs. Chester Dale. 2293 0" ote: ee a ee Bellows. 
PG rig 9 A 64 by 1 Mlle Silene Re i ada Re es eh BP ese 3 Bazille. 
Le Pont Neuf) 20, Soe eb Oe ee Marquet. 
Pie Ei a oe en es Bonnard. 
Woman). de a sCRERRBe 3 ee Derain. 
Mie. Dora) Manse). 6 es eee Picasso. 
Mnins in the; Garden. 2 os ee Vuillard. 
Jacnges duis. Danid.2 ee ee Rouget. 
DU Ge i ee te ia tn hi lie ae De la Fresnaye. 
i TR is ho ie a Modigliani. 
UEC res eet ee Brie et ae ot ee ee eee Monet. 
Wotan svi s arian Or er ee ee Matisse. 
Putnam Foundation, San Diego, Calif.: 
LMM PHS Cer 1s Rae SIN Ye Mi Mine: So OY Rembrandt. 
Death of the’ Viren 2 WOOO s SPER OILY ae Petrus Christus. 


Robert Woods Bliss, Washington, D. C.: 
16 objects of pre-Columbian art. 


LOANED WORKS OF ART RETURNED 


The following works of art on loan were returned during the fiscal 
year 1953: 


SECRETARY'S REPORT 29 


To 

Chester Dale, New York, N. Y.: Artist 
raarareper 2 i he Sele Se Se David. 
SE ET SO lee de 25 2S Monet. 
Re eer Pee ee Bellows. 
TEES SELES 9 a a Feke. 
EERE TT Op rs UL 2s Theus. 
sR getaeetea id ae hail ais Rin Darter aie ae a King. 
2 al ln at en a eRe on Rousseau. 
ec See ae eee eee Ryder. 
a SG al a a Oudot. 
a el ga 2: ea ee rr ee Matisse. 
SRS ee a eee Picasso. 

Fernand Stuyck del Bruyére, Belgium: 
Ne Henri met de Bles. 


WORKS OF ART LENT 


During the fiscal year 1953, the Gallery lent the following works of 
art for exhibition purposes: 


To 
The Chattanooga Art Association, 
Chattanooga, Tenn.: Artist 
PRE MIAIOT LASS OY 8 ee Various. 
The Mint Museum, Charlotte, N. C.: 
EST eral rics th 0c OO OS RI A A em ae Ot Various. 
Randolph-Macon College, Lynchburg, Va.: 
se eC dee A Various. 
American Federation of Arts, New York, N. Y.: 
a Rb RE EW: CP 4 Gilbert Stuart. 
Virginia Museum, Richmond, Va.: 
einroceus (series of 4). Goya. 
The White House, Washington, D. C.: 
meee ree-roed Woodpecker... J. J. Audubon. 
ES i og Noe ae 2 a8 LYE eee ile Le J. J. Audubon. 
OSES dis Ls a ne ee es Childe Hassam. 
Sie © ene | ae een ee Volk. 
SOR aaa ee ee Lambdin. 
IRR eG 22 ee Kensett. 
IN es 8 i Harpignies. 
EU a ee a yee a oes Se eee Emanuel Leutze. 
ef a ee ere eee John W., Jarvis. 
I a iat Ralph Karle. 
erent’) Waentineton af. Princeton... __.____= Charles Polk. 
ee (oH Marco, Venice) E. Vail. 
Blair-Lee House, Washington, D. C.: 
TES ENG Se ia ra, SO renee Healy. 
Se re OR ae Healy. 
EES RE OTS, 7 a a a a Lambdin. 
SE ACRE ARE SES OE Aa a ee eer Lambdin. 


30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


EXHIBITIONS 


The following exhibitions were held at the National Gallery of Art 


during the fiscal year 1953: 

Lithographs by Toulouse-Lautree. Selected from the Rosenwald Collection. 
Continued from previous fiscal year through August 3, 1952. 

American Portraits from the Collection of the National Gallery of Art. August 
10 through September 28, 1952. 

Demonstration of Techniques. Watercolor renderings from the Index of 
American Design. October 5 through October 7, 1952. 

American Antiques. Watercolor renderings from the Index of American 
Design. October 9 through October 19, 1952. 

French Drawings, Masterpieces from Five Centuries. From the Louvre, other 
French museums and private collections. Sponsored by Smithsonian Traveling 
Exhibition Service. November 2 through November 30, 1952. 

Twentieth-Century French Paintings From the Chester Dale Collection. 
Opened November 22, 1952, to continue indefinitely. 

Japanese Painting and Sculpture, From the 6th Century A. D. to the 19th 
Century. Sponsored by the Government of Japan. January 25 through Febru- 
ary 25, 1953. 

Nuremberg and the German World, 1460-1530. Prints and books from the 
Kress and Rosenwald Collections. March 15 through July 12, 1953. 

19th- and 20th-Century Paintings from the Edward G. Robinson Collection. 
May 10 through June 24, 1953. 


TRAVELING EXHIBITIONS 


Rosenwald Collection.—Special exhibitions of prints from the 
Rosenwald Collection were circulated to the following places during 
the fiscal year 1953: 


Chattanooga Art Association, Chattanooga, Tenn.: 
Collection of Master Prints. 

July 12—-August 4, 1952. 

University of Alabama, University, Ala.: 
Toulouse-Lautree Prints. 

August 1952. 

Detroit Institute of Arts, Detroit, Mich. : 
18th-Century Venetian Art. 
September—October, 1952. 

Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore, Md.: 
“The World Encompassed”—4 maps. 
October 7—November 23, 1952. 

Academy of Music, Philadelphia, Pa.: 

3 Blake prints, to accompany premier of Virgil Thompson’s themes from 
Blake’s “Songs of Innocence and Experience.” 
October 10, 1952. 

Philadelphia Museum of Art, Philadelphia, Pa.: 
“Graphic Art by 20th-Century Sculptors’—12 drawings. 
October 11—December 7, 1952. 

Society of the Four Arts, Palm Springs, Fla.: 

2 Oudry Drawings. 
November 15—December 12, 1952, 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 31 


Religious Art Committee of Student Body, Union Theological Seminary, New 
work, N. Y.: 
4 prints. 
November 30—December 16, 1952. 

John Herron Art Institute, Indianapolis, Ind.: 
18th-Century Venetian Art. 

November 1952-January 4, 1953. 

Randolph-Macon Woman’s College, Lynchburg, Va.: 
Collection of Master Prints. 

December 1952. 

Virginia Museum, Richmond, Va.: 
Goya-Tauromachia prints. 
January 1953. 

Toledo Museum of Art, Toledo, Ohio: 
Musie Manuscripts. 

January 11—March 1, 1953. 

Pierpont Morgan Library, New York, N. Y.: 
“Landscape Drawings and Water Colors; Breugel to Cezanne”—7 drawings. 
January 30—April 11, 1953. 

Philadelphia Art Alliance, Philadelphia, Pa.: 
Selections from Recent French Acquisitions. 
February 9—March 1, 1953. 

Denver Art Museum, Denver, Colo.: 

“Art Tells the Story”—1 Blake print. 
March 1-—April 28, 1953. 

Vancouver Art Gallery, Vancouver, British Columbia: 
French Impressionism, Drawings and Watercolors. 
March 23-April 19, 1953. 

Tyler School of Art, Elkins Park, Pa.: 

Hobby Show for Abington Hospital Benefit. 
April 15, 1953. 

Minneapolis Institute of Arts, Minneapolis, Minn.: 
19th-Century Monotypes—5. 
May 5-June 30, 1953. 


Index of American Design.—During the fiscal year 1953, 25 travel- 
ing exhibitions of original watercolor renderings of this collection, 
with 58 bookings, were sent to the following States and countries: 


Number of 
State or country exhibitions 
2 TPC RR sD MF “es RRs pe 3 
2 PES eae lledl lle Greet aytien-rs: paral: send allot lpcang apna 1 
IMG OLICUt 2s Ue RIOD ei ak 1 
Peeamies, Gf Columbiayza 2 {racic bs ey 9 
A SP ee RET ee | eee oe ee | eee 2 
Cosy a ae ec ee es 1 
NTR A ORE aid a PR Se a ee 6 
5 Sa yar I ae Eglo he tiga pat 1 
Hite. SOLS 2 PORT) ee 1 
Wi tinye tar iri tyiel 82) 2 es eh ete 1 
NERO ee eA TAR ate 3 
US PO OE eee Se ee ee eer 1 
UA RSs tiller Mat ata et ap SANE A ee eT eee 1 


IEW ERSE Woe ee eee es, See. Cane ee 2 


32 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Number of 
State or country exhibitions 
Wier em no on a eee 4 
North Carcimna "522.2322 5 
Oia SUS ess 2 ae ee eee 4 
Pennsylvania. q ~~ j<<.0- ~ 22c6<¢:~< “eae ee 1 
Bonth Carolina - 52... 2k ses aoe a ee if 
TONNOGHROR aie = Sei cen he ee eee 2 
Virginia .<.c22. --- 425-4 eee il 
WIRBONISIR mo eee ee ee ee 1 
CreG@GG eo ate Sh 1 
TEAR oo = ecteasiee Bae ee Se ee 1 
Palestirie. 3 eit snc ee ee eee 1 
RG oi ihre i ee 1 
Western Germany. = 2.5... 322 eee 1 
Western Germany and Austria_____.__------ 1 


CURATORIAL ACTIVITIES 


The Curatorial Department accessioned 927 gifts to the Gallery dur- 
ing the fiscal year 1953. Advice was given regarding 285 works of art 
brought to the Gallery for opinion, and 60 visits to other collections 
were made by members of the staff for either expert opinion or in con- 
nection with offers of gifts. About 1,200 inquiries requiring research 
were answered verbally and by letter. On August 10, 1952, John 
Walker, as representative of the United States Government on the 
occasion of the Centennial Celebration of the German National Mu- 
seum of Niiremberg, gave an address before a large audience. Charles 
M. Richards conducted two courses in art history under the auspices of 
the Department of Agriculture. Miss Elizabeth Mongan gave a series 
of lectures on prints at Beaver College, Swarthmore College, and the 
Tyler School of Art. Mr. Richards served as an “expert on art” and 
lecturer at the Career Conference held at George Washington Uni- 
versity. Healso attended the annual meeting of the American Associ- 
ation of Museums at Buffalo, N. Y., and an organizational meeting 
of the Southern Conference of Museums at Raleigh, N. C. Miss 
Katharine Shepard was sent asa delegate from the Washington Society 
to the annual meeting of the Archaeological Institute of America in 
Cleveland. Perry B. Cott was elected vice president of this Society. 
Mr. Cott served on the following committees: Fine Arts Committee, 
Washington Cathedral; Advisory Committee for Fulbright Awards 
in Fine Arts; Committee for the Inaugural Medal; Committee for the 
Protection of Cultural Property. Mr. Cott arranged a schedule of 
tours of United States museums for visiting foreigners under the 
International Exchange of Persons Division, Department of State. 
Erwin O. Christensen was one of five judges at the Army-Wide Li- 
brary Publicity Contest. Mr. Christensen was chairman of the session 
on “Kuropean and American Art” at the Howard University Festival 
of Fine Arts this spring, and he also made examinations and wrote 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 33 


reports on the Morosini and Negroli helmets in the Widener Collec- 
tion. William P. Campbell was one of three judges at the “Neigh- 
borhood Art Show” in Fauquier County, Va. 

Special installations were prepared for the French drawings exhibi- 
tion and the exhibition of Japanese paintings and sculpture under the 
direction of Mr. Cott. He also supervised the installation of new 
vitrines for the Robert Woods Bliss Collection of pre-Columbian art. 


RESTORATION AND REPAIR OF WORKS OF ART 


Necessary restoration and repair of paintings and sculpture in the 
Gallery’s collections were made by Francis Sullivan, resident restorer 
tothe Gallery. Thirty-one pieces of furniture in the Widener Collec- 
tion were shipped to New York for repair and conditioning; these were 
returned to the Gallery in October. 


PUBLICATIONS 


During the year Huntington Cairns contributed an article on 
“Symbolism and the Language of Jurisprudence” to the forthcoming 
volume “In the Beginning Was the Word: An Inquiry into the Mean- 
ing and Function of Language,” and reviews of “The Theodosian Code 
and Novels” and “Law, the Science of Inefficiency,” by William Seagle, 
to the Library of Congress United States Quarterly Book Review; 
“The Note-Books of Matthew Arnold,” edited by Lowry, Young, and 
Dunn, to Poetry Magazine; and “Feeling and Form,” by Susanne 
Langer, to the Virginia Quarterly Review. He also delivered a series 
of lectures at the Johns Hopkins University on “The Theory of 
Criticism.” : 

In November a new book, “Great Paintings from the National Gal- 
lery of Art,” by Huntington Cairns and John Walker, was published 
by the Macmillan Co. 

Nine articles by John Walker on paintings in the Chester Dale 
Collection appeared in the Ladies Home Journal. 

Mr. Christensen contributed an article, “A Page from the Sketch- 
book of Martin Van Heemkerck” for the Gazette des Beaux-Arts. 

Other publications by the staff during the fiscal year 1953 include 
the following: 

“Objects of Medieval Art,” Handbook No. 3 in the National Gallery 
of Art series by Erwin O. Christensen. 

A catalog entitled “Twentieth-Century French Paintings from the 
Chester Dale Collection” was prepared by William P. Campbell. 

A book for hobbyists entitled “Early American Design: Toleware” 
was written by Mr. Christensen. He also wrote the book “Early 
American Wood Carving.” 

A monograph on Giovanni Bellini’s “Feast of the Gods” is being 
revised by Mr. Walker and a sixth edition of the catalog, “French 


34 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Paintings from the Chester Dale Collection,” is being prepared by 
Mr. Campbell. 

During the fiscal year 1953 the Publications Fund added four new 
color postcards and a new 11- by 14-inch color reproduction to the list 
available and 6 additional new 11- by 14-inch color prints were on 
order. Nineteen new monotone postcards and four new Christmas- 
card color plates were produced. At the time of the opening of the 
exhibition of Twentieth-Century French Paintings from the Chester 
Dale Collection a stock of 18 color and monotone postcard subjects 
was also acquired from the Art Institute of Chicago and distributed 
here. Eleven more large collotype reproductions of paintings at the 
Gallery distributed by a New York publisher were placed on sale, and 
this company also produced the first 6 of a new series of 11- by 14-inch 
plate-size color reproductions of our works of art. 

A new set of playing cards, Wedgwood plates bearing a picture of 
the Gallery building, a stock of “Famous Paintings” calendars includ- 
ing many Gallery paintings, and the book, “Italian Painters of the 
Renaissance,” by Bernard Berenson, illustrated with numerous Gal- 
lery paintings, were also made available. The 1952 A. W. Mellon 
lectures of Jacques Maritain in published form were placed on sale as 
well as four other books by National Gallery of Art staff members. 

Exhibition catalogs of the French drawings, Robinson, and Japanese 
shows were distributed, and over 20,000 postcards of Japanese works 
of art were sold here during the latter exhibition. 


EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM 


The attendance for the general, congressional, and special tours and 
the “Picture of the Week” totaled 43,544, while the attendance at 39 
auditorium lectures on Sunday afternoons was approximately 13,068 
during the fiscal year 1958. 

Tours, lectures, and conferences arranged by appointment were 
given 202 groups and individuals. The total number of people served 
in this manner was 4,701. These special appointments were made for 
such groups as representatives from leading universities and museums, 
groups from other governmental departments, high schools, college 
students, women’s clubs, Sunday-school classes, and a number of for- 
eign visitors. This service also included the training of Junior 
League volunteers who thereafter conducted tours for art students in 
the Washington high schools and a training program for members of 
the Arlington American Association of University Women who 
served as volunteer docents and conducted tours in the Gallery for all 
the Arlington public-school children in grades 2 through 6. 

The staff of the Education Office delivered 17 lectures; 22 lectures 
were delivered by guest speakers. During March and April Sir Ken- 
neth Clark delivered the second annual series of the A. W. Mellon 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 35 


Lectures in the Fine Arts on the theme, “The Nude: A Study of Ideal 
Form.” 

During the past year, 113 persons borrowed 3,827 slides from the 
lending collection. Seven copies of the National Gallery film were cir- 
culated on itinerary with 106 bookings completed. In the coming 
year, 18 copies of the film will be placed in audiovisual libraries in as 
many different States so that they may have the maximum distribution 
with guaranteed good treatment. 

Hight more sets of the “Christmas Story,” a mimeographed lecture 
illustrated by 34 slides, were made up and circulated with approxi- 
mately 1,882 people viewing the slides. 

The printed Calendar of Events, announcing all Gallery activities 
and publications, is distributed monthly to a mailing list of 5,100 
names. 

LIBRARY 


Books, pamphlets, periodicals, photographs, and subscriptions pur- 
chased out of the fund presented to the National Gallery of Art by 
Paul Mellon totaled 306 during the fiscal year 1953 ; 33 were purchased 
out of the fund given by Harold K. Hochschild. Gifts included 270 
books and pamphlets, while 718 books, pamphlets, periodicals, and 
bulletins were received from other institutions. Outstanding among 
these gifts were 50 books presented by Lessing J. Rosenwald. 

Although the Library is not open to the public, it is possible for stu- 
dents of art and persons with art questions to use the services of the 
Library. During this fiscal year the Library staff handled 1,480 refer- 
ence questions, and there were 635 readers other than the Gallery staff 
who used the Library. 

The Library is the depository for photographs of the works of art 
in the collections of the National Gallery of Art. During the year 
425 persons other than the Gallery staff came to purchase prints, and 
215 mail orders were filled. 


INDEX OF AMERICAN DESIGN 


During the fiscal year 1953, a total of 7 new exhibits containing 
304 renderings were completed. Index material was studied during 
the year by 572 persons representing special research interests, de- 
signers, groups interested in the material for publications, exhibitions, 
and slides, and to get a general idea of the collection as a whole. 

A total of 859 photographs of Index renderings were sent out of the 
Gallery on loan, for publicity, and purchase. <A gift of seventy 2-x-2’’ 
slides of Index material was made by Dr. Konrad Prothmann. 
Twenty-two sets (consisting of 1,435 slides) of 2-x-2’’ slides were 
circulated in 26 States, Italy, and England. 


36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


MAINTENANCE OF THE BUILDING AND GROUNDS 


The usual work in connection with the care and maintenance of the 
building and its mechanical equipment and the grounds was continued 
throughout the year. Flowering and foliage plants grown im the 
moats were used in the garden courts. 

In order to provide additional storage space for the Publications 
Ojffice, a new concrete floor was laid in an unfinished area at the west 
end of the ground floor. 

A partition, stainless steel sink, and print washer were installed in 
one of the darkrooms of the photographers’ laboratory in order to 
increase the efficiency of that department. 

The elevators were inspected by a representative of the District 
government, and also by a representative of the Hartford Accident & 
Indemnity Co., and found to be in good mechanical condition. 

The high-tension switchgear, together with the safety relays and 
protective devices, was examined and tested by the Potomac Electric 
Power Co. 

Refrigeration machine No. 4 was thoroughly checked and the neces- 
sary adjustments made in order that it would be in first-class operating 
condition when the heavy summer load of air-conditioning would be 
placed upon it. 

With funds appropriated for the purpose, a contract was entered 
into with the Worthington Corp. for the replacement of three refrig- 
eration machines. Two of the machines were in operation by June 
23, 1953, and the work of installing the third machine is now under 
way. 

OTHER ACTIVITIES 


A total of 38 Sunday evening concerts were given during the fiscal 
year 1953 in the West Garden Court. The National Gallery Or- 
chestra, conducted by Richard Bales, played nine concerts at the Gal- 
lery with additional performances at the United States Naval 
Academy at Annapolis, Md., and in the Corcoran Gallery of Art. 
Two of the orchestral concerts at the National Gallery were made 
possible by the Music Performance Trust Fund of the American Fed- 
eration of Musicians. During April, May, and June, seven Sunday 
evenings were devoted to the Gallery’s Tenth American Music Festi- 
val. Thirty-two compositions by thirty-one American composers 
were played. Most of the concerts were broadcast in their entirety 
by Station WCFM, Washington, and the Continental Network. A 
new feature of the series was the addition of the Church of the Ref- 
ormation Cantata Choir to the National Gallery Orchestra at two 
concerts which presented both classical and contemporary composers. 

The photographic laboratory of the Gallery produced 14,018 prints, 
402 black-and-white slides, 1,156 color slides, and 127 color trans- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 37 


parencies, in addition to 2,130 negatives, X-rays, infrared and ultra- 
violet photographs. 

During the fiscal year, 2,358 press releases were issued in connection 
with Gallery activities, while 142 permits to copy paintings, and 224 
permits to photograph in the Gallery were issued. 


OTHER GIFTS 


Gifts of books on works of art and related material were made to 
the Gallery by Paul Mellon and others. Gifts of money were made 
during the fiscal year 1953 by the Old Dominion Foundation, the 
Avalon Foundation, and Harold K. Hochschild. 


AUDIT OF PRIVATE FUNDS OF THE GALLERY 


An audit of the private funds of the Gallery has been made for the 
fiscal year ended June 30, 1953, by Price, Waterhouse & Co., public 
accountants, and the certificate of that company on its examination of 
the accounting records maintained for such funds will be forwarded 
to the Gallery. 

Respectfully submitted. 

Hountineron Cairns, Secretary. 
Dr. Leonarp CaRMICHAEL, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 3 


Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts 


Sm: Ihave the honor to submit the following report on the activities 
of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the fiscal year ended June 
30, 1953: 


THE SMITHSONIAN ART COMMISSION 


The 30th annual meeting of the Smithsonian Art Commission was 
held in the Regents Room of the Smithsonian Building on Tuesday, 
December 2, 1952. The members present were: Paul Manship, chair- 
man; Alexander Wetmore, secretary (member, ex officio) ; John Taylor 
Arms, Robert Woods Bliss, Gilmore D. Clarke, David E. Finley, 
Lloyd Goodrich, Walker Hancock, George Hewitt Myers, Archibald 
Wenley, Lawrence Grant White, Andrew Wyeth, and Mahonri Young. 
Thomas M. Beggs, Director, and Paul V. Gardner, curator of ceram- 
ics, National Collection of Fine Arts, were also present. 

The Commission recommended to the Board of Regents the reelec- 
tion of David EK. Finley, Paul Manship, Eugene E. Speicher, and 
Archibald Wenley for the ensuing 4-year period. 

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year: Paul 
Manship, chairman; Robert Woods Bliss, vice chairman; and Leonard 
Carmichael, secretary. The following were elected members of the 
executive committee for the ensuing year: David E. Finley, chairman, 
Robert Woods Bliss, Gilmore D. Clarke, and George Hewitt Myers. 
Paul Manship, as chairman of the Commission, and Leonard Car- 
michael, as secretary of the Commission, are ex officio members of the 
executive committee. Dr. Alexander Wetmore, retiring Smithsonian 
Secretary, was added to the list of emeritus members of the Commis- 
sion. 

Dr. Wetmore reported to the Commission that a bill (H. R. 8216) 
had been introduced in the House of Representatives “to establish as 
a branch of the Smithsonian Institution an American Academy of 
Music, Drama, and Ballet, for the education of selected pupils in all 
the various phases of these arts, and for other purposes, as part of a 
National War Memorial (to include a theater and opera house).” 
A similar bill was introduced in the Senate (S. J. 105). 

Mr. Beggs presented his annual report to the Commission, and said 
that special emphasis had been given to exhibitions during the year. 
He reported the completion of the renovation of the first-floor galleries, 


38 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 39 


the reorganization of the permanent exhibition of the Harriet Lane 
Johnston, Ralph Cross Johnson, John Gellatly, and Pell Collections, 
and the preparation in progress of a new catalog and handbooks of 
the collections. Responsibility for scheduling the monthly foyer 
exhibitions in the Natural History Building, including those of scien- 
tific materials, was transferred by the Secretary to the National 
Collection of Fine Arts. 

Mr. Beggs also described other activities of the National Collection 
of Fine Arts: The Third Annual Exhibit of the Kiln Club of Wash- 
ington, representing accomplishment by local craftsmen under Paul 
V. Gardner’s direction; the exhibits of paintings by Edwin Scott and 
Alice Pike Barney, indicating new uses of the Barney Fund; the Art 
and Magic in Arnhem Land Exhibit, shown first in the Natural His- 
tory Building and now being circulated by the Smithsonian Travel- 
ing Exhibition Service; the exhibition of “French Drawings of Five 
Centuries,” lent by the French Government, first shown at the Na- 
tional Gallery of Art by the Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition 
Service, followed by showings at the Cleveland Museum of Art, the 
City Art Museum of St. Louis, the William Hayes Fogg Art Museum, 
and the Metropolitan Museum of Art, before its return to France. 
Mr. Beggs reported that the contract with the Department of State 
for funds for the preparation of exhibitions to be sent abroad in 1953 
and 1954 had been renewed. 

The following objects were accepted by the Commission for the 
National Collection of Fine Arts: 


Oil, The Stephen Children (Theodore Brower, Cornelia, John, and Esther 
Amelia), attributed to a brother of President Madison. Gift of Amelia R. 
Lowther. 

Oil, Man in White (Dr. Henry Sturgis Drinker), by Cecilia Beaux, N. A. 
(1863-1942). Henry Ward Ranger bequest. 

Oil, Portrait of Dr. George F. Becker (1847-1919), geologist, by Fedor 
Encke (1851-?). Gift of Mrs. George F. Becker. Accepted for the National 
Portrait Gallery. 

Marble, General Philip H. Sheridan (1831-1888), by Thomas Buchanan Read 
(1822-1872). Gift of Benjamin Bell. Accepted for the National Portrait Gal- 
lery. 

Five pieces of modern glass: Gazelle bowl and base (crystal glass designed 
by Sidney Waugh and made by Steuben Glass, Inc., Corning, New York) ; vase 
(8 inches high), ashtray (smoke crystal glass with cut flutings), globular vase 
(614 inches high with crystal glass engraved fish decoration), all designed by 
Gerda Stromberg and made at Strombergshyttan, Sweden. Gift of Mr. and 
Mrs. Hugh J. Smith, Jr. 

Ceramic, bottle, 14 inches high, St. Ives pottery, stoneware, Tenmoku glaze, 
designed by Bernard Howell Leach. Gift of the artist. 

Ceramic, bottle, 16 inches high, stoneware, Sgraffito decoration, designed by 
Paul D. Holleman, Roxbury, Mass. Gift of the Kiln Club. 

Two award-winning pieces from the Third Annual Exhibition of Ceramic 
Art, 1952: bottle, hand-modeled, ivory matt glaze, by Alta C. Fuller, winner 

275494—5 34 


40 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


of the B. F. Drakenfeld award; and bowl, wine-red glaze, by Lisle Pursel, 
winner of Winthrop Ceramic Supply Company award. Gift of the Kiln Club. 


STUDY COLLECTION 


A ceramic sculpture, Toad, designed by Ollie Palmore Long, 
gift of the Kiln Club, was added to the study collection. 


TRANSFERS ACCEPTED 


Four watercolors were transferred from the division of birds on 
March 13, 1953: Cardinal, Towhee Bunting, and Purple Grackle, by 
John James Audubon; and Rose-breasted Grosbeak, by Joseph B. 
Kidd, after Audubon. : 

Three oils were transferred from the division of graphic arts o 
March 25, 1953: Indian Summer, by Jaspar F. Cropsey, N. A.; Octo- 
ber, by Robert C. Minor; and November, by Jervis McEntee, N. A. 


LOANS ACCEPTED 


Miniature, James D. Simons, attributed to James Peale, was lent 
by Miss Henrietta Simons, Charleston, S. C., on July 19, 1952 (with- 
drawn by owner on September 5, 1952). 

Seventeen miniatures were lent by Mr. and Mrs. Ruel P. Tolman, 
Washington, D. C., as follows: 


Man with Red Hair, by Alvan Clark (1804-87). 

Unknown Gentleman, by Robert Field (c. 1769-1819). 
Unknown Gentleman, by Thomas Flatman (1633/7-88). 
Unknown Gentleman, by Sarah Goodridge (1788-1853). 

John (or Uriah) Vaughan, by Christopher Greiner (fl. 1837-64). 
Robert Parker, attributed to Henry Inman (1801-46). 
Unknown Young Lady, attributed to Henry Inman (1801-46). 
J. B., by Raphaelle Peale (1774-1825). 

Self Portrait, by Sarah Peale (1800-85). 

Unknown Lady, by John Ramage (1748-1802). 

Self Portrait, by Edward Savage (1761-1817). 

Unknown Man, by Richard M. Staigg (1820-81). 

Nancy de Villers, by Carolyn D. Tyler. 

Miss Mary Angell, by Carolyn D. Tyler. 

Elizabeth Moore, by Carolyn D. Tyler. 

Mr. W., by an undetermined artist. 

Unknown Man, by an undetermined artist. 


Six pieces of modern glass were lent by Mr. and Mrs. Hugh J. 
Smith, Jr., Scarsdale, N. Y., on April 11, 1953. 


LOANS TO OTHER MUSEUMS AND ORGANIZATIONS 


Table, French, 18th century (P. 220), was lent to the American 
F ederation of Arts, Washington, D. C., on July 10, 1952, for an 
indefinite period. 


Venetian plate, of the Cozzi period, c. 1780 (P. 497), and a soup 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 41 


tureen, dated Turin, c. 1775 (P. 801), were lent to the Detroit Institute 
of Arts for an exhibition of Arts of Venice in the 18th century, from 
September 28 to November 1, 1952. (Returned November 14, 1952.) 

Two portraits, by Charles Hopkinson—Nikola P. Pashitch and 
Prince Kimmochi Saionji—were lent to the Century Association, New 
York City, for an exhibition of work by Charles Hopkinson, from 
December 3, 1952, to January 4, 1953. (Returned January 22, 1953.) 

Oil, Caresse Enfantine, by Mary Cassatt, was lent to the Munson- 
Williams-Proctor Institute Art Gallery, Utica, N. Y., for an exhibi- 
tion of expatriates, Whistler, Cassatt, and Sargent, from January 4 
through 25,1953. (Returned January 30, 1953.) 

Oil, The Storm, by Ludwick Backhuysen (with seven oils by Edwin 
Scott from the Smithsonian Lending Collection), was lent to the 
United States District Court of the District of Columbia on December 
15, 1952, for a period of 4 years. 

Two oils, Cliffs of the Upper Colorado River, Wyoming Territory, 
by Thomas Moran, and Moonlight, by Albert P. Ryder, were lent to 
the American Federation of Arts on January 12, 1953, for an exhibi- 
tion of 19th-century American paintings to be circulated in Germany. 

Two oils, An Abandoned Farm, by Ernest Lawson, and Laguna, 
New Mexico, by Albert L. Groll, were lent to The White House on 
February 6, 1953, for an indefinite period. 

Oil, Westward the Course of Empire Takes its Way, by Emanuel 
Leutze, was lent to the Denver Art Museum for an exhibition, “Art 
Tells the Story,” from March 1 through April 26, 1953. (Returned 
May 6, 1953.) 

Oil, At Nature’s Mirror, by Ralph Blakelock, was lent to the 
American Federation of Arts on February 13, 1953, for their traveling 
show “American Tradition 1800-1900,” through May 1953. (Returned 
May 29, 1953.) 

Two oils, Roses, by Walter Shirlaw, and The Signing of the Treaty 
of Ghent, Christmas Eve, 1814, by Sir Amedee Forestier (with 4 pastels 
by Alice Pike Barney, and 5 oils by Edwin Scott, from the Smith- 
sonian Lending Collection), were lent to the United States District 
Court of the District of Columbia on February 18, 1953, for a period 
of 4 years. 

Oil, Portrait of Wyatt Eaton, by J. Alden Weir (with 5 oils by 
Edwin Scott, from the Smithsonian Lending Collection), was lent 
to the Department of Justice on March 12, 1953, for a period of 4 years. 

Bronze, Bust of Hon. Elihu Root, by James Earle Fraser, was lent 
to the National War College on March 13, 1953, for a period of 
4 years. 

Oil, Portrait of Dr. George F. Becker, by Fedor Encke, was lent 
to the National Academy of Sciences on April 17, 1953, for a period 
of 4 years. 


42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Four oils, Sea and Rain, by George H. Bogert; Evening Glow, 
Mount McIntyre, by James Henry Moser; The Vintage, by Alexander 
Rene Veron; and Conway Hills, by Frederick B. Williams (with a 
watercolor, Hill and Lake, by James Henry Moser, from the Smith- 
sonian Lending Collection), were lent to the Department of State on 
April 23, 1953, for a period not to exceed 4 years. 

Oil, Portrait of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, by Seymour M. 
Stone (with 4 oils by Edwin Scott from the Smithsonian Lending 
Collection), was lent to the Bureau of the Budget on May 13, 19583, 
for a period not to exceed 4 years. 

Three oils, Col. William Shakespeare King, by George Catlin; 
Hon. Salmon P. Chase, by James Reid Lambdin; Rustic Dance, by 
Jean Antoine Watteau; and two marble busts, Hon. Charles Evans 
Hughes, by Moses W. Dykaar, and Gen. Philip H. Sheridan, by 
Thomas Buchanan Read, were lent to the United States Court of 
Military Appeals on June 11, 1953, for a period not to exceed 4 years. 

Four watercolors by William H. Holmes, My Old Mill, Holmes- 
croft, Near Rockville, Maryland; A Maryland Wheat Field; Over the 
Maryland Fields; and the Normal Rock Creek about 1910 (with 1 oil 
by Edwin Scott, from the Smithsonian Lending Collection), were 
lent to the Bureau of the Budget on June 25, 1953, for a period not to 
exceed 4 years. 

LOANS RETURNED 


Two oils, Portrait of George Washington, attributed to William 
Winstanley, after Gilbert Stuart, and The Signing of the Treaty of 
Ghent, Christmas Eve, 1814, by Sir Amedee Forestier, lent March 22, 
1949, to the Department of State, were returned January 19, 1953. 

Three oils, Conway Hills, by Frederick Ballard Williams; The 
Meadow Brook, by Charles P. Gruppe; and Sea and Rain, by George 
H. Bogert, lent March 14, 1946, to the Department of the Treasury, 
were returned February 12, 1953. 

Oil, December Uplands, by Bruce Crane, lent June 27, 1950, to the 
Executive Office, Council of Economic Advisers, was returned Febru- 
ary 26, 1953. 

SMITHSONIAN LENDING COLLECTION 


One oil painting, Paris, 1910, by Edwin Scott (1863-1929), was 
added to the Alice Pike Barney Memorial Collection on April 11, 
1953. 

The following paintings were lent for varying periods: 

Tuskegee Institute, Tuskegee Institute, Ala.: 
August 15, 1952: 
Old Man with Pipe, by O. W. Roederstein. 
Soldiers of the Empire, by Indoni. 
Tangier, by L. Garcia. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 


Ballerine, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Captain Wheeler, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Laura Alice in Big Hat, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Laura in Fichu, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Laura with Blue Scarf, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Marie Huet, the Painter, by Alice Pike Barney 

Martha, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Matsu and Puss, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Self Portrait in 1924, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Self Portrait with Palette, by Alice Pike Barney. 

The Brass Kettle, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Woodsprite, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Young Girl with Fichu, by Alice Pike Barney. 
Department of Justice, Washington, D. C.: 

September 25, 1952: 

Marie Huet, by Alice Pike Barney. 

R. D. Shepherd, by Alice Pike Barney. 

White Paradise, by Alice Pike Barney. 

Chambre des Députés No. 3, by Edwin Scott. 

Femmes prés des Escaliers No. 1, by Edwin Scott. 

Place de la Madeleine, by Edwin Scott. 

Quai de la Seine, Bglise St. Gervais, by Edwin Scott. 

Scene Italienne prés del a Fontaine, by Edwin Scott. 

March 12, 1953: 

La Madeleine No. 2, by Edwin Scott. 

Maison de Millet, by Edwin Scott. 

Notre Dame, by Edwin Scott. 

Place St. Germain-des-Prés, by Edwin Scott. 

Porte St. Martin No. 2, by Edwin Scott. 


43 


United States District Court for the District of Columbia, Washington, D. C.: 


December 15, 1952: 
Bateau de Péche, by Edwin Scott. 
Fglise de Ville, by Edwin Scott. 
Homme au Chapeau Rouge, by Edwin Scott. 
Honfleur Fishing Boats No. 1, by Edwin Scott. 
Saint Roche, Rue St. Honore, by Edwin Scott. 
Téte de Femme, by Edwin Scott. 
The Seine at Paris (L’Institute), by Edwin Scott. 
February 18, 1953: 
Ali Kuli Kahn, by Alice Pike Barney. 
Camille Gorde, by Alice Pike Barney. 
Jimmy Davis, by Alice Pike Barney. 
Old Actor, by Alice Pike Barney. 
Cote aux Environs de Cherbourg, by Edwin Scott. 
Porte de Cherbourg, by Edwin Scott. 
Porte St. Martin et Enterrement, by Edwin Scott. 
Ships at Anchor, Cherbourg, No. 1, by Edwin Scott. 
Ship at Anchor, Cherbourg, No. 2, by Edwin Scott. 
Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pa.: 
March 3, 1953: 
Chambre des Députés in a Mist, by Edwin Scott. 
Saint Roche Church, by Edwin Scott. 
The Madeleine at Dawn, by Hdwin Scott. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


44 
Department of State, Washington, D. C.: 
April 23, 19538: 
Hill and Lake, by James Henry Moser. 
Bureau of the Budget, Washington, D. C.: 
May 13, 1953: 
Boulevard St. Germain (Prés St. Germain-des-Prés), by Edwin Scott. 
Chambre des Députés No. 1, by Edwin Scott. 
Place de la Concorde No. 1, by Edwin Scott. 
Saint Germaine des Prés No. 3, by Edwin Scott. 
June 25, 19538: 
Saint Germaine des Prés No. 2, by Edwin Scott. 


ALICE PIKE BARNEY MEMORIAL FUND 


An addition of $5,000 to the fund established in 1951 by Miss 
Natalie Clifford Barney and Mrs. Laura Dreyfus-Barney, in memory 
of their mother, for the purpose of encouraging the appreciation and 
creation of art in the United States, was received in January 1953. 


THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND 


According to a provision in the Ranger bequest that paintings 
purchased by the Council of the National Academy of Design from 
the fund provided by the Henry Ward Ranger bequest, and assigned 
to American art institutions, may be claimed during the 5-year period 
beginning 10 years after the death of the artist represented, 2 paintings 
were recalled for action of the Smithsonian Art Commission at its 
meeting on December 2, 1952. 


No. 62. Man in White (Dr. Henry Sturgis Drinker), by Cecilia Beaux, N. A. 
(1863-1942), was accepted by the Commission to become a permanent accession. 

No. 5. The Orange Bowl, by Anna §. Fisher, N. A. ( ~—1942), was returned 
to the Rhode Island School of Design, Providence, R. I., where it was originally 
assigned in 1921. 


The following paintings, purchased by the Council of the National 

Academy of Design in 1952, have been assigned as follows: 

Title and Artist 
137. Yorktown Heights (watercolor), 
by Warren Baumgartner, N. A. 
(1895- P 
. Pirates Alley, New Orleans, by Guy 
Pene Du Bois, N. A. (1884- ). 

. Night Fair, by Martin Jackson 
(1871- ). 

Tide Water Creek, Oreg. (water- 
color), by Theodore Kautzky, 
IN. A, 

My Studio, by John Koch (1910- 


Assignment 
Suffolk Museum, Stone Brook, 
Long Island, N. Y. 


Philbrook Art Center, Tulsa, Okla. 


Mead Memorial Museum, Amherst 
College, Amherst, Mass. 

William A. Farnsworth Library 
and Art Museum, Rockland, 
Maine. 

Society of Liberal Arts, J oslyn Art 


140. 


141. 


142. 


y 
Still Life with Leaves, by Roger 
Kuntz. 


Museum, Omaha, Nebr. 
Berkshire Museum, Pittsfield, Mass. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 45 


SMITHSONIAN TRAVELING EXHIBITION SERVICE 


Thirty-two exhibitions were circulated during the past season, 20 
in the United States and Canada and 12 abroad, as follows: 


UNITED STATES AND CANADA 
Painting and Drawing 


Title Source 

Contemporary Swiss Paintings__---~~- Hidgenoessische Kunstkommission of 
Switzerland ; Dr. Heinz Keller, Curator 
of Kunstmuseum in Winterthur. 

Finnish Paintings and Sculpture____ Fine Arts Academy and Finnish-American 
Society in Helsinki; Finnish Legation 
(Heikki Reenpaa). 

French Drawings, Masterpieces from Mme. Jacqueline Bouchot-Saupique; M. 


Five Centuries. Georges Salles; French Embassy. 
German Drawings and Watercolors._ Dr. Charlotte Weidler. 
Pee ban Painters. ___._..______.___ Institute of Contemporary Art in Boston; 
Pan American Union (José Gomez 
Sicre). 


Graphic Arts 
Children’s Books from Fifty Coun- 


tries I. U. S. Office of Education and State 
Children’s Books from Fifty Coun- Department. 

tries II. 
Modern Swedish Bookbindings___-_~- Swedish Association of Master Book- 


binders; Swedish Institute in Stock- 
holm; Swedish Embassy. 

Woodecuts by Antonio Frasconi__—-_~_ Print Club of Cleveland; Cleveland Mu- 
seum of Art; Weyne Gallery. 


Design 
Furniture, Costume, and Textiles___._ Index of American Design, National Gal- 
lery of Art. 
Beie train Britain —__ Council of Industrial Design; Dollar 


Exports Council; British Embassy. 


Architecture 


EEE ST a ee ee 
The Re-union of Architecture and }American Institute of Architects. 
Engineering. 


Textiles 
eee Pextens—.- Swedish Embassy; Swedish Homecraft 
League; Friends of Textile Art. 
Ceramics 
Artists and Potters of Vallauris I_-___|Rene Batigne, Director, Museum of 


Artists and Potters of Vallauris II__{ Vallauris, France. 


46 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Folk Art 
Norwegian Decorative Painting------ Norwegian Artists Guild; Norwegian 
Embassy. 
Our Wide Land-------------------- Index of American Design, National 
Pennsylvania German Arts and Gallery of Art. 
Crafts. 
Ethnology 
Art and Magic in Arnhem Land-_----- Smithsonian Institution, Department of 
Anthropology. 
ABROAD 


Influences on American Architecture (Gropius). 
American Wallpaper. 

Contemporary American Textiles. 

Containers and Packaging. 

The World of Paul Revere. 

The City of New York. 

Aspects of the American Film—Fourteen Directors. 
Mississippi Panorama. 

Fashion and Color Photography. 

Carl Schurz. 

These displays were scheduled as an integral part of the programs 
of 77 museums and galleries, located in 29 States, the District of 
Columbia, and Canada. Catalogs were published for each, including 
the exhibit of the “French Drawings of Five Centuries,” lent by the 
Government of France. This exhibit was first shown at the National 
Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C., and then sent to Cleveland, St. 
Louis, Boston, and New York City, before its return to France. The 
catalog, prepared by Mme. Bouchot-Saupique, curator of drawings at 
the Louvre, was privately printed, with an introduction by Mrs. Anne- 
marie H. Pope, chief of the Smithsonian Traveling Exhibition 
Service. 

INFORMATION SERVICE 


In addition to the many requests for information received by mail 
and telephone, inquiries made in person at the office numbered 1,482. 
Examination was made of ‘773 works of art submitted for 
identification. 

Washington art groups and local chapters of national civic organi- 
zations were served during the year by National Collection of Fine 
Arts staff members who judged art exhibitions and competitions, and 
addressed meetings on subjects in their special fields. 

Introductions also were written to catalogs of exhibitions published 
by organizations showing in the foyer gallery. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 47 


SPECIAL EXHIBITIONS 
Thirteen special exhibitions were held during the year: 


July 2 through 30, 1952.—An exhibition of Swedish textiles, arranged in co- 
operation with the Swedish Embassy by the Potomac Craftsmen, consisting of 
195 ceramics, rugs, textiles, books, and paintings. 

August 7 through 27, 1952.—An exhibition of 55 oil paintings, “Reveries of 
Paris,” by Edwin Scott, from the Alice Pike Barney Memorial Collection. An 
illustrated catalog was printed with private funds. 

August 7 through 27, 1952.—An exhibition of 14 portraits in oil, “Citizens of 
Japan,” by Marguerite S. Hardesty. An illustrated catalog was privately 
printed. 

September 5 through 28, 1952——The Third Annual Exhibition of Ceramic Art, 
sponsored by the Kiln Club of Washington, consisting of 225 pieces (117 by local 
artists, 39 by invited American artists, and 69 loaned by various Washington 
Embassies and Legations as representative of the work of their national artists). 
Demonstrations on the potter’s wheel were given twice a day four times a week. 
A catalog was privately printed. 

September 5 through 28, 1952.—The Second Regional Exhibition of the Wash- 
ington Sculptors Group, consisting of 50 pieces of sculpture. A catalog was 
privately printed. 

October 9 through 29, 1952—Norwegian Decorative Painting through One 
Thousand Years, held under the patronage of His Excellency, the Ambassador 
from Norway, Wilhelm Munthe de Morgenstierne, consisting of 96 large mounted 
photographs, and 55 pieces of ceramics. A catalog was privately printed. 

November 9 through 27, 1952.—The Fifteenth Metropolitan State Art Contest, 
held under the auspices of the D. C. Chapter, American Artists Professional 
League, assisted by the Entre Nous Club, consisting of 308 paintings, sculpture, 
prints, ceramics, and metalcraft. A catalog was privately printed. 

December 7, 1952, through January 4, 1953.—The Tenth Annual Exhibition of 
the Artists’ Guild of Washington, consisting of 50 paintings and 9 pieces of 
sculpture. 

January 11 through 28, 1953——Contemporary Indian Art and Crafts, sponsored 
by the Government of India, organized by the Academy of Fine Art, Calcutta, 
and the All-India Association of Fine Art, Bombay, consisting of 363 items. A 
catalog was privately printed. 

March 5 through 29, 1953.—The Sixty-first Annual Exhibition of the Society of 
Washington Artists, consisting of 83 paintings and 16 pieces of sculpture. A 
catalog was privately printed. 

May 10 through 31, 1953—The Twentieth Annual Exhibition of the Miniature 
Painters, Sculptors, and Gravers Society of Washington, D. C., consisting of 221 
examples. A catalog was privately printed. 

May 22, 1953—At the request of Representative Charles R. Howell, of New 
Jersey, the model of the 1939 prize-winning design for the Smithsonian Gallery of 
Art, by Bliel Saarinen, was piaced on exhibition in the lobby of the Natural His- 
tory Building. 

June 7 through 28, 1953.—The Fifty-sixth Annual Exhibition of the Washington 
Water Color Club, consisting of 135 watercolors, etchings, and drawings. A 
catalog was privately printed. 


Respectfully submitted. 
Tuomas M. Brces, Director. 
Dr. Leonarp CARMICHAEL, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 4 
Report on the Freer Gallery of Art 


Sim: I have the honor to submit the Thirty-third Annual Report on 
the Freer Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30, 1953. 


THE COLLECTIONS 


Additions to the collections by purchase were as follows: 


BRONZE 

52.28. Chinese, Northern Wei dynasty (A. D. 386-535). Standing Buddha image 
of gilt bronze on a low four-legged platform ; removable mandorla deco- 
rated with flames and floral patterns cast in low relief. 0.859 x 0.144. 
(Illustrated.) 

53.62. Chinese, Shang dynasty (ca. 1525-1028 B. C.). Cast socketed dagger-ax 
of the type ch‘ ko. Decorations in relief and intaglio; patination mala- 
chite with spots of cuprite. 0.236 x 0.068. 

JADE 

53.9. Chinese, Shang dynasty (ca. 1525-1028 B. C.). Very light, translucent, 
greenish nephrite ornament mask. Carved in relief and incised. Rear 
side pierced with six holes for fastening, and a central hole running 
from top to bottom. 0.046 x 0.041 x 0.006. 

LACQUER 

53.8. Chinese, Chou dynasty (ca. 3d century B. C.). Brown lacquer bowl with 
decorations overlaid in red and flat lacquer. 0.055 x 0.271. 

53.63. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Wan-li period (A. D. 1573-1619). Red lacquer 
box with cover ; decorations carved in relief and countersunk decoration 
carved in black and tan intaglio. 0.132 x 0.323. 

53.64. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Yung-lo period (A. D. 1403-1425). Red lacquer 
box with cover; decorations carved in relief and countersunk intaglio. 
0.079 x 0.266. 

53.69. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hsiian-té period (A. D. 1426-1435). Red lacquer 
box with cover; decorations carved in relief and countersunk intaglio. 
0.045 x 0.098. 

MANUSCRIPT 

53.71. Persian, mid-16th century (A. D. 1557). A leaf from Yisuf-u-Zulaikha by 
Jami. Persian text in black nasta‘lig in two columns. Text inlaid in 
larger leaf of rose color with designs in gold (ibexes, deer, birds). 
0.254 x 0.151. 

53.72. Persian, mid-16th century (A. D. 1557). A leaf from Yisuf-u-Zulaikha by 
Jami. Persian text in black nasta‘liqg in two columns with two-line 
caption in red. Text inlaid in larger leaf of rose color with arabesques 
and animal designs in gold. 0.253 x 0.151. 

53.73. Persian, mid-16th century (A. D. 1557). A leaf from Yisuf-u-Zulaikha by 
Jami. Persian text in black nasta‘liqg in two columns with two-line 
caption in red. Text inlaid in larger leaf of rose color with animals 
in landscape and birds in floral rinceaux, respectively. 0.254 x 0.150. 


48 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 49 


_ 53.74. Persian, mid-16th century (A. D. 1557). A leaf from Yisuf-u-Zulaikha 
' by Jami. Persian text in black nasta‘liq in two columns with two-line 
caption in red. Text inlaid in larger leaf of rose color with animals 
in landscape and floral and arabesque rinceaux, respectively. 0.254 x 


0.151. 
METALWORK 


52.29. Chinese, Ming dynasty, 15th century. Gold jar with cover; studded 
with 21 settings for semiprecious stones of which 7 are empty; both jar 
and cover decorated with incised pattern of dragons among clouds. 


0.092 x 0.091. 
PAINTING 


§2.25. Chinese, Yiian dynasty. Ch‘ien Hstian (A. D. 1235-1290). Handscroll 
entitled “K‘o fang t‘u.” Ink and faint colors on paper. Artist’s signa- 
ture and 8 seals on painting; 1 inscription and 12 seals on mount. 
0.251 x 1.034. 

52.27. Chinese, dated in correspondence with A. D. 1464, Ming dynasty, Hsi 
Ch‘ang (A. D. 1388-1470). Handscroll entitled ‘Hsiao-hsiang-kuo-yii.” 
Bamboos in ink on paper. Two inscriptions and seven seals on paint- 
ing; title, two inscriptions and nine seals on mount. 0.290 x 7.800. 

52.31. Indian, second half of 16th century, Mughal, school of Akbar (A. D. 1555- 
1605). Illustration from a dictionary (unidentified): “Ruler holding 
court in a tent encampment and investing retainer with gold kaftan.” 
Color and gold. On verso: 35 lines of black nasta‘liqg writing, captions 
in red. Wide border with birds and plants in gold. 0.238 x 0.123. 

52.32. Indian, second half of 16th century, Mughal, school of Akbar (A. D. 1555-— 
1605). Illustration from a dictionary (unidentified): ‘River scene— 
Ruler and attendants in main boat and smaller boat in foreground from 
which a man is being drowned.” Color and gold. On verso: 35 lines 
of black nasta‘liqg with captions in red. Wide gold-painted border with 
Indian figures in floral setting. 0.231 x 0.125. 

52.33. Indian, second half of 16th century, Mughal, school of Akbar (A. D. 1555— 
1605). “Audience scene in a palace pavilion during which an old 
courtier kisses the hand of an enthroned young prince.” Colors and 
gold. Wide border with crude animal scenes io fit painting into an 
album. 0.242 x 0.129. 

52.34. Indian, second half of 16th century, Mughal, school of Akbar (A. D. 1555- 
1605). Illustration from a dictionary (unidentified): ‘Preparation 
for the hunt in the palace courtyard.” One line of nasta‘liq writing on 
top. Delicate color tints and gold. On verso: 385 lines of nasta‘lig 
writing in black, captions in red. Wide gold-painted border with Indian 
figures in stylized landscape. 0.216 x 0.122. 

52.35. Persian, 14th century (A. D. 1341), Mongol (Il-Khin period), Inju school 
(Shiraz). Page from a Shkd/i-néma manuscript showing “Rustam lift- 
ing Afrasiyab from the saddle.” Painted with colors and gold, writing 
in black proto-nasta‘liq in six columns between red columnar lines. 
0.086 x 0.171. 

53.12— Persian, first half of 17th century (between 1598 and 1648). Period of 

53.60. Shah ‘Abbas, school of Isfahan. By Riza Abbasi (Rizfiye ‘Abbasi), and 
other artists. Album of 60 drawings. 

53.61. Persian, early 17th century. Period of Shah ‘Abbas, school of Isfahan. 
“Lamentation over the dead body of Christ.” By ‘Ali Rizg (‘Abbasi) 
after Perugino. Color and gold. Three gold-painted borders, the last 
and widest one with animals in rinceaux on blue ground. 0.210 x 0.152. 


52.13. 


52.16. 


52.17. 


52.19. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


POTTERY 


2. Chinese, T‘ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Figurine, mortuary, of a man 


on horseback; fine, whitish-buff clay, fired medium hard; transparent 
glaze, with fine crackle, over areas of brown and green on white Sur- 
face; man’s head, hands, boots, and saddle blanket unglazed and 
painted. 0.935 x 0.340 x 0.117. 

Chinese, T‘ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Figurine, mortuary, of a woman 
on horseback; fine, whitish-buff clay, fired medium hard; transparent 
glaze, with fine crackle, over areas of brown and green on white sur- 
face; woman’s head unglazed and painted, also other small areas. 
0.481 x 0.376 x 0.148. 


. Chinese, T‘ang dynasty (A. D. 618-906). Figurine, mortuary, of a Negro 


groom, left hand restored; fine, whitish-buff clay, fired medium hard; 
transparent glaze, with fine crackle, over green robe with brown lapels 
and brown boots, hand white; head and neck unglazed and painted. 
0.207 x 0.067. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hsiian-té period (A. D. 1426-1485). Bowl with 
conical sides and foliate rim; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, 
high-fired; decoration in underglaze cobalt blue, fruit and floral sprays 
inside and out; six-character Hstian-té mark on base. (Pair with 52.17.) 
0.079 x 0.227. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hsiian-té period (A. D. 1426-1485). Bowl with 
conical sides and foliate rim; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, 
high-fired ; decoration in underglaze cobalt blue, fruit and floral sprays 
inside and out; six-character Hstian-té mark on base. (Pair with ~ 
52.16.) 0.078 x 0.227. 


. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Ch‘eng-hua period (A. D. 1465-1487). Bowl with 


plain, slightly flaring rim; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, 
high-fired; decoration in underglaze cobalt blue, large lotus sprays 
inside and out; six-character Ch’eng-hua mark on base. 0.070 x 0.151. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hung-chih period (A. D. 1488-1505). Dish with 
plain straight rim; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, high-fired ; 
decoration of dragons amid clouds incised in the paste and covered with 
brilliant green enamel which shows a fine crackle; six-character Hung- 
chih mark on base. (Pair with 52.20.) 0.044 x 0.215. 


. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hung-chih period (A. D. 1488-1505). Dish with 


plain, straight rim; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, high-fired ; 
decoration of dragons amid clouds incised in the paste and covered 
with brilliant green enamel which shows a fine crackle; six-character 
Hung-chih mark on base. (Pair with 52.19.) 0.044 x 0.215. 


. Chinese, Ming dynasty, Chéng-té period (A. D. 1506-1521). Jar of the 


type cha-tou; fine white porcelain; transparent glaze, high-fired, inside 
and on base; decoration of dragons amid Clouds incised in paste and 
covered with green enamel on a ground of yellow enamel; four-character 
Chéng-té mark on base which is perforated by four symmetrically placed 
drilled holes. 0.113 x 0.146. 


. Chinese, Sung dynasty (A. D. 690-1279), Ying-ch‘ing type. Vase with 


broad rounded shoulder and cylindrical neck; coarse-grained white 
porcelain with earth adhesions; transparent glaze with faint bluish 
tone and fine crackle; decoration, in relief under glaze, carved lotus 
pattern below a row of stamped patterns on shoulder, horizontal fluting 
on body. 0.202 x 0.127. 


52.23. 


52.24, 


52.26. 


52.30. 


53.6. 


53.7. 


53.65. 


Pr 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 5i 


Chinese, Han dynasty (207 B. C.—A. D. 920). Wase, small, of hu shape 
with flaring flanged rim; reddish-buff clay with sand tempering, fired 
medium hard; green glaze with pale iridescence and fine crackle, all 
over; decoration of horizontal lines in relief and intaglio, three tri- 
angular spurs on flat base. 0.131 x 0.107. 

Chinese, Han dynasty (207 B. C-A. D. 220). Vase, small, with broad 
shoulder, contracted mouth and low, thick rim; reddish clay with 
sand tempering, fired medium hard; green glaze with pale iridescence 
and fine crackle, all over; decoration, none. Two triangular spurs and 
remains of a third on flat base. 0.113 x 0.149. 

Chinese, Han dynasty (207 B. C.—-A. D. 220), Yiieh ware. Basin with 
rounded sides and horizontal flaring rim; clay not visible, but probably 
fine gray stoneware; thin, transparent, mat glaze, with slight greenish 
tinge, all over; decoration stamped and incised in clay; four animal 
masks with rings applied in relief outside. 0.086 x 0.356. 

Chinese, Shang dynasty (ca. 1525-1028 B. C.). Gray pottery vessel of the 
type hwo, decoration incised and in relief. Replica of 42.1, a bronze huo. 
0.193 x 0.213. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hstian-té period (A. D. 1426-1435). Bowl with 
plain, straight rim; fine white porcelain, brownish mottling on footrim ; 
plain, transparent glaze; decoration in underglaze blue; garden scene 
with figures outside; plain white inside; six-character Hsiian-té mark. 
0.070 x 0.191. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Hstian-té period (A. D. 1426-1435). Bowl with 
plain straight rim and convex center; fine white porcelain, fired pale 
orange on footrim; plain, transparent glaze; decoration in underglaze 
blue ; floral border and lotus panels outside, scroll border, floral wreath, 
and interlocking festoons with arabesques ; six-character Hsiian-té mark. 
0.060 x 0.152. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, second half 15th century. Vase of mei-p‘ing shape 
with straight neck; fine white porcelain, scattered black flecks on base; 
plain, transparent glaze; decoration in underglaze blue, clouds on neck ; 
overlapping petals and pendent leaves on shoulder; landscape garden 
with figures, stylized lotus panels. 0.228 x 0.144. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, late 15th century. Bowl, shallow with plain, 
slightly flaring rim ; fine white porcelain ; plain glaze, faintly gray, trans- 
parent inside; decoration in colored glazes, turquoise five-claw dragons 
on deep blue ground with white flecks, plain inside. 0.038 x 0.148. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, second half 15th century. Bowl with plain, straight 
rim ; fine white porcelain; plain, transparent glaze ; decoration in under- 
glaze blue; cash diaper band at rim, nine dragons amid waves outside; 
one dragon in waves inside. (Pair with 53.6.) 0.073 x 0.132. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, second half 15th century. Bowl with plain, 
straight rim; fine white porcelain; plain, transparent glaze; decoration 
in underglaze blue; cash diaper band at rim, nine dragons amid waves 
outside; one dragon in waves inside. (Pair with 53.5.) 0.075 x 0.1382. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Chéng-té period (A. D. 1506-1521). Dish with 
plain, straight rim; fine white porcelain; plain, transparent glaze; 
decoration in underglaze blue and overglaze yellow enamel; blue flowers 
op yellow ground; six-character Chéng-té mark. 0.045 x 0.213. 

Chinese, Ming dynasty, Yung-lo period (A. D. 1403-1424). Bowl of thin 
white porcelain with floral decorations traced in the white body under 
the glaze and scarcely visible except as a transparency. 0.100 x 0.201. 


53.67. 


53.10. 


53.11. 


52.11. 


53.70. 


52.15. 


Total 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


. Chinese, Ch‘ing dynasty, K‘ang Hsi period (A. D. 1662-1722). Porcelain 


bowl of solid aubergine color, with cloud and dragon decorations carved 
in body under the glaze; six-character mark of the K‘ang Msi period 
incised on unglazed foot. 0.091 x 0.128. 

Chinese, Ch‘ing dynasty, K‘ang Hsi period (A. D. 1662-1722). White 
bottle-shaped porcelain vase decorated with lotus-leaf design in relief 
around base; six-character mark of the K‘ang Hsi period in underglaze 
blue on base. 0.200 x 0.069. 


. Chinese, Ch‘ing dynasty, Ch‘ien Lung period (A. D. 1736-1795). Bottle- 


shaped famille rose vase decorated with enamels in the mille fleur design ; 
six-character mark of the Ch‘ien Lung period in red on base. 0.128 x 
0.067. 

Japanese, late 17th century, Kakiemon. A chrysanthemum-shaped deep 
porcelain plate decorated with vitrifiable enamels. 0.282 x 0.054. 
(Illustrated. ) 

Japanese, late 17th century, Kakiemon. An oval-shaped porcelain bowl 
decorated with vitrifiable enamels; black lacquer cover. 0.089 x 0.193 x 
0.150. 

Persian, 10th century. Platter, shallow, wide-rimmed, on low ring-foot. 
Two Kufie inscriptions in black-brown on white slip. The clear glaze 
shows a fine crackle in places. Inside of foot unglazed, revealing the 
light reddish clay. Broken and put together in ancient times (three 
bronze rivets) and again recently. Greater part of outer edge and small 
area on wide margin made of plaster. 0.468 x 0.060. (Illustrated.) 

Persian, 10th century. Bowl, shallow, on solid foot. Knot design in center — 
and festooned edge are in deep brown slip on white glaze pitted in parts 
and occasionally chipped off along edge. Broken and put together, but 
only very small pieces missing. 0.324 x 0.067. 


STONE SCULPTURE 


Chinese, Northern Ch’i dynasty. Standing figure of a Bodhisattva in high 
relief against a flat background; right hand holds a lotus bud, left hand 
a flask. Traces of color. 1.034 x 0.417. 


number of accessions to date (including above)_-_______________ 10,794 


REPAIRS TO THE COLLECTIONS 


Cleaning and restoration of 24 American paintings were completed 
by John and Richard Finlayson, of Boston. The Gallery has obtained 
the services of Takashi Sugiura as picture mounter, assigned to the ori- 
ental collections. 


CHANGES IN EXHIBITIONS 


Changes in exhibitions totaled 141 as follows: 


American art: 


Mtchings:) 0 U iitisoter of iy osok! sit ariel pve 2 
Oil ‘paintings 20 ut a7b_bss_siid Ss atorehhy at doe 19 
Watercoler .‘paintingss. 02> 0_ tele cunt. 2ia_- Anv6re sale ea 9 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 53 


Chinese art: 


Peronve> 6s RRO di) er See 2) A Uo Se 2 

7 ll geo eee es 6 otis Bee ct WS Se AB ET hs A 1 

| SLU btn SE ie a ne a 1 

7 a A 2 Eb a ee eee ee 2. 

a is as 2 ee ee oe ee ie 

rnterecin parckiaing sy. 2 oot) a5.) yt te At 30 

0 ASST TC 1 di Oe CORE Se SL CO Pe, eae ae ere eee, See a 2 
Japanese art: 

2 UIPSCITD 0) 92 ly Sen kaeesr) oe) ae CEL Sees Ges. (OPE ee ee Poe Se, ee A 

2 T'e NRE Eo 2 eet See ee keene ee ee Se 42 

0 EST SS TSS cies fad O02 ER Ge 2 SOE! (CSET waren a OP 10 
Sassanian art: 

a SRR a SEUSS StS Beka, See ice es 2 KPa) ed ee Ce 2 
Venito-Islamic art: 

Cs ROD Be es eae M8 Pe 2 ee 1 

LIBRARY 


Accessions of books, pamphlets, periodicals, and study materials 
totaled 835 pieces, making a total of 31,905 books and pamphlets, of 
which 18,308 are in Chinese, 6,682 in Japanese, and others in Arabic, 
Armenian, Hindi, Sanskrit, Tibetan, and Turkish, as well as in the 
Western languages. The above total does not include study material. 
One of the year’s outstanding gifts to the library was the Horyuji 
Kondo hekiga shu reproductions from the Tokyo National Museum. 

In addition to the work of expanding the card catalog and revision 
of the oriental books catalog, 976 publications and scrolls were cata- 
loged, 229 parts of serial publications were entered, 3,522 cards were 
added to the catalogs and shelf lists. A total of 509 items were bound, 
labeled, repaired, or mounted. 

Bibliographic references of the American paintings owned by the 
Gallery were coordinated with the catalog cards and the Gallery folder 
sheets. Work on indexing of both the English and Japanese editions 
of the Japanese periodical Kokka continued, and the project is more 
than half complete. The compilation of abstracted material in the 
field of art and archeology in cooperation with the associate in tech- 
nical research has consumed a great deal of time. This publication is 
intended to be the principal guide to all recent literature on technical 
abstracts of art and archeology, beginning with published sources for 
1943, through December 1952. It is intended that the completed 
abstracts will be published in the near future as one of the series of 
Occasional Papers of the Freer Gallery of Art. 


PUBLICATIONS 


Three publications of the Gallery were issued during the year: 


Pope, John Alexander: Fourteenth-century blue-and-white. A group of Chinese 
porcelains in the Topkapu Sarayi Miizesi, Istanbul, 1952. Occasional Papers, 
vol. 2, No.1. (Smithsonian Publ. 4089.) 


54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Pope, John Alexander: Ming porcelains in the Freer Gallery of Art. May 1953. 
Gallery Book I: A selection of etchings, drypoints, lithographs and lithotints by 
James MeNeill Whistler (1884-1903). 


Papers by staff members appeared in outside publications as 
follows: 


Wenley, A. G.: A hsi tsun from the Avery Brundage Collection. Archives, 
Chinese Art Society of America, vol. 6, 1952. 

. Exhibition of Japanese painting and sculpture. Bulletin, Vereeniging 
van Vrienden der Aziatische Kunst, Derde Serie, No. 1, June 1953. 

Ettinghausen, Richard (contributor) : Bibliography of periodical literature on 
the Near and Middle East, vols. 19-22. The Middle East Journal, 1951-52. 

Gettens, R. J.: Science in the art museum. Scientific American, vol. 187, No. 1, 
pp. 22-27, July 1952. 

. The bleaching of stained and discoloured pictures on paper with sodium 

ehloride and chlorine dioxide (with French translation). Museum, vol. 5, 

No. 2, pp. 116-1380, 1952. 

. La technique des “Primitifs Flamands.’’ Studies in Conservation, vol. 

1, No. 1, pp. 1-29, October 1952. (With P. Coremans and J. Thissen.) 


REPRODUCTIONS 


During the year the photographic laboratory made 3,814 prints, 
242 glass negatives, and 1,125 lantern slides. ‘Total number of nega- 
tives on hand, 10,044; lantern slides, 7,067. 


BUILDING 


The general condition of the Freer building is good, and the main- 
tenance and operation have been satisfactory, but the galleries and 
much mechanical equipment need renovation. 

The major projects of the cabinet shop have been the completing 
and putting in service of eight new exhibition cases and the over- 
hauling of the shop for the oriental picture mounter. Miscellaneous 
odd jobs in connection with the maintenance of office and Gallery 
equipment, crating, etc., continue as usual. 


ATTENDANCE 


The Gallery was open to the public from 9 to 4: 30 every day except 
Christmas Day, until May 25, 1953. Since that date the hours on 
Tuesdays have been from 2 to 10. The total number of visitors to 
come in the main entrance was 71,308. The highest monthly attend- 
ance was in August, 9,851, and the lowest was in December, 2,623. 

There were 1,703 visitors to the office during the year. 


HERZFELD ARCHIVE 


The Herzfeld material continues to be used by experts in Near 
Eastern archeology throughout the world. 


PLATE 2 


Secretary's Report, 1953.—Appendix 4 


SH a8 


Recent Addition to the Collection of the Freer Gallery of Art. 


Secretary's Report, 1953.—Appendix 4 PLATE 3 


Bes. 


53.10 


Recent Additions to the Collection of the Freer Gallery of Art. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 55 


AUDITORIUM 


On May 26, 1953, Mr. Pope gave the initial lecture in the 1953-54 
series at 8:30 p. m. in the auditorium on “The Ming Dynasty and Its 
Porcelains” (illustrated). Attendance, 521. In addition, the audi- 
torium was used by four outside agencies. 


STAFF ACTIVITIES 


The work of the staff members has been devoted to the study of new 
accessions, of objects contemplated for purchase, and of objects sub- 
mitted for examination, as well as to individual research projects in 
the fields represented by the collections of Chinese, Japanese, Persian, 
Arabic, and Indian materials. Reports, oral or written, and exclu- 
sive of those made by the technical laboratory on specimens (listed 
below), were made upon 4,925 objects as follows: Belonging to private 
individuals, 2,040; belonging to dealers, 1,142; belonging to other mu- 
seums, 1,748. In all, 503 photographs of objects were examined and 
790 oriental language inscriptions were translated for outside indi- 
viduals and institutions. By request, 8 groups totaling 343 persons 
met in the exhibition galleries for docent service by staff members; 
and i group of 9 persons was given docent service in the study-storage 
rooms. There were 25 distinguished foreign visitors who studied 
the collections. 

Work done in the technical laboratory included the characteriza- 
tion of an organic red pigment found on a number of Chinese objects 
within and without the Freer Collection, and the analysis of a copper- 
corrosion product in ancient Egyptian bronzes which is to be described 
as a new mineral. Examinations were made of 29 objects from the 
Freer Collection, and 56 from outside sources. Many of these bore on 
the two problems mentioned above. Also work was continued on the 
collection of material for Abstracts of Technical Studies in Art and 
Archeology. The laboratory equipment was augmented by the instal- 
lation of a comparison microscope, a chemical balance, and an X-ray 
viewer. 

By invitation the following lectures were given outside the Gallery 
by staff members: 


1952 

Oct. 15. Mr. Pope addressed members of the Oriental Ceramic Society, in Lon- 
don, on “Some Blue-and-White in Istanbul.’ (Illustrated with 
photographs.) Attendance, 100. 

Oct. 24. Mr. Pope addressed a joint meeting of the members of the Svenska 
Orientsillskapet and the Féreningen Keramikens Viinner, in the 
Nationalmuseum, Stockholm, on “Chinese Porcelains from the 
Ardebil Shrine.” (Illustrated with photographs.) Attendance, 90, 


275494—53 5 


56 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


1952 

Oct. 29. Dr. Ettinghausen addressed a joint meeting of the members of the 
Middle East Institute, the Oriental Club, and the Washington So- 
ciety, Archaeological Institute of America, at Dumbarton Oaks, on 
“Islamic Miniatures and the West.” (Illustrated.) Attendance, 120. 

Oct. 30. Mr. Pope gave a public lecture in the Kunstindustriemuseum, Copen- 
hagen, on “Chinese Porcelains from the Ardebil Shrine.” (Illus- 
trated with photographs.) Attendance, 40. 

Nov. 6. Mr. Pope addressed members of the Association Frangaise des Amis 
de l’Orient (in French), in the Musée Guimet, Paris, on “Chinese 
Porcelains from the Ardebil Shrine.” (Illustrated with photo- 
graphs.) Attendance, 100. 


While in London, Mr. Pope gave the following lectures at the Uni- 
versity of London under the auspices of the Percival David Founda- 
tion of Chinese Art and the School of Oriental and African Studies, 
as follows: 


Noy. 12. “The Introduction of Chinese Porcelain into Europe.” (Illustrated 
with photographs.) Attendance, 70. 

Nov. 18. “Chinese Porcelains from the Ardebil Shrine.’ (Illustrated with 
photographs.) Attendance, 50. 

Nov. 25. “Chinese Porecelains from the Ardebil Shrine.” (Illustrated with 
photographs.) Attendance, 55. 

Dee. 11. Dr. Ettinghausen addressed members of the Middle Hast Institute, 
Washington, D. C., on “Islamic Art.” (Illustrated.) Attendance, 
20. 

Dec. 16. Dr. Ettinghausen lectured at the University of Michigan, in Ann 
Arbor, on “Great Art Monuments in Iran, Afghanistan, and India.” 
(Illustrated.) Attendance, 101. 


1958 

Jan. 5. Dr. Ettinghausen lectured at Dumbarton Oaks, Washington, D. C., on 
“Tran and Her Historical Monuments.” (Illustrated.) Attend- 
ance, 170. 

Jan. 15. Mr. Wenley addressed the annual dinner of the Smithsonian Board of 
Regents, giving a brief account of his trip to Japan as chairman of 
the committee for the Japanese Loan Exhibition. (Illustrated.) 
Attendance, 26. 

Jan. 16. Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Iranian Embassy in Washing- 
ton, D. C., on “Iranian Architecture.” (Illustrated with Dr. Etting- 
hausen’s own slides.) Attendance, 85. 

Feb. 6. Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Foreign Service Institute, State 
Department, Washington, D. C., on “Islamic Art.” (Illustrated.) 
Attendance, 24. 

Feb. 8. Mr. Stern gave a public lecture at the National Gallery of Art, Wash- 
ington, D. C., on “The Exhibition of Japanese Art.” (Illustrated 
with borrowed slides.) Attendance, 350. 

Feb. 8. Mr. Stern gave a lecture to the District of Columbia Library Associa- 
tion at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C., on “The 
Exhibition of Japanese Art.” (Illustrated with borrowed slides.) 
Attendance, 175. 


1058 
Feb. 13. 


Feb. 24. 


Feb. 24. 


Mar. 23. 


Mar. 24. 


Mar. 28. 


Apr. 8. 


Apr. 8. 


Apr. 9. 


Apr. 10. 


Apr. 16. 


June 17 


June 18. 


June 23. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 57 


Mr. Pope gave a lecture at the John Herron Art Institute, Indianapolis, 
Ind., on “The Introduction of Chinese Porcelain into Burope.” 
(Illustrated.) Attendance, 110. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at The Mosque, Washington, D. C., on 
“Near Bastern Art and Facilities for Its Study in Washington, D. C.”’ 
(Illustrated with borrowed slides.) Attendance, 220. 

Mr. Pope gave a lecture at the Chinese Art Society, China House, New 
York City, on “Chinese Porcelains from the Ardebil Shrine.” (Illus- 
trated.) Attendance, 60. 

Mr. Gettens gave a lecture at the Chemistry Club, Trinity College 
(Catholic University), Washington, D. C., on “Artificial Coloring 
Materials of the Ancients.” (Tllustrated.) Attendance, 25. 

Mr. Stern gave a lecture at the Center for Japanese Studies, Rackham 
Amphitheatre, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, on “The 
Traveling Exhibition of Japanese Art Treasures.” (Tllustrated.) 
Attendance, 220. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Science Society, Dartmouth 
College, Hanover, N. H., on “Archaeological Travels in Afghanistan 
and India.” (Illustrated.) Attendance, 100. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Frick Collection, New York 
City, on “Islamic Miniatures and the West.” (Illustrated.) At- 
tendance, 185. 

Mr. Pope gave a lecture at the American Oriental Society, Catholic 
University, Washington, D. C., on ‘‘Tentative Identification of Cer- 
tain Harly Persian Collectors of Chinese Porcelain.” Attendance, 40. 

Mr. Stern gave a lecture at the American Oriental Society, Catholic 
University, Washington, D. C., on “Hokusai’s Hyakunin-isshu Ubaga 
Etoki, or Poems of a Hundred Poets Explained by a Wet Nurse.” 
(Illustrated.) Attendance, 40. 

Mr. Stern gave a lecture at the American Oriental Society, Hotel 
Washington, Washington, D. C., on “The Exhibition of Japanese 
Painting and Sculpture Currently Touring the United States.” 
(Illustrated.) Attendance, 60. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Cleveland Museum of Art, 
Cleveland, Ohio, on “Archaeological Travels in Iran, Afghanistan 
and India.” (Illustrated.) Attendance, 250. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at the Walters Art Gallery, Baltimore, 
Md., on “Archaeological Travels in Iran and Afghanistan.” (Illus- 
trated.) Attendance, 90. 

Mrs. Usilton gave a lecture at the 48th annual meeting of the American 
Association of Museums (Librarians’ Section), Buffalo, N. Y., on 
“Selling Your Museum Library to Your Board of Directors.” (Illus- 
trated.) Attendance, 20. 

Mr. Gettens gave a lecture at the 48th annual meeting of the American 
Association of Museums, Buffalo, N. Y., on “Current Art Technical 
Literature: An Abstracts Project.” (Illustrated.) Attendance, 85. 

Dr. Ettinghausen gave a lecture at The Cultural Attachés’ Group, 
United Nations Club, Washington, D. C., on “Art and Nature in 
the Near East.” (Tllustrated.) Attendance, 38. 


58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Members of the staff traveled outside of Washington on official 
business as follows: 


1952 
July 7- Mr. Wenley went to Japan to serve as chairman of the committee 
Sept. 23. representing five American Museums in which the Japanese Loan 


Exhibition is being held. This committee was sent to advise with 
the Japanese Government concerning the contents of the exhibition. 
Sept. 23— Mr. Pope, in Europe, carried out further research on problems related 
Dec. 22. to the Chinese porcelains from the Ardebil Shrine; visited museums 
and collections and consulted with scholars and connoisseurs in 
London, Glasgow, Stockholm, Copenhagen, and Paris. 


In addition, 5 members of the staff made a total of 18 trips outside 
of Washington on official business. 
Members of the staff held honorary posts and undertook additional 


duties outside the Gallery as follows: 
Mr. Wenley: Research Professor of Oriental Art, University of Michigan. 


Member, Board of United States Civil Service Examiners at 
Washington, D. C., for the Smithsonian Institution. 

Member, Board of Trustees, Textile Museum, Washington, 
D.C: 

Member, Council of the Far Eastern Ceramic Group. 

Member, Board of Trustees of the Hermitage Foundation, 
Norfolk, Va. 

Member, Visiting Committee, Dumbarton Oaks Research 
Library and Collection. 

Member, Smithsonian Art Commission. 

Member, Consultative Committee, Ars Orientalis. 

Chairman, Louise Wallace Hackney Scholarship Committee 
of the American Oriental Society. 

Mr. Pope: Member, Board of Governors of the Washington Society of 
the Archaeological Institute of America; the Board met 
at the Freer Gallery of Art, on July 23, 1952, and on May 
13, 4953. 

President, Far Eastern Ceramic Group. 

Art Editor, Far Eastern Quarterly. 

Member, Editorial Board of the Archives of the Chinese 
Art Society of America. 

President, Southern Association of Exeter Alumni in Wash- 
ington. 

Accompanied 5 students and 1 teacher from the Garrison- 
Forest School, Baltimore, Md., through the Japanese exhi- 
bition at the National Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C., 
February 12, 1953. 

Dr. Ettinghausen: Research Professor of Islamic Art, University of Michigan. 

Near Eastern editor of Ars Orientalis. 

Member, Editorial Board, The Art Bulletin. 

Trustee, American Research Center in Egypt. 

Member, Comitato Internazionale di Patronato, Museo Inter- 
nazionale delle Ceramiche, Faenza, Italy. 

Member, Editorial Advisory Committee, Studies in Art and 
Literature in Honor of Belle DaCosta Greene. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 59 


Dr. Ettinghausen: Editor, A Selected and Annotated Bibliography of Books 


Mr. Gettens: 


Mr. Stern: 


and Periodicals in Western Languages Dealing with the 
Near and Middle East with Special Emphasis on Medieval 
and Modern Times; published by the Middle East Institute, 
1952. 

Went to the Georgetown Branch of the District of Columbia 
Public Library to examine and advise about the exhibition 
of 30 Egyptian paintings by Youssef Sida; wrote the Fore- 
word in the Catalogue of the Exhibition of Modern Paint- 
ings by Youssef Sida under the Patronage of H. E. the 
Egyptian Ambassador, July 17-19, 1952. 

Associate Editor, Studies in Conservation, published for the 
International Institute for the Conservation of Museum 
Objects. 

Abstractor for Chemical Abstracts, American Chemical 
Society. 

Assisted in the preparation of the catalog of the Japanese 
Loan Exhibition; also in the installation of the objects 
in the Exhibition, National Gallery of Art, Washington, 
D. C., November 1952-January 1953. 


Respectfully submitted. 


A. G. Wentey, Director. 


Dr. Leonarp CARMICHAEL, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 5 
Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology 


Sm: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field 
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Amer- 
ican Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1953, conducted 
in accordance with the act of Congress of April 10, 1928, as amended 
August 22, 1949, which provides “. . . to continue independently or 
in cooperation anthropological researches among the American In- 
dians and the natives of lands under the jurisdiction or protection 
of the United States and the excavation and preservation of 
archeologic remains.” 


SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES 


On January 28 Dr. M. W. Stirling, Director of the Bureau, left 
for Panama on the fourth National Geographic Society-Smithsonian 
Institution archeological expedition to Panama. From February 13 — 
to March 1 the expedition was in Darién where 2 weeks were spent 
on the Sambu River studying the little-known Choco Indians. The 
fact that their territory was opened for settlement only 2 years 
ago offered unusual opportunity to study the beginnings of the ac- 
culturation process. Following this, Dr. Stirling spent a month in 
archeological work on the islands of the Gulf of Panama, with head- 
quarters on Taboga Island. Excavations in shell-midden sites were 
conducted on Taboga and Taboguilla Islands and a large burial site 
in a rock shelter on Uraba was investigated. He spent the first half 
of April on Almirante Bay in the Province of Bocas del Toro where 
he examined midden and cave sites and made test excavations. He re- 
turned to Washington on April 20. 

Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., Associate Director of the Bureau, 
was occupied most of the year with the management of the River 
Basin Surveys, of which he is Director. In August he went to Lin- 
coln, Nebr., to inspect the headquarters of the Missouri Basin project, 
whence, accompanied by Ralph D. Brown, chief of the Missouri Basin 
project, and Dr. Gordon C. Baldwin, archeologist from the Region 
2 office of the National Park Service at Omaha, Nebr., he proceeded 
to the Harlan County Reservoir project in south-central Nebraska 
where he visited the excavating party from the Laboratory of An- 
thropology of the University of Nebraska, under the direction of 
Dr. John L. Champe. The work at the Harlan County Reservoir was 

60 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 61 


a cooperative undertaking between the Laboratory of Anthropology 
and the Inter-Agency Archeological Salvage Program. While there 
the party examined several sites which had been excavated during the 
summer or were then being dug. From Dr. Champe’s camp the party 
proceeded to Medicine Creek Reservoir, near Cambridge, Nebr., where 
E. Mott Davis of the Nebraska State Museum, University of Nebraska, 
was carrying on another cooperative project, excavating a site con- 
taining material belonging in the Early Man category. From Medi- 
cine Creek Dr. Roberts and his associates went to Denver, Colo., where 
they conferred with officials in the regional office of the Bureau of 
Reclamation. From Denver they went to Laramie, Wyo., where they 
examined and studied a collection of specimens from excavations 
carried on by Dr. William Mulloy of the University of Wyoming 
at the Keyhole Reservoir. The latter work was also a cooperative 
project. From Laramie the party went to Cody, Wyo., where it spent 
2 days at the Horner site where a joint party from the Smithsonian 
Institution and Princeton University, under the leadership of Dr. 
Waldo R. Wedel and Dr. Glenn L. Jepsen, was collecting interesting 
new evidence on one of the early hunting groups in the Plains area. 
From Cody, Dr. Roberts and his companions went to Billings, Mont., 
to confer with regional officials of the Bureau of Reclamation about 
the various projects underway or contemplated in that portion of 
the Missouri Basin. At Billings the party was joined by John L. 
Cotter from the Washington office of the National Park Service. 
From Billings, they went to the Garrison Reservoir in North Dakota 
where they inspected the excavations being conducted by River Basin 
Surveys parties at the site of Fort Berthold IT and an early his- 
toric Indian village on the top of a small butte near Elbowoods, 
N. Dak. The group then went on to Bismarck, N. Dak., where it 
examined and studied materials which had been collected by a party 
from the North Dakota State Historical Society at the site of the 
Indian village which was adjacent to Fort Berthold IJ. From Bis- 
marck the party proceeded to Jamestown where the River Basin Sur- 
veys were excavating a village site and some mounds in the area 
to be flooded by the Jamestown Reservoir. It then proceeded to 
the Oahe Dam of the Oahe Reservoir near Pierre, S. Dak., where 
two River Basin Surveys groups were digging. One of the latter was 
at work in the remains of a fortified village a short distance above 
the dam while the other was occupied at an earlier site some miles 
upstream. From Pierre, Dr. Roberts and his associates went to the 
Fort Randall Reservoir where another River Basin Surveys party 
was digging in two sites. En route they stopped and inspected a 
site where the University of Kansas had carried on a cooperative 
excavation project during the earlier part of the season. From Fort 
Randall the group returned to the headquarters at Lincoln where 


62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


several days were spent in examining and studying collections coming 
in from the various field parties. At that time Dr. Roberts assisted 
Mr. Brown in preparing plans for the termination of the various field 
parties and for the fall and winter work at the laboratory in Lincoln. 

Dr. Roberts returned to the field office at Lincoln in September 
following the accidental death of Mr. Brown, and for a period of 2 
weeks took charge of the operations there, supervising the termination 
of the field projects and the return of personnel and equipment to 
the field headquarters. At that time he also reviewed and edited a 
number of preliminary reports on reconnaissance surveys, and ap- 
proved them for mimeographing and distribution. 

In December Dr. Roberts went to St. Louis to attend the annual 
meetings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 
and gave the retiring address as chairman of Section H, speaking on 
the subject “Progress in the Inter-Agency Archeological and Anthro- 
pological Salvage Program in the United States.” In May he at- 
tended the meetings of the Society for American Archaeology at 
Urbana, II1., taking part in a number of discussions pertaining to the 
work in the Plains area. Later in the month he went to Lincoln, 
Nebr., to take part in a meeting of the Missouri Basin Inter-Agency 
Field Committee. In January he completed a manuscript, “Earliest 
Men in America, Their Arrival and Spread in Late Pleistocene and 
Post Pleistocene Times,” for the International Commission for a 
Scientific and Cultural History of Mankind. During the year Dr. 
Roberts received an alumni award from the University of Denver for 
distinguished service in the field of American archeology. 

Dr. Henry B. Collins, anthropologist, continued his Eskimo studies 
and other Arctic activities. He continued to serve as a member of 
the National Research Council’s Committee on International Relations 
in Anthropology and was appointed a member of the Permanent 
Council of the International Congress of Anthropological and Ethno- 
logical Sciences, to participate in planning for the next session of the 
Congress, to be held in Philadelphia in 1954. 

As a member of the Board of Governors of the Arctic Institute of 
North America Dr. Collins attended several meetings of the Board 
and of the executive committee held in Montreal, Ottawa, and Wash- 
ington. As chairman of the directing committee of the Arctic Bib- 
hography, he continued to supervise the operation of this project and 
made arrangements with the Department of the Air Force for support 
of the work during the present and coming fiscal years and for the 
publication of the material assembled in 1952 and 1953. The Arctic 
Bibliography is being prepared for the Department of Defense by the 
Arctic Institute under contract with the Office of Naval Research. It 
describes, and indexes by topic and region, the contents of 24,000 
publications in all fields of science relating to the Arctic and sub- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 63 


Arctic regions of America, Siberia, and Europe. About 40 percent 
of the material is in English, 30 percent in Russian, and the rest mainly 
in Scandinavian, Finnish, German, and French. ‘The first 3 volumes 
of the Bibliography, of approximately 1,500 pages each, will be issued 
as a publication of the Department of the Army in July 1953. A 
fourth volume of the same size, representing the work of the past 2 
years, was turned over to the printer at the end of the present fiscal 
ear. 

‘ Dr. Collins participated in the preparation of a Program of His- 
tory of America, which the Comisién de Historia of Mexico is or- 
ganizing under the sponsorship of the Rockefeller Foundation. In 
January he attended a meeting in Havana at which plans for the 
program were discussed, and prepared a paper on the subject assigned 
to him—the Arctic Area—which summarized existing knowledge of 
the archeology, ethnology, physical anthropology, and history of the 
Eskimo and Indian tribes of the American Arctic. 

On June 23 Dr. Collins and his assistant, William KE. Taylor, were 
flown by the R. C. A. F. from Montreal to Cornwallis Island in the 
Canadian Arctic Archipelago to conduct further archeological ex- 
cavations for the National Museum of Canada and the Smithsonian 
Institution. The principal objective of the work is to obtain addi- 
tional information on the prehistoric Dorset culture, traces of which 
were found there, with Thule culture remains, by Dr. Collins and Mr. 
Taylor in 1950 and 1951. 

The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. John P. Harrington, eth- 
nologist, engaged in the preparation of a study of the Abenaki In- 
dians of Maine, Quebec, and formerly also of Vermont, who speak the 
nearest related living language to the extinct tongue of the Massa- 
chusetts Indians, in whose language the Eliot Bible was written. The 
two tongues were so closely akin that an Indian speaking one could 
with a little practice have understood the other. A complete treatise 
on the Abenaki has been assembled, including unique lists of the terms 
referring to their culture, and the material awaits completion of the 
typing to make it ready for the printer. 

On December 20 Dr. Harrington proceeded to Santa Barbara, Calif., 
where he continued his studies of the Chumash Indians of the Santa 
Barbara Channel region. In 1542 the Cabrillo Expedition visited 
these shores, and, contrary to the custom of the time, put on record 
about 42 place names, nearly all of which can be identified. Atl the 
sites along the coast were visited. The coming of Cabrillo antedated 
that of the Pilgrim Fathers to what is now Massachusetts by nearly 
80 years, and the Indian words written down are far older than any 
others recorded in California. During the four centuries which have 
elapsed since Cabrillo came, the language has evidently changed but 
little. Through good fortune Dr. Harrington was able to locate the 


64 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


long-looked-for chapel of Saxpilil and to identify the site of the vil- 
lage of Coloc. On April 20, 1953, he returned to Washington. 

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. Philip Drucker, anthropolo- 
gist, was in Washington continuing his studies of Meso-American 
archeology. During the latter part of the summer he began prepara- 
tions for an acculturational study in southeast Alaska. On Septem- 
ber 30 he left Washington for Juneau, Alaska, where he began his 
investigation of the development and function of the highly interest- 
ing intertribal organization of Alaskan Indians known as the Alaska 
Native Brotherhood. In November he had the good fortune to be in- 
vited to attend the annual convention of this organization at Hoonah, 
Alaska, in the role of an observer. On the first of December he re- 
turned to Washington and began preparation of a report on the study 
just completed. 

Shortly after the first of the year Dr. Drucker went to Mexico, D. F., 
where he conferred with officials of the Mexican Government and ob- 
tained the necessary permits to enable him to carry out a program 
of archeological reconnaissance in the Olmec area of western Tabasco 
and southern Veracruz. This research project was sponsored jointly 
by the Smithsonian Institution and the Wenner-Gren Foundation for 
Anthropological Research. At the end of January he departed for 
the field where he continued his investigations until the middle of May. 
He returned to Mexico City to make arrangements for the exportation 
of the ceramic samples collected in the course of the survey, the study 
of which should make it possible to identify as to culture affiliation 
each of the 70-some-odd archeological sites discovered and tested in the 
course of the trip. On June 10 he left for Washington, D. C. 


RIVER BASIN SURVEYS? 
(Report prepared by Frank H. H. Roserts, Jr.) 


As in previous years the investigations of the River Basin Surveys 
were carried on in cooperation with the National Park Service and the 
Bureau of Reclamation of the Department of the Interior, the Corps of 
Engineers of the Department of the Army, and various State and local 
institutions. During the fiscal year 1952-53 the work was financed 
by a transfer of $122,700 from the National Park Service to the Smith- 
sonian Institution. Included were $111,065 for investigations in the 
Missouri Basin and $11,635 for all other areas where projects were 
underway. An additional $50,294 in carryover of previous funds was 
also available for the Missouri Basin, making a total of $161,359 for 
that area. The over-all total for the fiscal year, including an unex- 
pended balance of $3,390, was $172,994. That amount was approxi- 


* See article by Dr. Roberts in 1951 Smithsonian Report, pp. 351-383, for a 5-year summary 
of the River Basin Surveys work. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 65 


mately 26 percent less than for the preceding year and necessitated a 
corresponding reduction in operations. 

Field investigations consisted of reconnaissance or surveys for 
locating archeological sites and paleontological deposits that will be 
affected by construction work, or are located in areas that will be 
flooded, and the excavation of sites that previous survey parties had 
observed and recorded. Following the trend of the preceding year 
there was much greater emphasis on excavation because the survey 
parties had in large measure caught up with the general program and 
there were fewer proposed reservoir areas requiring preliminary 
study. Reconnaissance parties visited 6 new reservoir basins located 
in 8 States. Further surveys were made in 7 reservoir areas where 
some preliminary studies had previously been carried on. They were 
in 5 different States. At the end of the fiscal year excavations were 
completed or were underway in 6 reservoir basins in 4 States. During 
the course of the year there were nine excavating parties in the field. 
Four of them were in areas where there had been no di igging previously. 
The other five continued investigations at reservoir projects where 
work was started during prior field seasons. A paleontological party 
collected materials and made geologic studies in 4 reservoir basins in 3 
States. By June 30, 1953, reservoir areas where archeological surveys 
had been made or excavations carried on since the start of the program 
in 1946 totaled 241 in 27 States. One lock project and four canal 
areas were also investigated. The survey parties have located and 
recorded 3,469 archeological sites, and of that number 852 have been 
recommended for excavation or limited testing. Preliminary ap- 
praisal reports were completed for all the reservoirs surveyed, and 
where additional reconnaissance has resulted in the discovery of fur- 
ther sites supplemental reports have been prepared. Some of those 
finished during the fiscal year, together with others completed toward 
the end of the previous year, were mimeographed for limited distribu- 
tion to the cooperating agencies. In the course of the year 23 such 
reports were issued. The total number distributed since the start of 
the program is 172. The variance between that figure and the total 
number of reservoirs investigated is partially attributable to the 
fact that in a number of cases a whole series of reservoirs occurring 
in a basin or subbasin has been included in a single report. Other 
completed manuscripts had not yet been mimeographed at the end of 
the year. Excavations carried on during the year brought the total 
for reservoir projects where such investigations have been made to 42 
located in 17 different States. The results of certain phases of some 
of that work have appeared in various scientific journals, and Bulletin 
154 of the Bureau of American Ethnology, River Basin Surveys 
Papers, containing 6 reports, was ready for release on June 30, 1953. 
Detailed technical reports on 10 additional excavation projects have 


66 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


been completed and are ready for publication. Paleontological sur- 
veys have been made in 121 reservoir areas. Archeological work has 
also been done in 88 of them and the remaining 33 will eventually be 
visited by archeological parties. The total of all reservoir basins — 
surveyed, including those where archeological studies are still to be 
made, is 273. 

The reservoir projects that had been surveyed for archeological re- 
mains, as of June 30, 1958, were distributed by States as follows: 
Alabama, 1; California, 20; Colorado, 24; Georgia, 4; Idaho, 11; Illi- 
nois, 2; Kansas, 10; Kentucky, 1; Louisiana, 1; Minnesota, 1; Missis- 
sippi, 1; Montana, 15; Nebraska, 28; New Mexico, 1; North Dakota, 
13; Ohio, 2; Oklahoma, 7; Oregon, 27; Pennsylvania, 2; South Da- 
kota, 9; Tennessee, 3; Texas, 19; Virginia, 2; Washington, 11; West 
Virginia, 2; Wyoming, 21. Excavations have been made or were 
being made in reservoir basins in: California, 5; Colorado, 1; 
Georgia, 4; Kansas, 3; Montana, 1; Nebraska, 1; New Mexico, 1; 
North Dakota, 4; Oklahoma, 2; Oregon, 2; South Carolina, 1; South 
Dakota, 3; Texas, 7 RELA. ts Bi ies 3; West aaa Lis 
wre 2. Only ‘the work of the River Baie Surveys or that in 
which there was direct cooperation with local institutions is included 
in the foregoing figures. Projects that were in direct cooperation 
with the National Park Service or were carried on by local institutions 
alone are not included because complete information about them was 
not available. 

The River Basin Surveys continued to receive extensive and helpful 
cooperation during the year from the National Park Service, the 
Bureau of Reclamation, the Corps of Engineers, and various State 
and local institutions. Detailed maps of the reservoirs under investi- 
gation were supplied by the agency concerned and at a number of 
projects temporary office and laboratory rooms, as well as dwelling 
facilities, were provided. For survey work in Tennessee guides and 
transportation were furnished by the Corps of Engineers and the same 
source made transportation available at a series of excavations in 
Georgia. The work of the River Basin Surveys men was made much 
easier by the assistance of the field personnel of the other agencies and 
their accomplishments were much greater than they would have been 
without that help. As in other years, the National Park Service 
functioned as the liaison between the various agencies both in Wash- 
ington and in the field. Through its several regional offices it secured 
information about the locations for dams and reservoirs and data on 
their construction priorities. The National Park Service also was 
mainly responsible for the preparation of estimates and justifications 
and procurement of funds for carrying on the program. The en- 
thusiastic cooperation of Park Service personnel was a definite aid in 
all phases of the operations. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 67 


The main office in Washington directed and supervised the work in 
the east and south, while that in the Missouri Basin was under the 
supervision of a field headquarters and laboratory at Lincoln, Nebr. 
The materials collected by survey and excavating parties in the east 
and south were processed in Washington. ‘Those from the Missouri 
Basin were handled at the Lincoln laboratory. 

Washington office—The main headquarters of the River Basin 
Surveys continued under the direction of Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, 
Jr., throughout the year. Carl F. Miller and Ralph S. Solecki, 
archeologists, were based on that office, although Solecki was trans- 
ferred to the Missouri Basin Project early in July and continued 
there until October when he returned to Washington. Late in No- 
vember he was granted leave of absence to accept a Fulbright Scholar- 
ship for archeological investigations in Iraq. He was appointed a 
collaborator of the Smithsonian Institution and from March until 
the end of June conducted excavations financed jointly by the Iraq 
Government and the Smithsonian Institution. 

At the start of the fiscal year Mr. Miller was in the office working 
on material obtained the latter part of the previous year at the John 
H. Kerr Reservoir (Buggs Island) on the Roanoke River in southern 
Virginia. During July he spent several days inspecting a site near 
Cambridge, Md., where a large mound attributable to the Adena 
culture was being destroyed by a housing development. In August he 
made a brief survey of the Demopolis Reservoir basin on the Warrior 
River in Alabama and checked on several sites in the Grenada Reser- 
voir on the Yalobusha River in Mississippi. In October he took part 
in the Southeastern Archeological Conference held at Macon, Ga., 
and in November made all arrangements for the annual meeting of the 
Eastern States Archeological Federation which met in Washington. 
During the autumn months he completed his technical report on the 
excavations that he made at the Fort Lookout Trading Post site in 
the Fort Randall Reservoir basin in South Dakota while on loan to 
the Missouri Basin Project the previous year. He also finished cer- 
tain revisions in the completed technical report on work at the Alla- 
toona Reservoir on the Etowah River in Georgia. He revised a paper 
on Indian pottery types of Pissaseck, Va., for publication in the 
Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences. Late in December 
Mr. Miller visited the Bluestone Reservoir on New River near Hinton, 
W. Va., to ascertain the exact status of the reservoir pool and what the 
situation was with respect to sites that had been recommended for 
excavation and testing when a survey was made of the area in 1948, 
During January and February he studied materials from his exca- 
vations at the John H. Kerr Reservoir and worked on his technical 
report for that project. From March 9 to June 6 he conducted exca- 
vations at four sites in the Jim Woodruff Reservoir area on the Flint 


68 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


River in southern Georgia, and gave a number of talks on the River 
Basin Surveys program before local groups both in Georgia and 
northern Florida. 

Dr. Theodore E. White, geologist, divided his time between the 
Washington office and the Missouri Basin. From November 12, 1952, 
to March 30, 1953, he was in Washington, cleaning, cataloging, and 
identifying the small mammals he had collected during the field sea- 
son. In addition he identified three lots of bone from archeological 
sites in the Columbia Basin and one lot from a site excavated by a 
cooperating agency in the Missouri Basin. He completed a series of 
five papers on “Observations on the Butchering Technique of Some 
Aboriginal People” and was a joint author, with C. M. Barber, of a 
sixth. All have been submitted for publication in American An- 
tiquity. He also finished a manuscript, “Endocrine Glands and Evo- 
lution, No. 3,” for the journal Evolution. Two other papers, “Lith- 
ology, Distribution and Correlation of the Alachua Formation of 
Florida” and “Lithology, Distribution and Correlation of the Bone 
Valley Formation of Florida,” were submitted to the Committee on the 
Nomenclature and Correlation of North American Continential Ter- 
tiary. Three papers by Dr. White were published during the year. 
They were: “A Method of Calculating the Dietary Percentage of 
Various Food Animals Utilized by Aboriginal Peoples,” American 
Antiquity, vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 896-98; “Collecting Osteological Mate- 
rial,” Plains Archeological Conference News Letter, vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 
3-7; and “Studying Osteological Material,” ibid., pp. 8-15. 

Alabama-—An archeological reconnaissance of the Demopolis 
Reservoir basin on the Warrior River made August 5-7, 1952, showed 
that although archeological remains are present in the area they 
would be little affected by flooding in the bottomlands. No excava- 
tions were recommended for the project. 

Georgia.—During the period from March 9 to June 6, 1953, surveys 
and excavations were carried on along the Flint River, in southern 
Georgia, in a portion of the area that will be flooded by the Jim Wood- 
ruff Dam situated in the Apalachicola River, just below the junction 
of the Flint and Chattahoochee Rivers, in northern Florida. Carl 
F’. Miller completely excavated 2 sites, partially excavated 2 others, 
and located 25 sites not previously listed by the University of Georgia 
when it made the preliminary survey there. One of the excavated 
sites, Montgomery Fields (9Dr10), was basically Weeden Island in its 
relationships but contained a number of traits not previously reported 
for that culture. The floor pattern of a fairly large rectangular struc- 
ture that had been formed by individual posts, each set in its own hole, 
was uncovered, and outlines of a number of small circular structures 
suggesting the same type of construction were found. The large 
feature probably was a dwelling, while the smaller ones were either 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 69 


sweat houses or menstrual huts. There were some 30 midden or roast- 
ing pits associated with the house remains. One dog burial was found 
but no human remains. Underlying the Weeden Island material was 
a nonceramic level characterized by stone artifacts in which projectile 
points were the predominant form. The latter differ from previously 
known types from preceramic levels in the area and may indicate a 
separate culture. A slightly different variant of Weeden Island cul- 
ture was found at the Lusk Springs site (9Dr21), which was thor- 
oughly tested but not completely excavated. 

The second site was on the south bank of the Flint River 214 miles 
east of Hutchinson’s Ferry Landing. An extensive deposit of shells 
located there had been recorded as a single site (9Dr29) but actually 
proved to be two (designated Aand B). Unit A was found to contain 
a straight Weeden Island II component, while Unit B represented a 
Weeden Island I component with an underlying deposit of Santa 
Rosa-Swift Creek materials. About 150 yards east of 9Dr29 early 
spring floodwaters in the Flint River exposed another small site 
(9Dr37). The deposits at that location were widely scattered and had 
very little depth. From various eroded pits and subsequent test dig- 
cing, however, a series of Deptford, Swift Creek, and Weeden Island 
I potsherds were recovered, which makes possible the placing of the site 
in the cultural sequence for the area. During the course of his surveys 
Mr. Miller joined in the search for the historically significant location 
of Apalachicola Fort or Cherokeeleechee’s Fort at the junction of the 
Chattahoochee and Flint Rivers. That town was established in 1716 
by the Apalachicola when, as a result of the Yamasee war, they moved 
back from the Savannah River in South Carolina to the territory they 
had formerly occupied in southern Georgia. Their chief at that time 
was named Cherokeeleechee or “Cherokee Killer,” and his town fre- 
quently goes by the same designation. Not many years later the group 
withdrew to a new location farther up the Chattahoochee. Mr. Miller 
tested one site tentatively identified as that of the fort but did not find 
evidence to support such a possibility. 

During the period that Mr. Miller was working in the Jim Woodruff 
area Joseph R. Caldwell, archeologist of the National Park Service, 
was digging at a productive site on the Chattahoochee River known as 
Fairchild’s Landing. Considerable new material was found there in 
a series of stratified shell deposits. Several phases of the Weeden 
Island culture are represented, and at one end of the site were some 
early historic remains. Caldwell’s data and those of Miller should 
serve as cross checks and definitely establish all Weeden Island charac- 
teristics for the area. In the region adjacent to Fairchild’s Landing 
Mr. Caldwell observed evidence of a possible historic Indian site which 
may represent one of the several “Fowl Towns” mentioned in various 
documents. Mr. Caldwell also took part in the search for Apalachi- 


70 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


cola. Dr. Mark F. Boyd, of the Florida Historical Society, through 
an agreement between the National Park Service and the Society, 
made a historic-site survey of the whole reservoir basin, working in 
conjunction with Miller and Caldwell in a number of instances. Dr. 
Arthur Kelly, of the University of Georgia, cooperated in all the 
recent activities, giving Caldwell and Miller the benefit of the knowl- 
edge he obtained while making a general survey of the Jim Woodruff 
area in previous years. He also helped Dr. Boyd with his historic- 
sites investigations. 

During June excavations were carried on by Ripley P. Bullen in 
the small portion of the Jim Woodruff Reservoir lying in Florida, 
under a cooperative agreement between the National Park Service and 
the Florida State Museum of the University of Florida. Mr. Bullen 
and his party dug one site near the dam, finding four superimposed 
occupation levels separated by sterile zones. The bottom level yielded 
quantities of lithic materials and definitely represented a preceramic 
culture. The next higher cultural layer contained sherds from fiber- 
tempered pottery, fragments from steatite vessels, and numerous stone 
artifacts. The latter, Mr. Bullen reported, constitute many times the 
number of previously documented worked-stone specimens from the 
fiber-tempered period in all Florida. The third occupation level was 
found to belong to the Deptford cultural horizon. The upper layer 
contained village remains of the Fort Walton period. Associated with 
that occupation were four “specialized” pits containing charred ker- 
nels of corn. The evidence from the site will be extremely important 
to Florida archeology because it is the first place that a fiber-tempered 
complex has been found in situ in west Florida and is only the second 
place where undisturbed Fort Walton village material has been avail- 
able for extensive study. Investigations at three other sites produced 
materials that will help in filling the gap between the Deptford and 
Fort Walton periods at the large site. One of the three indicated a 
Weeden Island period and another a Kolomoki complex. That is the 
first time “pure” Kolomoki remains have been found in Florida. 

Mississippi.—The Grenada Reservoir area on the Yalobusha River 
in Mississippi had been surveyed for archeological remains during a 
previous fiscal year by the University of Mississippi operating under a 
cooperative agreement with the National Park Service. Upon the com- 
pletion of that survey 4 of the 51 sites found were recommended for 
excavation. ‘lo determine whether digging there was more essential 
than in some other areas, several of the sites were examined during 
August 25-27, 1952. It was finally decided that the meager funds 
available for digging might be used to better advantage in districts 
where less was known about the cultural manifestations, particularly 
so since there is a considerable number of sites in the Grenada basin 
that will not be affected and can be investigated at some future date. 


‘suoltieisdo SAVAING uISeg TOAL SY Aq UOL BIO] wud 1e potoAooun I1IOM opesijed SUIPUNOLINS pue $95 PO] 
Yiivo 6 4O SoIel | “eC "N “VOly TIOATISO YY UOSIIIVE) oy ul ong S$ 1oype A TYStny jO doy uo IHP||IA uevipu] jO SUIBLUOY] 


oe  Aaaty pe r 


A - ‘Iga at Te rie 


2 
= 


—————_ : ¢ xipueddy—"¢¢6| ‘Hoday §,410394995 


“ Id JO JousOD 1Yst Joddn ut dures Ayied ppiy “epeur sem ydeisojoyd usym poreavoxa aq 0} |[Ns vole saiv9 
-IpUl d1nsojsua JO JoIUSD sso1de dis yiveq = “uMOYsS A[va[o o1v apestjed sy} fo siautod aiisoddo AT[euouseIp OMI 
18 suolseqg josuones0T “[] ployiog Woy Jo ais oy} Iv SAVAING Ulseg IOATY IYI JO SUOTRALIXD OYI JO MIIA |PLIOV 


= {4 


C xipueddy "eC *yaoday § Areqa199¢ 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 71 


Missouri Basin—The Missouri Basin Project continued to operate 
throughout fiscal 1953 from the field headquarters at Lincoln, Nebr. 
Ralph D. Brown served as chief of the project from July 1 to Septem- 
ber 7, when he died as the result of an accident. On September 22, 
Robert L. Stephenson, who had been on leave from the River Basin 
Surveys’ staff, returned to active duty and was assigned to the super- 
vision of the project, serving as acting chief throughout the remainder 
of the year. In the interval from September 7 to 22, Dr. Frank H. H. 
Roberts, Jr., was in direct charge of the Lincoln office. Activities dur- 
ing the year were concerned with all four phases of the salvage pro- 
gram. There were preliminary surveys; excavations; processing of 
the collections obtained from the digging, analyses and study of the 
materials, and the preparation of general and technical manuscripts 
on the results; and the publication and dissemination of scientific and 
popular reports. Most of the work was in the second and third phases. 
Much of phase 1 was finished in previous years and phase 4 will not get 
into full swing until more of phase 3 is completed. At the start of 
the year there was a permanent staff for the Missouri Basin Project 
of 20 persons. In addition there were 4 temporary part-time em- 
ployees assisting in the laboratory. Through July and August and 
part of September 6 temporary assistant archeologists, 60 temporary 
student laborers, and 25 local nonstudent laborers were employed in 
the field. During the summer season 11 of the regular staff were also 
engaged in fieldwork. As the surveys and excavations were brought 
to a close the temporary employees were gradually laid off and by the 
first of November only the permanent staff of 20 and a temporary 
draftsman-illustrator were on the rolls. In May it became evident 
that a much more limited budget would be available for 1954 and that 
a reduction in force would be necessary. Consequently by the close of 
the day’s work on June 30 the staff had been reduced to 11 persons. 

On May 18 and 19 the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee, 
consisting of representatives from all the agencies of the Department 
of the Interior concerned with the over-all Missouri Basin program, 
held its 61st regular meeting at the River Basin Surveys’ head- 
quarters on the campus of the University of Nebraska, at the invitation 
of the Missouri Basin Project and the Laboratory of Anthropology of 
the University. The first session was devoted to routine business, but 
during the evening of May 18 the members visited the Surveys’ labo- 
ratory located in the business section of Lincoln and heard Mr. 
Stephenson explain in detail the mechanics of the field and laboratory 
work of the salvage program. A series of exhibits of fossil speci- 
mens, objects from historic sites, Indian-site artifacts, and methods 
of pottery reconstruction was used to illustrate portions of Mr. Steph- 
enson’s talk. The visitors were also shown the entire process of han- 

275494536 


72 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


dling materials from the time they arrive from the field until their 
analysis and study have been completed and the covering report has 
been written. Most of the session on May 19 was devoted to a pre- 
sentation of the work and results of the Inter-Agency Archeological 
and Paleontological Program. Howard W. Baker, regional director 
of the National Park Service, Region 2, at Omaha, Nebr., served as 
chairman. Frederick H. Johnson, secretary of the independent- 
advisory Committee for the Recovery of Archeological Remains, 
sketched briefly the general background and importance of the re- 
covery program and explained the activities and purpose of his com- 
mittee. Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., then discussed the Smithsonian 
Institution’s part in the program as a whole, both from the standpoint 
of the Missouri Basin and other areas throughout the country. Dr. 
Gordon C. Baldwin, archeologist, Region 2, National Park Service, 
explained the part his organization has played, told what had been 
accomplished as of that date, and outlined the needs for the future in 
a 6-year program. Robert L. Stephenson told about the plans for 
the remainder of the fiscal year in the Missouri Basin and explained 
the reasons for the proposed projects. Dr. C. Bertrand Schultz, di- 
rector of the Nebraska State Museum of the University of Nebraska, 
summarized the work that his institution had been carrying on as a ~ 
cooperative effort in the paleontological phase of the investigations 
and stressed the need for such studies in a proper understanding of the 
Missouri Basin. Dr. John L. Champe, director of the Laboratory of 
Anthropology, University of Nebraska, commented on the status of 
archeology in the Plains area before the salvage program was started 
and spoke about the current activities from the viewpoint of the 
cooperating institutions. The historical aspects of the program were 
presented by Merrill Mattes, regional historian of the Region 2 office, 
National Park Service. He outlined the historical background for 
the area, described the current activities and the methods used in mak- 
ing the studies, and made clear the relationship between that subject 
and those discussed by the other speakers. As a result of the session 
the members of the Committee undoubtedly left Lincoln with a much 
better understanding of the salvage program and its aims. 

During the year 10 field parties operated in the Missouri Basin. 
One of them made a series of extensive tests in 4 archeological sites, 
while 7 were primarily occupied in conducting full-scale excavations 
in 19 sites. In connection with that work, however, some reconnais- 
sance was carried on in the areas where their investigations were 
underway. One of the parties was concerned mainly with archeo- 
logical surveys and another with paleontological studies. The exca- 
vations were in 2 reservoir areas in North Dakota, 2 in South Dakota, 
and 2in Kansas. The survey party operated in 5 reservoir areas in 
Kansas, 3 of them being covered for the first time and 2 being revisited 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 73 


for further checking. The paleontological party worked in 1 reser- 
voir area in Montana, 1 in North Dakota, and 1 in South Dakota. It 
also visited another project in North Dakota to examine a specimen 
reported from the Upper Cretaceous deposits there. During July 
and August 1952, 3 aerial photographic missions were flown over 12 
reservoir areas. In all, 5,000 air miles were flown and 62 objectives 
were photographed. The latter included excavated archeological 
sites, sites to be excavated, dams and reservoir construction features, 
and the general topography of the areas to be covered by the ground 
surveys. The plane used was the personal property of one of the 
staff archeologists and the pictures were taken by the staff photog- 
rapher. 

The reservoir basins where reconnaissance work was carried on 
were: The Kirwin, on the north fork of the Solomon River, where 4 
additional archeological sites were located and recorded; the Webster, 
on the south fork of the Solomon, where 3 were found; Tuttle Creek, 
on the Big Blue River, with 118; Glen Elder, on the Solomon River, 
with 17; and Wilson, on the Saline River, with 18. On the basis of the 
evidence obtained, it is apparent that no additional studies will be 
needed in the Kirwin and Webster areas. At Tuttle Creek, however, 
there is important material and 10 of the sites have been recommended 
for future excavation. Included in the 10 are 4 historic sites which 
are of special significance with respect to the early exploration and 
settlement of that section of the West. Of the 17 sites recorded for 
the Glen Elder, 6 small ones gave evidence of being extremely im- 
portant because they contain materials thus far not observed in the 
area and they have been recommended for complete excavation. At 
the Wilson Reservoir 6 of the 18 sites were found to be significant 
from the standpoint of their relationship to one of the pre-Columbian 
cultures which thus far is imperfectly known. Two of the sites are 
caves, probably containing dry materials, and should yield types of 
artifacts rarely preserved in open sites. One of the recommended 
sites may prove to be of considerable importance because materials 
there are eroding from a terrace bank and appear to belong to one of 
the early occupations in the Plains area. Parties working in the Fort 
Randall Reservoir basin in South Dakota located 2 new sites, while 
those operating in the Oahe basin in the same State found 180. At 
the Jamestown Reservoir in North Dakota 3 new sites were found. 
The total of new sites observed and recorded in the Missouri Basin 
during the fiscal year was 339. 

In the Garrison Reservoir basin on the main stem of the Missouri 
River above Bismarck, N. Dak., 2 field parties conducted archeological 
excavations in 8 of the 147 known there. During July and August 
and part of September one party dug in the remains of Fort Berthold 
II. The work at that location falls into the historic category, but it 


74 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


is important because the fort was established in connection with the 
large Mandan-Hidatsa-Arikara village, called Like-a-Fishhook, which 
was occupied from about 1845 to 1890. The remains of the Indian 
village were studied by parties from the North Dakota State Historical 
Society under a cooperative agreement with the National Park Service, 
but much information was needed with respect to the fort and the 
evidence it might contain bearing on the relationships between the 
Indians and the Whites. Fort Berthold was originally built in 1858 
as a trading post and was known as Fort Atkinson. Its name was 
changed in 1862, and from 1863 to 1867 it served as a military post. 
Later it became the agency for the three tribes living in the adjacent 
village. While there is fairly extensive documentary evidence about 
the military and trading post, there are many gaps in the record and 
the archeological excavations contributed information which will help 
to complete the story of the activities there. About 75 percent of the 
fort, including the stockade line and two bastions, was excavated. 
Plans call for further work there during fiscal 1954. 

In July and August one party excavated the site of a fortified 
village on the top of a small butte on the north bank of the Missouri 
about 10 miles above Fort Berthold. The site is known by the name 
Night-Walker’s Butte in the Bull Pasture because there is an Indian ~ 
tradition to the effect that a Hidatsa chief by the name of Night- 
Walker broke away from the main tribe and led his band to the top of 
a butte where he built a village. Two other sites in the area are also 
in somewhat similar locations, and which of the three actually was the 
Night-Walker village is open to question. Nothing found during the 
excavations throws any light on the problem. The floor areas of 27 
earth lodges were uncovered; 29 fire pits, 26 cache pits, 10 roasting 
pits, and 2 sweat lodges were dug; and approximately three-fourths of 
the stockade which encircled the edge of the butte was traced. Ma- 
terials found there suggest that the village was built about or shortly 
before 1800. The excavations were completed and the detailed tech- 
nical report on the results was well in progress at the end of the year. 

In September the party that worked on the butte investigated the 
remains of an earth lodge across the river from the village site. It 
was called Grandmother’s Lodge and was the traditional dwelling 
place of one of the Mandan or Hidatsa supernatural beings who was 
believed to be the patroness of gardens and crops. The ceremonial 
lodge, which was only partially excavated, appears to have been rec- 
tangular in floor plan and may be older than any other lodge thus 
far reported for that area. At least one additional lodge and prob- 
ably several others are present at the site and further work is planned 
for it during fiscal 1954. That particular location provides an ex- 
cellent opportunity for comparing evidence obtained through archeo- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 75 


logical investigations with the legendary story which is a part of 
_ the myths of the Indians in that district. 

At the Jamestown Reservoir on the James River in eastern North 
Dakota one field party continued excavations started toward the close 
of the previous year. By the end of the season in September it had 
dug in 5 of the 28 known archeological sites which will be flooded by 
that reservoir. Two of the sites were burial mounds attributable to 
the Woodland culture, one was a campsite consisting of a series of 
boulder-lined depressions strung along the crest of a low bluff, one 
was a burial pit exposed by a power shovel in the borrow area directly 
west of the dam, and the other comprised the remains of an Indian 
village. The floors of four circular houses and a small sweat lodge 
were uncovered at the latter location. The site covers more than 2 
acres and only about 10 percent of it was investigated. A few metal 
objects and the potsherds found there suggest that the village had 
Mandan afiiliations or at least trade relations with that group and 
that it was occupied during the first half of the eighteenth century. 

In the Oahe Reservoir Basin in South Dakota two parties continued 
investigations started toward the end of the preceding fiscal year. 
Excavations were carried on in 4 of the known 318 sites in the basin. 
At the Black Widow site (89ST3), the location of an extensive earth- 
lodge village of many scattered houses, about 30 miles upstream from 
the dam on the west side of the Missouri, evidence of two occupations 
was found. One period was prior to contact with the whites and 
the other was during the eighteenth century. During July, August, 
and September numerous cache pits, a refuse mound, and extensive 
areas of village surface were dug and four house floors were cleared. 
Three of the houses belonged to the early period, while the other was 
of the later occupation. The fourth house was superimposed upon 
cache pits of the early occupation. All four houses were circular in 
outline but there were conspicuous architectural differences between 
the three older examples and the one late form. Materials from the 
site suggest that the older level had its closest affiliations with the 
Myers site (39ST10), where the South Dakota Archeological Com- 
mission did some excavating in 1949, and with one of the three com- 
ponents in the Cheyenne River site (89ST1), which was partially 
excavated by a Missouri Basin Project party in the summer of 1951. 
The later period of occupation appears to be Arikara, although his- 
toric documentation for the site seemingly is not known. The same 
party exhumed a single flexed burial which was about to be destroyed 
by erosion at a multicomponent site (89ST23) not far from the Black 
Widow site. Part of the skeleton was missing and there were no 
mortuary offerings accompanying it. 

The second excavating party concentrated its efforts in the imme- 
diate vicinity of the dam. It completed excavations started at the 


76 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Indian Creek site (39ST15) the previous year, made a series of tests 
at the Mathison site (89ST16), and did extensive digging at the 
Buffalo Pasture site (89ST6). At the Indian Creek site, which lies 
on the line of the proposed discharge channel for the Oahe Reser- 
voir, two house floors were cleared. One, probably a ceremonial struc- 
ture, was 50 feet in diameter. It contained a raised earthen platform 
or altar, covered with mud plaster, along the wall opposite the entry- 
way. Beside the altar was a buffalo-skull shrine. Only about 1 per- 
cent of that site was excavated, but since it was evident that there 
would be some delay in the construction of the discharge channel, 
further efforts were deferred until a later field season. The Mathi- 
son site, also on the line of the discharge channel, is stratified and the 
tests showed it contains data on several different Indian periods. In 
addition it probably was the location of Fort Galpin, one of the fron- 
tier posts. Most of the activity during July, August, and early Sep- 
tember was at the Buffalo Pasture site 1 mile upstream from the right 
wing of the dam on the west bank of the river. A large fortified, 
earth-lodge village had been located there. Four earth lodges, the 
cross section of the defensive ditch or moat, and over 210 linear feet 
of the palisade wall inside the moat were excavated. One of the lodges 
proved to be a ceremonial house and contained an excellent example — 
of an altar with bison-skull offerings. Although only about 8 percent 
of the site was excavated there was an unusually large yield of arti- 
facts. Included in the materials are over 100 restorable pottery ves- 
sels, which is a rare find so far as the Plains area is concerned. The 
material and information from Buffalo Pasture rounds out and helps 
to clarify that obtained from two sites, Dodd (39ST30) and Phillips 
Ranch (398T14), between it and the dam which were dug during 
previous seasons. 

While the River Basin Surveys parties were working in the Oahe 
area in the summer of 1952 the South Dakota Archeological Commis- 
sion and the W. H. Over Museum of the University of South Dakota 
carried on excavations at the Thomas Riggs site (89HU1) under a 
cooperative agreement with the National Park Service. On two pre- 
vious occasions the W. H. Over Museum had worked there but had not 
completed its investigations. During the 1952 season its party, under 
the leadership of Dr. Wesley R. Hurt, Jr., excavated the remains of 
five houses and dug a long trench through the village area. Evidence 
found there indicates that the village was occupied at about A. D. 
1500 and that it probably did not have more than 200 inhabitants at 
any one time. Just what the relationship between it and later Ari- 
kara or Mandan communities may have been is still to be determined. 

The two parties, one for Indian and one for historical sites, working 
in the Fort Randall Reservoir basin continued the operations started 
toward the end of the preceding year. During the field season excava- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 77 


tions were carried on in 6 of the 53 known sites which will be inun- 
dated. At the start of the year the Indian-site party was centering its 
activities in village remains where considerable digging had been done 
the previous field season. At that location, the Oldham site (89CH7), 
there was evidence for three periods of occupation. The latest was 
an earth-lodge village with palisade and moat where most of the 
digging was done during the 1951 season, the middle period was an 
earth-lodge village with a palisade but no moat, and the earliest was 
an occupation level underlying both of the others. At the start of 
the 1952 field season, in May, activities were centered on the portion 
of the site representing the middle period. Beginning with the new 
fiscal year attention was turned to the area where there was some over- 
lap between the remains of the last two periods. During the course 
of the digging 2 earth lodges, 3 drying racks, 2 infant burials, 270 
feet of stockade, including 1 bastion, 76 pits, most of which were cache 
pits, and numerous fire pits were uncovered. Tubular copper beads 
were found in one of the infant burials. The specimen yield from the 
site was great and study of the material shows that when the results 
are completely tabulated there will be much new information about 
the material culture of the people who inhabited that area. The mid- 
dle period apparently correlates with what is known as the Great Oasis 
Aspect in Minnesota. Although less than half of the site was ex- 
cavated, sufficient data were obtained to warrant stopping the work in 
August and moving the laborers to a new location. The latter, the 
Hitchell site (89CH45), consisted of the remains of a semipermanent 
village characterized by circular, hutlike, pole-framed structures 
which probably were covered with skins or brush. The site was 
stratified and preliminary analysis of the materials from it indicates 
that it was related to the latest and the earliest periods at the Oldham 
site. While work was underway at the Hitchell site some of the 
laborers, under the supervision of a field assistant, dug 1,698 feet of 
test trenches at the Pease Creek site (39CH5) several miles down- 
stream. ‘The evidence revealed by the trenches shows that there were 
two occupations. ‘The latest was by a group using the location mainly 
as a camping area, while the earlier presumably had a more permanent 
type of settlement. Pottery found there suggests Upper Republican 
and Nebraska cultural influences. The artifact complex as a whole 
is unique in the Fort Randall area. During the summer season addi- 
tional testing was carried on at a campsite (89CH51) where some 
digging had been done during a previous year. Those investigations 
completed the studies at that location. The activities of the Fort 
Randall Indian party were brought to a close in late September. 
During July the historic-site party completed the excavation of 
the Fort Whetstone site (89GR4) on the west bank of the Missouri 
River near the mouth of Whetstone Creek. The palisade was traced 


78 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


and the outlines of the buildings that stood inside the fortification were 
followed. Exact dimensions of the fort and buildings were obtained, 
as were some of the constructional features of the interior of the build- 
ings. All wooden structures had been burned, and evidence indicates 
that the post was destroyed shortly after abandonment in 1872. About 
90 percent of the site was excavated and no additional work will be 
required there. A number of discrepancies found between the various 
features revealed by the digging and a plan of the fort drawn in 1871 
raised a number of puzzling historical problems. About 500 yards 
northwest of the fort the remains of a “Missouri Dugout” were found 
and excavated. At the end of July the party moved to the Fort 
Randall site (39GR15) on the west bank of the Missouri River half a 
mile southeast of the Fort Randall military post. Work there showed 
that the remains were those of a brick kiln, which probably belonged 
to the period of Fort RandallI. The remains of the kiln and features 
associated with it were completely excavated and the party left the 
Fort Randall Reservoir area at the end of August, proceeding to the 
Kirwin Reservoir in Kansas. 

During the 1952 field season work was also carried on in the Fort 
Randall area by the Nebraska State Historical Society and the Uni- 
versity of Kansas under cooperative agreements with the National 
Park Service. The Historical Society party under the direction of 
Marvin F. Kivett continued excavations in two sites (39L.M26 and 
39L.M27) located along the highway a short distance east of Oacoma 
and about 2 miles west of Chamberlain, S. Dak. Some digging was 
also done at a site (89L.M81) 1014 miles upriver from Chamberlain. 
The work at the first two locations, which was completed, showed 
evidence of a historic Siouan occupation underlain by an earth-lodge 
village belonging to what has been called the Fort Thompson focus. 
The third site was found to have three components, histeric Siouan, 
a level producing a simple-stamped type of pottery which has not yet 
been culturally correlated, and an earlier Woodland occupation. The 
University of Kansas party under Dr. Carlyle S. Smith spent a third 
season at the Talking Crow site (839BF3) about 314 miles below Fort 
Thompson, S$. Dak. During the three seasons at the site 9 houses were 
completely excavated, 4 were partially excavated, and 14 were tested 
to obtain their dimensions and samples of materials from them. 
Stratigraphic tests were made in three refuse mounds, trenches were 
dug across the surrounding fortification on four sides of the site, two 
long trenches were cut through areas between the houses, and numer- 
ous other test pits and trenches were dug. From the data obtained it 
appears that the site had four components. The latest was Siouan 
dating from shortly after the Civil War. Prior to that was the last 
occupation by earth-lodge-building people, probably the Atrikara, 
during the period when European trade goods were beginning to 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 79 


| appear in the area. Preceding that was an occupation which just 
‘antedated the introduction of trade goods. The earliest occupation 
'was definitely prehistoric in age and its cultural affinities seem to 
‘have been widespread. ‘The latest component appears to correlate 
with one phase of Kivett’s Oacoma sites and with the Indian Creek 
‘site in the Oahe area. The one just preceding seems to equate with 
an older phase at Kivett’s sites and with the latest component at the 
Oldham site. The next to the oldest component correlates with the 
older level at the Black Widow site in the Oahe area, but there is still 
some question as to the relationship of the first occupation at Talking 
Crow. 

In the Kirwin Reservoir basin in Kansas the historic-sites party, 
which had moved from the Fort Randall area, spent the period from 
September 2 to 20 excavating the remains of Camp Kirwan, an old 
frontier post located on the right bank of the Solomon River in Phil- 
lips County. The site (14PH6) was completely excavated and the 
palisade line was traced as an intrusive trench in the soil. 

An archeological party spent 3 weeks in June 1953 testing sites at 
the Tuttle Creek Reservoir in Kansas. During that period work was 
carried on at four sites; three of them were in the spillway construction 
area, and one in the general construction area for the dam. Two of 
them had been severely damaged by the cut for the spillway, while the 
others were in immediate danger of destruction by further activities. 
One of the sites in the spillway line (14P014) was an earth and stone 
mound approximately 26 feet in diameter with a maximum height of 
11% feet. The mound contained a burial pit with skeletal remains oc- 
curring at two levels. The original interment of at least three bodies 
apparently had been dug into to make room for subsequent burial of 
three, possibly four, more bodies. In both levels there was one articu- 
lated skeleton in a semiflexed position. Stone implements, copper 
beads, and fragmentary bits of copper sheeting were found with the 
bones. At some distance from the pit the remains of an extended 
burial without a skull were found. It had no accompanying mortu- 
ary offering. Indications were that the skull had been removed by 
some earlier digger and also that the interment was a later intrusion in 
the mound. In general appearance the mound suggested relationship 
to others in the Tuttle Creek, Glen Elder, and Wilson Reservoir basins. 
They have not as yet been assigned to any culture but may well have 
Woodland affiliations. The extended burial possibly is attributable to 
the Kansa, as it had certain similarities to others found elsewhere 
which presumably were made by that tribe. Furthermore, materials 
collected from two occupation areas nearby indicate a late occupancy, 
and since a historic Kansa village is known to have existed in the 
immediate area it seems likely that they may also have lived at those 
locations. Asa matter of fact, the two sites (14PO12 and 14P013) 


80 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


may represent parts of a single large occupational area as one is on the 
eastern edge of the spillway and one is on the western edge of it and 
both have been extensively damaged by construction activities. Ma- 
terials collected during the digging there consist of buff-colored pot- 
sherds with gray shell-tempered paste and punctated decorations, 
small triangular-unnotched projectile points, an abundance of stone 
scrapers, a conical copper bangle, and some bits of sheet metal. The 
fourth site tested (14RY10) is on the west side of the Blue River. It 
was buried under considerable flood-borne silt but the exploratory 
trenches indicated the former presence of an earth lodge and other 
village features. Potsherds from the house area suggest that a cul- 
tural transition was underway at that location. It was not possible 
to do any extensive digging there, but at the end of the fiscal year 
plans were being made by one of the local institutions to continue the 
investigations as a cooperative effort. It was necessary for the River 
Basin Surveys party to close down its work on June 26 and return to 
the headquarters at Lincoln. 

The paleontological field party completed its activities at the Key- 
hole Reservoir in Wyoming on July 1, 1952, and left the following 
day for the Canyon Ferry Reservoir in Montana. En route, at the 
request of the National Park Service, it visited the South Unit of the 
Theodore Roosevelt National Monument to examine some paleontolog- 
ical material found in that area. From July 5 to August 3 the party 
explored exposures of the Oligocene and Miocene deposits in the 
Canyon Ferry Basin. Some 75 specimens of small mammals were 
collected, adding greatly to the knowledge of certain groups, particu- 
larly the rabbits and small dogs of the Miocene. During the period 
the paleontologist also identified the Tertiary sediments in a number 
of localities in the Toston Basin for a mapping party of the United 
States Geological Survey. From August 9 to 30 the party explored 
the exposures of the Paleocene Fort Union formation in the Garrison 
Reservoir near Elbowoods, N. Dak. Specimens are exceedingly rare 
in that formation, and because of the uncertain correlation of the 
deposits the value of those found is materially increased. During 
that period the nearly complete skeleton of Champsosaurus, an alli- 
gatorlike aquatic reptile, was collected. Exposures of the Oacoma 
member of the Upper Cretaceous Pierre shale in the vicinity of the 
Oahe Dam were explored from September 2 to 10. A number of 
specimens of marine reptiles were found but they had been exposed 
too long to be worth collecting. 

The paleontological party returned to the field in June, and from 
June 1 to 7, 1953, at the request of the National Park Service made a 
paleontological survey of certain areas in the Badlands National 
Monument. From the 9th to the 27th it continued explorations of the 
Oligocene and Miocene deposits of the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 81 


Initial flooding of the reservoir made it necessary to visit several 
localities by boat. About 100 specimens of small mammals, rabbits, 
rodents, and marsupials were obtained. Of special interest is a very 
small rabbit, details of the teeth of which suggest that it may be 
ancestral to the cony or pika, the tiny rock rabbit which lives high 
in the mountains. If such should prove to be true these are the 
earliest known specimens of that group of rabbits found anywhere 
in the world. The Canyon Ferry Reservoir basin, which will not be 
available for study another season because of the impounded water, 
has been the most productive, both in the number and variety of 
species, of any locality in the area and is the only one thus far that has 
produced a sizable Middle Oligocene fauna in the Intermountain 
Basins. On June 27 the party moved to the Fort Peck Reservoir in 
Montana for the purpose of examining a plesiosaur (marine reptile) 
skeleton found in the Upper Cretaceous Bear Paw shale by a member 
of the Fish and Wildlife Service. At the end of the year the party 
was at Fort Peck. 

During the year 18 preliminary appraisal reports were completed, 
mimeographed, and distributed to the cooperating agencies. One 
supplemental report, on the Fort Randall Reservoir, was completed 
and ready to mimeograph. Fourteen short articles on specific sub- 
jects in Plains archeology were completed and printed in various 
publications. Six appeared in the Plains Archeological Conference 
News Letter; four in the Proceedings of the Nebraska Academy of 
Sciences, 63d annual meeting; one in American Antiquity; one in the 
Americana Annual; and two in the Missouri Basin Progress Report, 
issued monthly by the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee. 
Thirteen additional articles were completed and had been accepted 
for publication by various journals. Nine reports were completed 
and were ready to submit for publication. They included three tech- 
nical papers on excavations in the Garrison Reservoir area, one on an 
excavated site in the Oahe area, one on historic sites dug in the Fort 
Randall basin, one on excavations in the Kirwin Reservoir, one gen- 
eral paper on the subject of articles of white manufacture as exempli- 
fied by the materials from various sites in the Missouri Basin, and two 
on work in the Northwest done by a member of the staff prior to his 
joining the Missouri Basin Project. 

The laboratory at Lincoln processed 161,036 specimens from 339 
sites in 9 reservoir areas and 1 unassignable site. A total of 22,570 
catalog numbers was assigned to the series of specimens. The work 
in the laboratory also included: Reflex copies of record sheets, both 
negatives and prints, 12,629; photographic negatives, 2,281; photo- 
graphic contact prints, 11,474; enlargements, 5’’ x 7’’ to 20’’ x 24”, 
4,082; photographs mounted for files, 6,374; transparencies mounted in 
glass, 1,182; drawings, tracings, and maps, 126; specimens drawn for 


82 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


illustration, 504; completion of restoration of pottery vessels, 32; 
vessels or rim sections restored, 84. 

Temporary interpretative displays showing the scope and results 
of archeological investigations in the Missouri Basin were installed 
in the windows of the laboratory in the business section of Lincoln 
in November 1952, and in the windows of a large Lincoln department 
store in February 1953. A special display illustrating and interpret- 
ing the archeology of the Oahe Reservoir area was installed for the 
Corps of Engineers by the Missouri Basin Project in the registration 
building for visitors at the Oahe Dam observation point. Special 
archeological and paleontological displays were prepared for the 
meetings of the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee held at the 
headquarters and laboratory in May. 

Paul L. Cooper, consulting archeologist, was in charge of one exca- 
vating and survey party in the Oahe Reservoir basin from July 1 
until October 16. He supervised the digging at the Black Widow 
site and toward the end of the season participated in the reconnais- 
sance work. During the fall and winter months in the laboratory he 
correlated the records of the Oahe reconnaissance with previous 
records, summarized information from published and unpublished 
sources of varied nature, made use of data obtained from excavations 
by the Missouri Basin Project and other agencies, and prepared “An 
Appraisal of the Archeology of the Oahe Reservoir.” He also worked 
on a summary report of the activities of the Missouri Basin Project 
during the calendar years 1950 and 1951. This is concerned with 
investigations in 42 reservoir areas, the work of 2 full-season survey 
parties and other shorter-term parties, the activities of a paleontolog- 
ical party during 2 field seasons, and the excavations carried on by 
12 full-season parties in Indian and historic sites in 6 different reser- 
voir basins. The specimens obtained from the Black Widow site 
received preliminary study and a provisional classification was made 
of the pottery found there. Mr. Cooper participated in the Tenth 
Conference for Plains Archeology at Lincoln in November and at- 
tended the sessions of the Society for American Archeology at 
Urbana, Ill., in May. 

Robert B. Cumming, Jr., archeologist, was in charge of the Indian- 
site excavations and survey in the Fort Randall Reservoir area in 
South Dakota from July 1 to September 26. He supervised the dig- 
ging at the Oldham, Hitchell, and Pease Creek sites. During the 
months at the laboratory in Lincoln he made analyses of the material 
and data obtained during the 1951 and 1952 seasons at the Oldham 
site and prepared a technical report on the results of his investigations 
at that location. In addition he completed a supplementary report for 
the previously issued “Appraisal of the Archeological and Paleon- 
tological Resources of the Lower Platte Basin,” and finished the first 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 83 


draft, with an accompanying map showing the location of all sites 
/found to that date in the reservoir area, of a supplementary report 
(on the Fort Randall basin. From June 10 through 17, 1953, he super- 
vised the work of the excavating party in the Tuttle Creek Dam area 
in Kansas. Mr. Cumming presented a résumé of the 1952 field work 
at the Tenth Conference for Plains Archeology in November. 

From July 1 to September 15 Franklin Fenenga, archeologist, was 
in charge of an excavating party in the Oahe Reservoir area and 
also took part in additional surveys in the general vicinity of the dam. 
He directed the digging at the Buffalo Pasture, Mathison, and Indian 
Creek sites. In August he installed a special display to interpret the 
archeology of the Oahe Dam area in the observation building main- 
tained by the Corps of Engineers at a spot overlooking the east wing 
of the dam. During the remainder of the year, at the Lincoln head- 
quarters, he completed appraisal reports on the archeology of the 
Gavins Point Reservoir in Nebraska and South Dakota and for the 
Middle Fork Reservoir in Wyoming. He also completed a detailed 
technical report on the results obtained at the Indian Creek site and 
had finished approximately 75 percent of the report on the Buffalo 
Pasture Village by the end of the fiscal year. He presented three 
papers on archeological field methods before the Seminar on Plains 
Archeology at the Laboratory of Anthropology of the University of 
Nebraska. He took part in the Tenth Conference for Plains Arche- 
ology and was reelected to a third term as editor of the Plains 
Archeological Conference News Letter by that group. He presided 
as president at the anthropological section of the 63d annual meeting 
of the Nebraska Academy of Sciences and presented a paper, “The 
Ice-Glider Game, an 18th-Century Innovation in Northern Plains 
Culture.” He also prepared an article, “The Weights of Chipped- 
Stone Projectile Points, a Clue to Their Functions,” for publication 
in the Southwestern Journal for Anthropology. While in the field 
he addressed several organizations, telling about the work of the 
River Basin Surveys, and during the months in Lincoln acted as 
preceptor of the Indian Project of two groups of Campfire Girls. 
Because of the curtailment of funds for the Missouri Basin Project 
it was necessary to terminate Mr. Fenenga’s appointment in a reduc- 
tion-in-force action on June 30, 1953. 

During July, August, and early September Donald D. Hartle, 
archeologist, was in charge of the excavations at the Night-Walker’s 
Butte site and Grandmother’s Lodge in the Garrison Reservoir area. 
In September he also measured and photographed a modern dance 
lodge in the Santee Bottoms. Throughout the remainder of the year 
he was at the Lincoln headquarters where he completed the detailed 
technical report on the excavations, carried on during 2 previous 
years at the Rock Village site (32ME15). He completed a series 


84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


of notes on the work at Night-Walker’s Butte, the Grandmother’s 
Lodge, and the dance lodge, and presented a summary report on his 
summer’s work at one of the sessions of the Tenth Conference for 
Plains Archeology. As a result of the reduction in force, made neces- 
sary by curtailed funds, Mr. Hartle’s employment was terminated 
on June 30, 1953. 

George Metcalf, field and laboratory assistant, was a member of 
the Fort Berthold excavating party in the Garrison Reservoir area 
from July 1 to September 26, 1952. In addition to taking an active 
part in the digging at the fort he spent several days guiding the 
paleontological party to exposures noted during the previous year’s 
surveys and in checking on the location of archeological sites reported 
by local residents. Mr. Metcalf also assisted in the investigations 
at the Grandmother’s Lodge site. After returning to the Lincoln 
headquarters he prepared the material from Fort Berthold II for 
cataloging, made an analysis of the artifacts from the Night-Walker’s 
Butte excavations, studied and prepared descriptions of specimens 
from the Star Village site (32ME16) dug the preceding year, and 
started work on a description of the remains of the last Arikara earth 
lodge, a task at which he was engaged until the end of the fiscal year. 
During the winter he also prepared book reviews for the North Dakota 
Historical Quarterly and for Nebraska History. Mr. Metcalf’s em- 
ployment was terminated on June 80 through the reduction-in-force 
program, but on July 1 he was to take a position as a museum aide 
in the division of archeology, United States National Museum. 

On July 1, 1952, John E. Mills, archeologist, was occupied with 
an excavating party at the site of the Whetstone Army post in the 
Fort Randall Reservoir area in South Dakota. He completed that 
work on July 25 and moved his party to the Fort Randall brick-kiln 
site where he dug until August 29. During August he also made a 
reconnaissance, visiting the sites of the Lower Brule Indian Agency, 
Fort Lower Brule, and Fort Hale for the purpose of planning possible 
future excavations at those locations. In September he took his party 
to the Kirwin Reservoir area in Kansas and dug the site of Camp 
Kirwan. From October through June Mr. Mills was engaged at head- 
quarters analyzing materials and preparing reports on the results of 
his investigations. He completed technical papers on “Historic-Sites 
Archeology in Fort Randall Reservoir, South Dakota,” and “Exca- 
vation at Camp Kirwan, Kansas.” In addition he completed manu- 
scripts on the results of work which he did before joining the staff 
of the Missouri Basin Project. They were: “Quantitative Analysis 
of a Columbia River Shell Mound,” and “Cultural Continuity at 
Nootka Sound, Vancouver Island.” In September he addressed the 
Kirwin High School on the subject “Smithsonian Institution River 
Basin Surveys” and in May presented a paper, “Ethnohistory,” before 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 85 


the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. Mr. Mills requested leave of ab- 
‘sence in May to return to the University of Washington to complete 
his studies for an advanced degree in anthropology. Such was 
granted, but in the reduction-in-force program it was necessary to 
remove his name from the rolls as of June 30. 

At the start of the fiscal year J. M. Shippee, field and laboratory 
assistant, was at the headquarters in Lincoln. He spent several days 
assembling data for use in making an aerial survey and on July 15 
and 16 flew with Ralph S. Solecki over five reservoir areas in Kansas. 
On July 23, under the general direction of Mr. Solecki, he started a 
ground survey of the Tuttle Creek Reservoir and was in that area 
until September 8. From that date until October 4 he assisted in the 
survey of the Glen Elder, Kirwin, Webster, and Wilson Reservoir 
basins. On his return to the laboratory he helped to complete the 
survey sheets and maps for the 156 new sites found, aided in the 
analysis of specimens, the identification of photographs, and the prep- 
aration of exhibits. He wrote an outline summary of the results of 
Solecki’s work for presentation at the Tenth Conference for Plains 
Archeology. In November he also gave an illustrated talk before the 
Kansas City Chapter of the Missouri Archeological Society. OnJune 
10, 1953, Shippee went to the Tuttle Creek Reservoir as assistant to 
Mr. Cumming and after the latter’s return to Lincoln on June 17, 
was in charge of the excavating party for the remainder of the project. 
Mr. Shippee’s employment was terminated by the reduction in force 
on June 30. 

G. H. Smith, acheologist, was in charge of the party digging at the 
site of Fort Berthold II on July 1 and continued to supervise those 
excavations until the end of the season on September 23. Returning 
to the headquarters at Lincoln he spent the time from September 26 
to June 30 working over materials and writing reports on his field- 
work. He completed the detailed technical paper on the results of the 
investigations made during a previous year at Fort Stevenson in the 
Garrison area. He also finished a brief report on the excavation of 
Fort Berthold II intended primarily to indicate progress at the site 
as of the end of the fiscal year. A manuscript consisting of a descrip- 
tive account of glass beads, some 8,000 in number, recovered at Fort 
Berthold was written and accepted for publication by the Central 
Texas Archeologist. A summary account of the history of the 
Niobrara River Basin was prepared for submission to the Bureau 
of Reclamation for use in the revision of the Niobrara Basin report 
of that Bureau’s Region 7 office. At the Tenth Conference for Plains 
Archeology Mr. Smith reported on the work at Fort Berthold II 
and also presided as chairman at a session devoted to Plains Ethno- 
history. Mr. Smith resigned, effective June 19, to attend the American 
School of Research, Athens, Greece. 


86 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Ralph S. Solecki, archeologist, was transferred to the Missouri 
Basin Project early in July. During the period from then until Oc- 
tober 4 he was in charge of the surveys of the five Kansas reservoirs 
and in July and August flew three aerial photographic missions over 
other Missouri Basin areas. After completing the aerial missions 
Mr. Solecki prepared an article, “Photographing the Past,” which ap- 
peared in the September issue of the Missouri River Basin Progress 
Report. While at the Lincoln office during the latter part of October 
and early November appraisal reports on the five Kansas Reservoir 
surveys were completed by Mr. Solecki. 

Robert L. Stephenson, acting chief of the Missouri Basin Project, 
devoted a major portion of his time to managing the operations of 
the project. However, he was able to prepare a series of summary 
statements on the past 7 years of Missouri Basin Project activities 
in detail, reservoir by reservoir. He also did extensive work on a 
technical report of the excavations he supervised during previous 
years at the Whitney Reservoir on the Brazos River, Hill County, 
Tex., and made some analysis of notes and materials from the Acco- 
keek site in Maryland. He served as chairman of one section of the 
Tenth Conference for Plains Archeology in November, attended the 
annual meeting of the Society for American Archeology at Urbana, 
Ill., where he presented a paper, “Accokeek: A Middle-Atlantic Cul- 
ture Sequence,” and acted as a discussant for two other papers. He 
served as chairman for an informal conference of Plains archeolo- 
gists held at the Lincoln headquarters in April, and was host for the 
meeting of the Interior Missouri Basin Field Committee meeting in 
May. At the end of the fiscal year he was on a tour of inspection 
of the Missouri Basin. While in the field he visited White’s paleon- 
tological party at Canyon Ferry Reservoir in Montana. 

At the start of the fiscal year Richard Page Wheeler, archeologist, 
was in charge of the survey and excavation party at the Jamestown 
Reservoir in North Dakota. He continued his investigations there 
until September 26 when he returned to the headquarters at Lincoln, 
Nebr. Throughout the remainder of the year he worked on a major 
technical report summarizing the results of excavations and surveys 
made by himself and others in the Angostura Reservoir, S. Dak., and 
in the Boysen and Keyhole Reservoirs in Wyoming, between 1946 
and 1951. That report was virtually completed at the close of the 
year. In addition he prepared a paper, “Plains Ceramic Analysis: 
A Check-List of Features and Descriptive Terms,” which was pub- 
lished in the Plains Archeological Conference News Letter, vol. 5, 
No. 2. He also wrote an interim report, “Appraisal of the Archeo- 
Jogical and Paleontological Resources of the Jamestown Reservoir, 
North Dakota: Supplement,” which was mimeographed and dis- | 
tributed to the cooperating agencies. At the Tenth Conference for | 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 87 


Plains Archeology in November he gave a résumé of the Jamestown 
investigations and read a paper on the preceramic subsistence patterns 
in the Great Plains. On May 1 he presented a paper on Dakota 
mounds and earthworks at the 63d annual meeting of the Nebraska 
Academy of Sciences. In the late spring he collaborated with Dr. 
Donald J. Lehmer on a paper, “Time Horizons in the Northern Plains.” 

Dr. Theodore E. White, geologist, was in charge of the paleontolog- 
ical field party during all its operations. As previously noted, work 
during the 1952 season was in the Canyon Ferry, Garrison, and Oahe 
reservoir areas, and in June 1953 the party returned to the Canyon 
Ferry Reservoir in Montana for additional collecting. From Sep- 
tember 15 to November 6, 1952, and from April 2 to May 30, 1953, 
Dr. White was in the laboratory at Lincoln. During those periods 
he was occupied in identifying osteological material collected by the 
various archeological excavating parties. Dr. White’s other activities 
were discussed in connection with the operations of the Washington 
office. 

Cooperating institutions——Various State and local institutions co- 
operated in the Inter-Agency Salvage Program during the year. 
Most of those activities were on the basis of agreements between the 
agencies and the National Park Service, but in a few cases State 
groups carried on independently, although correlating their efforts 
closely with the over-all operations. ‘The Ohio State Archeological 
and Historical Society continued to assume responsibility for all 
reservoir areas in that State. The Indiana Historical Society in- 
cluded surveys of potential reservoir areas in its general program for 
archeological research in Indiana and made periodical reports on the 
results of the investigations. Institutions working under agreements 
with the Service and the projects undertaken were: California Arche- 
ological Survey, University of California, Berkeley, made surveys of 
the proposed Trinity, Lewiston, Mooney Gulch, Red Bank, Oroville, 
Nimbus, Ice House, Union Valley, Pilot Creek, San Luis, and San 
Lucas Reservoirs of California and the Humboldt River and trib- 
utaries in Nevada, and started excavations in sites in the Nimbus and 
Red Bank areas; the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh excavated in 
the Conemaugh Reservoir area on the Conemaugh River in Pennsyl- 
vania; the Florida State Museum of the University of Florida dug a 
number of sites in the portion of the Jim Woodruff Reservoir basin 
located in Florida; the University of Kansas continued excavations at 
a site in the Fort Randall Reservoir basin in South Dakota; the Uni- 
versity of Missouri excavated in the Pomme de Terre Reservoir on 
the river of the same name and at the Table Rock Reservoir on the 
White River in Missouri; Montana State University dug several small 
sites in the Garrison Reservoir area in North Dakota; the Nebraska 

275494537 


88 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


State Historical Society worked at three sites in the Fort Randall 
basin, South Dakota; the University of Nebraska Laboratory of An- 
thropology continued excavations in the Harlan County Reservoir on 
the Republican River, Nebr.; the University of Nebraska State 
Museum made archeological excavations in the Medicine Creek Reser- 
voir in western Nebraska, and on a volunteer basis did paleontological 
work in several Missouri Basin projects; the State Historical Society 
of North Dakota continued excavations in the Garrison area; the 
University of Oklahoma worked at the Tenkiller Ferry Reservoir on 
the Illinois River and at the Keystone Reservoir on the Arkansas 
River in Oklahoma; the University of Oregon excavated in sites near 
The Dalles Dam on the Oregon side of the Columbia River; the Uni- 
versity of South Dakota worked in the Oahe Reservoir basin in South 
Dakota; the State College of Washington investigated an early site 
in the Lind Coulee, Wash.; the University of Washington excavated 
at the Wakemap Mound site on the Washington side of the Columbia 
in The Dalles Reservoir basin; and the University of Wyoming con- 
tinued its digging at the Keyhole Reservoir on the Belle Fourche River 
in Wyoming. 


INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY 


In the spring of 1952 the Institute of Inter-American Affairs, De- 
partment of State, which had made a grant to the Institute of Social 
Anthropology to enable it to carry on its functions from January 1, 
1952, to the end of the fiscal year with the understanding that the 
Smithsonian anthropologists would be available for program anal- 
yses of technical aid projects, decided to utilize anthropologists 
on a permanent basis. A request was made that plans be pre- 
pared to transfer ISA personnel to the Institute of Inter-American 
Affairs on July 1 and bring to a close the ISA activities as such. Late 
in June 1952, however, the Institute of Inter-American Affairs ex- 
tended its grant to the Smithsonian Institution for an additional 3 
months, so that there could be an orderly transfer of personnel, and 
provided $15,725 to finance the ISA until September 30, 1952. Before 
that date it became apparent that further time would be needed, and 
the grant was extended to December 31, 1952, and an additional $15,- 
725 made available. The total funds for the 6-month period were 
$31,450. The activities of the Institute of Social Anthropology ended 
on December 31, 1952. 

The period from July 1 to December 31, 1952, was one of retrench- 
ment and the closing down of projects. In Washington Dr. Foster 
was occupied in terminating the work of the Institute, in the planning 
of anthropological aspects of the program in the Institute of Inter- 
American Affairs, and in the preparation of four article-length manu- 
scripts on contemporary cultures in Latin America for publication 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 89 


_ in anthropological journals. Dr. Kalervo Oberg, who had returned 
to the Washington office in June, prepared reports on the cultural 
problems encountered by technical aid programs in Brazil, and read 
and commented on Institute of Inter-American Affairs reports, as 
requested. He described Servicio programs in Brazil at the annual 
meeting of the American Association for the Advancement of Science 
at St. Louis, Mo., in December. 

In Mexico all former Institute of Social Anthropology programs 
were terminated and the activities of Dr. Isabel T. Kelly were inte- 
grated with those of the Mexico City offices of the Institute of Inter- 
American Affairs. Her assignments, all made from that office, in- 
cluded trips to Monterey and Veracruz. In Colombia, beginning July 
1, the work of Charles J. Erasmus was directly integrated with the 
Bogota office of the Institute of Inter-American Affairs and all 
assignments, including program planning, routine office work, and 
field work in fisheries and agriculture were made by that office. Dr. 
Ozzie Simmons was in Peru on July 1 awaiting transfer to Chile by the 
Institute of Inter-American Affairs. There was unexected delay in 
the shift, however, and as he had not been assigned to an Institute 
program in Peru he made use of the time in terminating basic field 
studies in the Cafiete Valley which, when published, will add to the 
knowledge of contemporary Latin American culture and will be a use- 
ful adjunct to program planning in the Institute of Inter-American 
Affairs. Dr. Donald Pierson resigned his position in Brazil on June 
30, 1952, and subsequently returned to the United States. 

Mrs. Eloise B. Edelen, of the Smithsonian Institution editorial 
staff, continued to edit Institute of Social Anthopology manuscripts. 
Publication No. 13, “The Tajin Totonac,” by Isabel T. Kelly and 
Angel Palerm, was released on September 22, 1952. Publications No. 
15, “Indian Tribes of Northern Mato Grosso, Brazil,” by Kalervo 
Oberg, and No. 16, “Penny Capitalism: A Guatemalan Indian 
Economy,” by Sol Tax, were released for distribution on April 2 and 
June 16, 1953, respectively. 

On December 31, 1952, the employment of Dr. George M. Foster, 
Director, was terminated through a reduction-in-force action; and 
anthropologists Isabel T. Kelly, Charles J. Erasmus, Ozzie Simmons, 
and Kalervo Oberg were transferred to the Institute of Inter-Ameri- 
can Affairs. 

ARCHIVES 

An apparent increase in public interest concerning American 
Indians, particularly those of the West, has resulted in greater 
demands on the large photographic collections. For the period from 
March 1 to June 30, 1953, 288 prints, together with data concerning 
them, were furnished in response to 104 requests. 


90 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


During this same period 77 manuscripts were consulted, and 12 
orders for microfilm and photostatic copies were filled. 

Numerous gifts of photographs and manuscripts were received 
during the year. New linguistic materials accessioned included a 
portion of a Ponca-English vocabulary and a number of hymns 
translated in the Omaha language. This material, prepared in 1872 
by J. O. Dorsey, was presented to the Bureau by Mrs. Virginia Dorsey 
Lightfoot. A portion of an English-Choctaw vocabulary prepared 
by Cyrus Byington about 1860 was presented by Donald D. McKay. 
The Historical and Philosophical Society of Ohio presented a news- 
paper of 1874 in the Creek language. 


ILLUSTRATIONS 


The time of the illustrator was spent in preparing and executing 
illustrations and maps for Bureau and River Basin Surveys publica- 
tions and for research associates, and making posters, graphs, charts, 
diagrams, and maps, and repairing and altering illustrations for the 
editorial division and other departments of the Institution. Floor 
plans and front elevations also were executed for the Smithsonian 
planning committee. 


EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS 


There were issued 1 Annual Report, 5 Bulletins, and 3 Publications 
of the Institute of Social Anthropology, as follows: 


Sixty-ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1951-1952. 
ii+30 pp. 1953. 
Bulletin 145. The Indian tribes of North America, by John R. Swanton. vi+726 
pp., 5 maps. 1952. 
Bulletin 150. The modal personality structure of the Tuscarora Indians, as 
revealed by the Rorschach test, by Anthony F. C. Wallace. viii++-120 pp., 1 pl., 
8 figs. 1952. 
Bulletin 151. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 33-42. ix+507 pp., 37 pls., 25 figs., 
7 maps. 1953. 
No. 33. “Of the Crow Nation,” by Edwin Thompson Denig. Edited, with 
biographical sketch and footnotes, by John C. Ewers. 
No. 34. The water lily in Maya art: A complex of alleged Asiatic origin, by 
Robert L. Rands. 
No. 35. The Medicine Bundles of the Florida Seminole and the Green Corn 
Dance, by Louis Capron. 
No. 36. Technique in the music of the American Indian, by Frances 
Densmore. 
No. 37. The belief of the Indian in a connection between song and the 
supernatural, by Frances Densmore. 
No. 38. Aboriginal fish poisons, by Robert F. Heizer. 
No. 389. Aboriginal navigation off the coasts of Upper and Baja California, 
by Robert F. Heizer and William C. Massey. 
No. 40. Exploration of an Adena mound at Natrium, West Virginia, by 
Ralph S. Solecki. 
No. 41. The Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by D. B. Shimkin. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT QO] 


No. 42. Current trends in the Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by Fred W. 
Voget. 

Bulletin 153. La Venta, Tabasco: A study of Olmec ceramics and art, by Philip 
Drucker. x-+257 pp., 66 pls., 64 figs. 1952. 

Bulletin 155. Prehistoric settlement patterns in the Virii Valley, Pert, by 
Gordon R. Willey. xxii+453 pp., 60 pls., 88 figs. 1953. 

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 18. The Tajin Totonac. Part 
1. History, subsistence, shelter, and technology, by Isabel Kelly and Angel 
Palerm. xiv-+369 pp., 33 pls., 69 figs., 18 maps. 1952. 

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 15. Indian tribes of northern 
Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg. With appendix entitled “Anthro- 
pometry of the Umotina, Nambicuara, and Iranxe, with comparative data from 
other northern Mato Grosso tribes,” by Marshall T. Newman. vii-+144 pp., 
10 pls., 2 figs., 3 maps, 14 charts. 1953. 

Institute of Social Anthropology Publication No. 16. Penny capitalism: A 
Guatemalan Indian economy, by Sol Tax. x-+230 pp., 6 maps, 19 charts. 1953. 
The following publications were in press at the close of the fiscal 

year: 

Bulletin 152. Index to Schooleraft’s “Indian Tribes of the United States,” com- 
piled by Frances S. Nichols. 

Bulletin 154. River Basin Surveys Papers: Inter-Agency Archeological Salvage 
Program. Nos. 1-6. 

No.1. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Summary 
report on the Missouri River Basin Archeological Survey in 1948, by 
Waldo R. Wedel. 

No. 2. Prehistory and the Missouri Valley Development Program: Summary 
report on the Missouri Basin Archeological Survey in 1949, by Waldo R. 
Wedel. 

No. 3. The Woodruff Ossuary, a prehistoric burial site in Phillips County, 
Kans., by Marvin F. Kivett. 

No. 4. The Addicks Dam sites: 

I. An archeological survey of the Addicks Dam basin, Southeast Texas, 
by Joe Ben Wheat. 
II. Indian skeletal remains from the Doering and Kobs sites, Addicks 
Reservoir, Tex., by Marshall T. Newman. 
No. 5. The Hodges site: 
I. Two rock shelters near Tucumeari, N. Mex., by Herbert W. Dick. 
II. Geology of the Hodges site, Quay County, N. Mex., by Sheldon Judson. 

No. 6. The Rembert Mounds, Elbert County, Ga., by Joseph R. Caldwell. 

Appendix. List of River Basin Surveys reports published in other series. 

Bulletin 156. The Iroquois Eagle Dance, an offshoot of the Calumut Dance, by 
William N. Fenton, with an analysis of the Iroquois Eagle Dance and songs, by 
Gertrude Prokosch Kurath. 

Bulletin 157. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 43-48. 

No. 48. Stone Monuments of the Rio Chiquito, Veracruz, Mexico, by Mat- 
thew W. Stirling. 

No. 44. The Cerro de las Mesas offering of jade and other materials, by 
Philip Drucker. 

No. 45. Archeological materials from the vicinity of Mobridge, S. Dak., by 
Waldo R. Wedel. 

No. 46. The original Strachey vocabulary of the Virginia Indian language, 
by John P. Harrington. 

No. 47. The Sun Dance of the Northern Ute, by John Alan Jones. 

No. 48. Some manifestations of water in Mesoamerican art, by Robert L. 
Rands. 


92 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Publications distributed totaled 38,596, as compared with 21,505 for 
the fiscal year 1952. 


COLLECTIONS 

Ace. No. 

188983. 7 ethnological specimens from States of Washington and California, and 
from the Amazon Basin; 120 archeological specimens from Texas, 
México and Panama. 

195312. (Through Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr.) Plesiosaur skeleton and spine of 
hybodont shark from Graneros formation, Newcastle member, in Key- 
hole Reservoir area, Crook County, Wyo., collected in June 1952 by Dr. 
Theodore E. White, River Basin Surveys. 

195942. Approximately 74 fossil vertebrates from Oligocene and Miocene de- 
posits of Canyon Ferry Reservoir area in Montana, and 4 mollusks, 
collected August 1952, by Dr. Theodore E. White, River Basin Surveys. 

195943. Skeleton, without skull, of fossil reptile from Tongue River member of 
Fort Union formation in the Fort Garrison Reservoir area, North 
Dakota, collected in September 1952 by Dr. Theodore E. White, River 
Basin Surveys. 

197275. Archeological materials excavated by field party under Franklin Fenenga 
at Slick Rock Village, Tulare County, Calif., River Basin Surveys. 

197689. 144 specimens from Georgia including deeply weathered flint artifacts 
from Macon Plateau, Bibb County, and 1 lot of chips, probably from old 
Oconeetown, Milledgeville, Baldwin County. 

197886. Bones of 2 species of birds from State of Washington. River Basin 
Surveys. 

198525. 613 archeological surface specimens from Hufaula Reservoir, Onapa and 
Canadian Reservoir areas, southeastern Oklahoma, collected August 
and September 1948 by David J. Wenner, Jr., River Basin Surveys. 

198526. 380 archeological surface specimens from the Eufaula (Gaines Creek) 
Reservoir, southeastern Oklahoma, collected July and August 1950 by 
Leonard G. Johnson, River Basin Surveys. 

198527. 54 archeological surface specimens from Optima Reservoir, North 
Canadian River, Texas County, Okla., collected August 1950 by Leonard 
G. Johnson, River Basin Surveys. 


MISCELLANEOUS 


Dr. Frances Densmore, Dr. John R. Swanton, and Dr. Antonio J. 
Waring, Jr., continued as collaborators of the Bureau of American 
Ethnology. On November 14, 1952, Ralph S. Solecki was named 
collaborator in archeology. 

On February 24, 1953, Mrs. Margaret C. Blaker joined the staff of 
the Bureau as archives assistant. 

Information was furnished during the past year by members of the 
Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning the American 
Indians, past and present, of both continents. The increased number 
of requests from teachers, particularly from primary and secondary 
grades, from Scout organizations, and from the general public, indi- 
cates a rapidly growing interest in the American Indian. Various 
specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them fur- 
nished for their owners. 

Respectfully submitted. 

M. W. Stieiine, Director. 

Dr. Lronarp CARMICHAEL, 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 6 
Report on the International Exchange Service 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- 
ties of the International Exchange Service for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 1953: 

The Smithsonian Institution is the official United States agency for 
the exchange with other nations of governmental, scientific, and lit- 
erary publications. The International Exchange Service, initiated 
by the Smithsonian Institution in the early years of its existence for 
the interchange of scientific publications between learned societies and 
individuals in the United States and those of foreign countries, serves 
as a means of developing and executing in part the broad and compre- 
hensive objective, “the diffusion of knowledge.” It was later desig- 
nated by the United States Government as the agency for the trans- 
mission of official documents to selected depositories throughout the 
world, and it continues to execute the exchanges pursuant to conven- 
tions, treaties, and other international agreements. 

The number of packages of publications received for transmission 
during the year increased by 20,324 to the yearly total of 1,021,938, 
and the total weight of the packages of publications increased by 
29,475 to the yearly total of 855,102 pounds. The average weight of 
the individual package increased to 13.38 ounces, as compared to the 
13.18-ounce average for the fiscal year of 1952. The publications 
received from both the foreign and domestic sources for shipment are 
classified as shown in the following table: 


Classification Packages Weight 


Number Number Pounds Pounds 
United States parliamentary documents sent abroad -_-- S71 S83 be so 14 8 Pi eah! 1 eo 
cle ae received in return for parliamentary docu- 


Ct - Se ee pete eer Re ee 20, 588 
United States departmental documents sent abroad_--- BOG oe Boece Pe IE Bes ec 
cee ensions received in return for departmental docu- 

2 we th LO ee a eS pe cee ee (a ae V1 Sy da (eae ere 22, 793 
Miscellaivoas scientific and literary publications sent 
yon LE IE a aS Sa eo ee re UTS ES 5 Gh be esac pM tear pear 
Riiacolicacods scientific and literary publications re- 
ceived from abroad for distribution in the United 
Sereue enney e 2e Bs eer oe 5! Soe bh ewe de ae ak el oekiese Gy BER ends teers. 112, 510 
PS si ce Se ee a ee ee ae ee ae 931, 937 90, 001 699, 211 155, 891 
Soil Ga) | Oph a a a A ee Oe AS) ee 1, 021, 938 855, 102 


The packages of publications are forwarded to the exchange bureaus 
of foreign countries by freight or, where shipment by such means is 
impractical, to the addressees by direct mail. The number of boxes 


93 


94 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


shipped to the foreign exchange bureaus was 2,649, or 409 less than 
for the previous year. Of these boxes 802 were for depositories of 
full sets of United States Government documents, these publica- 
tions being furnished in exchange for the official publications of for- 
eign governments which are received for deposit in the Library of 
Congress. The number of packages forwarded by mail and by means 
other than freight was 205,666. 

Owing to the insufficiency of funds for transportation it was neces- 
sary to suspend shipments to the foreign exchange bureaus on March 
15. Fortunately, the Institution was able to secure a grant of $6,000 
from the National Science Foundation for the transportation of ex- 
change publications. This was made available to the International 
Exchange Service in the latter part of May, and between that time 
and the end of June $5,110.18 was expended for the shipment of 
98,945 pounds that would otherwise have been delayed pending the 
receipt of the appropriation for the fiscal year of 1954. The remain- 
ing amount will be used in July pending the availability of the new 
appropriation. ‘The grant made it possible for the Internationa] Ex- 
change Service to effect delivery of these important scientific publica- 
tions to the foreign addressees at least a month earlier than would 
otherwise have been possible. It not only eliminated the necessity for 
additional storage space, decreased handling, and lessened the prob- 
able percentage of error in transmission, but also obviated the neces- 
sity for a great deal of correspondence regarding the nonreceipt of 
publications. 

Transportation rates continue to increase and are primarily respon- 
sible for the 235,422 pounds of publications that remained unshipped 
at the end of the fiscal year. 

No shipments are being made to China, North Korea, or Rumania. 
Publications intended for addressees in Formosa and formerly sent 
through the Chinese Exchange Bureau at Nanking are now forwarded 
by direct mail. 

Regulations of the Office of International Trade, Department of 
Commerce, provide that each package of publications exported bear a 
general license symbo] and a legend “Export License Not Required,” 
and the International Exchange Service accepts for transmission to 
foreign destinations only those packages of publications to which the 
general license symbol and legend have been applied by the consignor. 


FOREIGN DEPOSITORIES OF GOVERNMENTAL DOCUMENTS 


The number of sets of United States official publications received 
by the Exchange Service for transmission abroad in return for the 
official] publications sent by foreign governments for deposit in the 
Library of Congress is now 105 (63 full and 42 partial sets), listed 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 95 


below. Changes that occurred during the year are shown in the 


footnotes. 
DEPOSITORIES OF FULL SETS 


ARGENTINA: Divisién Biblioteca, Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores y Culto, 
Buenos Aires. 

AUSTRALIA: Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra. 
New SoutH WALEs: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney. 
QUEENSLAND: Parliamentary Library, Brisbane. 

SoutH AUSTRALIA: Public Library of South Australia, Adelaide. 

TASMANIA: Parliamentary Library, Hobart. 

Victoria: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne. 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. 
AustTrIA: Administrative Library, Federal Chancellery, Vienna. 
BELGIUM: Bibliothéque Royale, Bruxelles. 

BrAzi_: Biblioteca Nacional, Rio de Janciro. 

ButeaRia: Bulgarian Bibliographical Institute, Sofia. 

BurMA: Government Book Depot, Rangoon. 

CANADA: Library of Parliament, Ottawa. 

MANITOBA: Provincial Library, Winnipeg. 

OnTaARIO: Legislative Library, Toronto. 

QuesBeEc: Library of the Legislature of the Province of Quebec. 
CEYLON: Department of Information, Government of Ceylon, Colombo. 
CHILE: Biblioteca Nacional, Santiago. 

CHINA: Ministry of Education, National Library, Nanking, China.’ 
Prereine: National Library of Peiping.’ 

CoLoMBIA: Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota. 

Costa Rica: Biblioteca Nacional, San José. 

Cusa: Ministerio de Estado, Canje Internacional, Habana. 

CZECHOSLOVAKIA: National and University Library, Prague. 

DENMARK: Institut Danios des Exchanges Internationaux, Copenhagen. 

Ecypt: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo. 

FINLAND: Parliamentary Library, Helsinki. 

FRANCE: Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris. 

GERMANY: Offentliche Wissenschaftliche Biblothek, Berlin. 
Parliamentary Library, Bonn. 

Free University of Berlin, Berlin.’ 

GREAT BRITAIN: 

ENGLAND: British Museum, London. 

Lonpon: London School of Economics and Political Science. (Depository 

of the London County Council.) 

Hungary: Library of Parliament, Budapest. 

Inp1A: National Library, Calcutta. 

Central Secretariat Library, New Delhi. 

INDONESIA: Ministry for Foreign Affairs, Djakarta. 

IRELAND: National Library of Ireland, Dublin. 

IsRAEL: Government Archives and Library, Hakirya. 

IraLty: Ministerio della Publica Istruzione, Rome. 

JAPAN: National Diet Library, Tokyo.’ 

Mexico: Secretaria de Relaciones Dxteriores, Departamento de Informacién para 

el Extranjero, México, D. F. 
1 Shipment suspended. 


2? Added during year. 
® Receives two sets. 


96 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


NETHERLANDS: Royal Library, The Hague. 

New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. 

Norway: Utenriksdepartmentets Bibliothek, Oslo. 

PAKISTAN: Central Secretariat Library, Karachi. 

Peru: Seccién de Propaganda y Publicaciones, Ministerio de Relaciones Ex- 
teriores, Lima. 

PHILIPPINES: Bureau of Public Libraries, Department of Education, Manila. 

PoLAND: Bibliothéque Nacionale, Warsaw. 

PortTUGAL: Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. 

Sparn : Biblioteca Nacional, Madrid. 

SWEDEN : Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm. 

SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque Centrale Fédérale, Berne. 

TurKEY: Department of Printing and Engraving, Ministry of Education, 
Istanbul. . 

UnIon oF SoutH AFrica: State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal. 

UnIon OF Soviet SocraAList REPpusLics: All-Union Lenin Library, Moscow 115. 

UnitTep Nations: Library of the United Nations, Geneva, Switzerland. 

Urvuauay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo. 

VENEZUELA: Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas. 

Yuaostavia: Bibliografski Institut, Belgrade.’ 


DEPOSITORIES OF PARTIAL SETS 


AFGHANISTAN: Library of the Afghan Academy, Kabul. 

ANGLO-EGYPTIAN SuDAN: Gordon Memorial College, Khartoum. 

Bo ivia: Biblioteca del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores y Culto, La Paz. 
BRAZIL: 

Minas GERAIS: Directoria Geral de Estatistica em Minas, Belo Horizonte. 
BRITISH GUIANA: Government Secretary’s Office, Georgetown, Demerara. 
CANADA: 

ALBERTA: Provincial Library, Edmonton. 

British CoLumMBIA: Provincial Library, Victoria. 

NEw Brunswick: Legislative Library, Fredericton. 

NEWFOUNDLAND: Department of Provincial Affairs, St. John’s. 

Nova Scotia: Provincial Secretary of Novia Scotia, Halifax. 

SASKATCHEWAN: Legislative Library, Regina. 

DoMINICAN REPUBLIC: Biblioteca de la Universidad de Santo Domingo, Ciudad 
Trujillo. 
Ecuabor: Biblioteca Nacional, Quito. 
EL SALVADOR: 
Biblioteca Nacional, San Salvador. 
Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, San Salvador. 
GREECE: National Library, Athens. 
GUATEMALA: Biblioteca Nacional, Guatemala. 
Hair1I: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince. 
HONDURAS: 
Biblioteca y Archivo Nacionales, Tegucigalpa. 
Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Tegucigalpa. 
IcELAND: National Library, Reykjavik. 
INDIA: 
Brin ak AND Orissa: Revenue Department, Patna. 
Bompay : Undersecretary to the Government of Bombay, General Department 
Bombay. 


i ae 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 97 


Inp1Aa—Continued 

UNITED PROVINCES OF AGRA AND OUDH: 

University of Allahabad, Allahabad, 
Secretariat Library, Uttar Pradesh, Lucknow. 
West Benear: Library, West Bengal Legislative Secretariat, Assembly 
House, Calcutta. 

IRAN: Imperial Ministry of Education, Tehran. 
TraQ: Public Library, Baghdad. 
JAMAICA: Colonial Secretary, Kingston. 

University College of the West Indies, St. Andrew. 
LEBANON: American University of Beirut, Beirut. 
LIBERIA: Department of State, Monrovia. 
MALayA: Federal Secretariat, Federation of Malaya, Kuala Lumpur. 
Matta: Minister for the Treasury, Valleta. 
NICARAGUA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Managua. 
PAKISTAN: Chief Secretary to the Government of Punjab, Lahore. 
PANAMA: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Panama. 
ParRaGuAYy: Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Seccién Biblioteca, Asuncidén. 
ScotTLaNpD: National Library of Scotland, Edinburgh. 
Sram: National Library, Bangkok. 
S1nGAporEe: Chief Secretary, Government Offices, Singapore. 
Vatican City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City, Italy. 


INTERPARLIAMENTARY EXCHANGE OF THE OFFICIAL JOURNAL 


There are now being sent abroad 92 copies of the Federal Register 
and 102 copies of the Congressional Record. This is an increase over 
the preceding year of 5 copies of the Federal Register and 8 copies 
of the Congressional Record. The countries to which these journals 
are being forwarded are given in the following list. 


DEPOSITORIES OF CONGRESSIONAL RECORD AND FEDERAL REGISTER 


ARGENTINA: 

Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Buenos Aires. 

Biblioteca del Poder Judicial, Mendoza.‘ 

Boletin Oficial de la Republica Argentina, Ministerio de Justica e Instruc- 

cién Publica, Buenos Aires. 

Camara de Diputados Oficina de Informaci6n Parlamentaria, Buenos Aires. 
AUSTRALIA: 

Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra. 

New SoutH WaAtEs: Library of Parliament of New South Wales, Sydney. 

QUEENSLAND: Chief Secretary’s Office, Brisbane. 

Victoria: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne.‘ 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Library of Parliament of Western Australia, Perth. 
BRAZIL: 

Biblioteca da Camera dos Deputados, Rio de Janeiro. 

Secretaria de Presidencia, Rio de Janeiro.® 

AMAZONAS: Archivo, Biblioteca e Imprensa Publica, Mandos. 

BaHIA: Governador do Estado da Bahia, Sio Salvador. 

Espirito SANTO: Presidencia do Estado do Espirito Santo, Victoria. 

Rrio GRANDE Do Sut: Imprensa Oficial do Estado, Porto Alegre. 

SERGIPE: Biblioteca Publica do Estado de Sergipe, Aracaju. 

SAo PavLo: Imprensa Oficial do Estada, Sio Paulo. 


*Federal Register only. 
5 Congressianal Record only. 


98 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


BritisH Honpuras: Colonial Secretary, Belize. 
CANADA? 

Library of Parliament, Ottawa. 

Clerk of the Senate, Houses of Parliament, Ottawa. 
CeYLoN: Ceylon Ministry of Defense and External Affairs, Colombo.* 
CHINA: 

Legislative Yuan, Taipei, Taiwan.’ * 

Taiwan Provincial Government, Taipei, Taiwan.’ 
CuBA: 

Biblioteca del Capitolio, Habana. 

Biblioteca Publica Panamericana, Habana.* 

Biblioteca Marti, Camara de Representantes, Habana. 
CzECHOSLOVAKIA: Library of the Czechoslovak National Assembly, Prague.® 
Ecyet: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Egyptian Government, Cairo.° 
Ex SAtvapor: Library, National Assembly, San Salvador. 

FRANCE: 

Bibliothéque Assemblée Nationale, Paris. 

Bibliothéque Conseil de la République, Paris. 

Library, Organization for European Economic Cooperation, Paris.* 

Publiques de l’Institut de Droit Comparé, Université de Paris, Paris.* 

Research Department, Council of Europe, Strasbourg.® 

Service de la Documentation Etrangére, Assemblée Nationale, Paris.* 
GERMANY: 

Amerika-Institut der Universitit Miinchen, Miinchen.® 

Archiv, Deutscher Bundesrat, Bonn. 

Bibliotek der Instituts fiir Weltwirtschaft an der Universitat Kiel, Kiel-Wik. 

Bibliothek Hessischer Landtag, Wiesbaden.’ * 

Der Bayrische Landtag, Munich.*° 

Deutscher Bundesrat, Bonn.* 

Deutscher Bundestag, Bonn.® 
GREAT BRITAIN: 

Department of Printed Books, British Museum, London.* 

House of Commons Library, London.® 

Printed Library of the Foreign Office, London. 

Royal Institute of International Affairs, London.® 
GREECE: Bibliothéque, Chambre des Députés Hellénique, Athens. 
GUATEMALA: Biblioteca de la Asamblea Legislativa, Guatemala. 
Haiti: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince. 

Honpvuras: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Tegucigalpa. 
INDIA: 

Civil Secretariat Library, Lucknow, United Provinces.‘ 

Indian Council of World Affairs, New Delhi. 

Legislative Assembly Library, Lucknow, United Provinces. 

Legislative Assembly Library, Trivandrum.?* 

Legislative Department, Simla. 

Parliament Library, New Delhi.® 

Servants of India Society, Poona.?*® 
IRELAND: Dail Eireann, Dublin. 

IsRAEL: Library of the Knesset, Jerusalem.? 
ITALY: 
Biblioteca Camera dei Deputati, Rome. 
Biblioteca del Senato della Republica, Rome. 


® Three copies. 


~~ e—_ ci 


SECRETARY'S REPORT 99 
ITaLy—Continued 
European Office, Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, 
Rome.‘ 


International Institute for the Unification of Private Law, Rome.* 
JAPAN: Library of the National Diet, Tokyo. 
Korea: Secretary General, National Assembly, Pusan. 
LuxEMBOouRG: Assemblée Commune de la C. E. C. A., Luxembourg.’ 
MExIco: 
Direccién General Informacién, Secretaria de Gobernacion, México, Die 
Biblioteca Benjamin Franklin, México, D. F. 
AGUASCALIENTES: Gobernador del Estado de Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes. 
Basa CALIFORNIA: Gobernador del Distrito Norte, Mexicali. 
CAMPECHE: Gobernador del Estado de Campeche, Campeche. 
CHIAPAS: Gobernador del Estado de Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutiérrez. 
CHIHUAHUA: Gobernador del Estado de Chihuahua, Chihuahua. 
CoAHUILA: Periéddico Oficial del Estado de Coahuila, Palacio de Gobierno, 
Saltillo. 
Corima: Gobernador del Estado de Colima, Colima. 
Durango: Gobernador Constitucional del Estado de Durango, Durango. 
GUANAJUATO: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado, Guanajuato. 
GUERRERO: Gobernador del Estado de Guerrero, Chilpancingo. 
JALIsco: Biblioteca del Estado, Guadalajara. 
Mexico: Gaceta del Gobierno, Toluca. 
MicHoacAn: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado de Michoacin, 
Morelia. 
MorELos: Palacio de Gobierno, Cuernavaca. 
Nayarit: Gobernador de Nayarit, Tepic. 
Nuevo Leon: Biblioteca del Estado, Monterrey. 
OaxAcA: Periddico Oficial, Palacia de Gobierno, Oaxaca. 
Pursia: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Puebla. 
QUERETARO: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién de Archivo, Querétaro. 
San LuIs Potosf: Congreso del Estado, San Luis Potosi. 
SINALOA: Gobernador del Estado de Sinaloa, Culiacan. 
Sonora: Gobernador del Estado de Sonora, Hermosillo. 
TABASCO: Secretaria de Gobierno, Sessién 3a, Ramo de Prensa, Villahermosa. 
TAMAULIPAS: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Victoria. 
TLAXCALA: Secretaria de Gobierno del Estado, Tlaxcala. 
VERACRUZ: Gobernador del Estado de Veracruz, Departamento de Gober- 
nacién y Justicia, Jalapa. 
YucaTAN : Gobernador del Estado de Yucatéin, Mérida. 
NETHERLANDS: Koninklijke Bibliotheek, The Hague.‘ 
NEW ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. 
Norway: Library of the Norwegian Parliament, Oslo. 
PAKISTAN: Punjab Legislative Assembly Department, Lahore. 
PANAMA: Biblioteca Nacional, Panama City.’° 
Peru: Camara de Diputados, Lima. 
PoLanpD: Ministry of Justice, Warsaw.* 
PorTUGAL: Secretaria de Assembla National, Lisbon.* 
PorTUGUESE TIMoR: Reparticio Central de Administracio Civil, Dili.* 
SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque, Bureau International du Travail, Geneva.‘ 
International Labor Office, Geneva.‘ ‘ 
Library, United Nations, Geneva. 


™T wo copies. 


100 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA: 
Care or Goop Hore: Library of Parliament, Cape Town. 
TRANSVAAL: State Library, Pretoria. 
UNION or Sovrer Soctatist Repusiics: Fundamental’niia Biblioteka, Ob- 
shchestvennykh, Nauk, Moscow.* 
Urueuay: Diario Oficial, Calle Florida 1178, Montevideo. 
VENEZUELA: Biblioteca del Congreso, Caracas. 


FOREIGN EXCHANGE SERVICES 


Exchange publications for addresses in the countries listed below 
are forwarded by freight to the exchange services of those countries. 
Exchange publications for addresses in other countries are forwarded 
directly to the addresses by mail. 


LIST OF EXCHANGE SERVICES 


AuUstTriA: Austrian National Library, Vienna. 

BeLcIuM: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale de Belgique, 
Bruxelles. 

CHINA: Bureau of International Exchange, National Central Library, Nanking. 

CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Bureau of International Exchanges, National and University 
Library, Prague. 

DENMARE: Institut Danois des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale, 
Copenhagen K. 

Eeypt: Government Press, Publications Office, Bulag, Cairo. 

FINLAND: Delegation of the Scientific Societies, Snellmaninkatu 9-11, Helsinki. 

FRANCE: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale, 58 Rue 
de Richelieu, Paris. 

GERMANY: Notgemeinschaft der Deutschen Wissenschaft, Bad Godesberg. 

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND: Wheldon & Wesley, 83/84 Berwick Street, London, 
Ww. 1. 

Huncary: Hungarian Libraries Board, Ferenciektere 5, Budapest, IV. 

InpIA: Superintendent of Government Printing and Stationary, Bombay. 

INDONESIA: Department of Cultural Affairs and Education, Djakarta. 

ISRAEL: Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem. 

IraLy: Ufficio degli Scambi Internazionali, Ministero della Publica Istruzione, 
Rome. 

JAPAN: Division of International Affairs, National Diet Library, Tokyo. 

NETHERLANDS: International Exchange Bureau of the Netherlands, Royal Li- 
brary, The Hague. 

NEw SouTH WALES: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney. 

NEw ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington. 

Norway: Service Norvégien des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de l’Uni- 
versité Royale, Oslo. 

PHILIPPINES: Bureau of Public Libraries, Department of Education, Manila. 

PoLaNp: Service Polonais des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale, 
Warsaw. 

PorTUGAL: Seccio de Trocas Internacionais, Biblioteca Nacional, Lisbon. 

QUEENSLAND: Bureau of Exchanges of International Publications, Chief Secre- 
tary’s Office, Brisbane. 


1 


® Between the United States and England only. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 101 


Rumania: Ministére de la Propagande Nationale, Service des Echanges Inter- 
nationaux, Bucharest.’ 

SoutH AvUsTRALIA: South Australian Government Exchanges Bureau, Govern- 
ment Printing and Stationary Office, Adelaide. 

Spain: Junta de Intercambio y Adquisicién de Libros y Revistas para Bibliote- 
eas Publicas, Ministerio de Educaci6én Nacional, Avenida Calvo Sotelo 20, 
Madrid. 

SwEDEN: Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm. 

SwITzERLAND: Service Suisse des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Cen- 
trale Fédérale, Palais Fédéral, Berne. 

TASMANIA: Secretary of the Premier, Hobart. 

TurKEY: Ministry of Education, Department of Printing and Engraving, 
Istanbul. 

UNION or SouTH Arrica: Government Printing and Stationary Office, Cape Town, 
Cape of Good Hope. 

UNION oF Soviet SoOcIALIsT REPUBLIcS: Bureau of Book Exchange, State Lenin 
Library, Moscow 19. 

Vicroria: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne. 

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth. 

YUGOSLAVIA: Bibliografski Institut FNRJ, Belgrade. 


Respectfully submitted. 
D. G. Wru1aMs, Chief. 
Dr. Lronarp CARMICHAEL, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 7 


Report on the National Zoological Park 


Sir: Transmitted herewith is a report on the operations of the 
National Zoological Park for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1953. 

This year showed a considerable increase over last in accessions to 
the Zoo. In all, 810 accessions, comprising 1,797 individual animals, 
were added to the collection during the year by gifts, deposits, pur- 
chases, exchanges, births, and hatchings. Among these were many rare 
specimens never before shown in this Zoo. The addition of new kinds 
of animals enhances the value of the collection, which is maintained 
not only for exhibition but also for research and education, thus foster- 
ing the Smithsonian’s established purpose of “the increase and diffu- 
sion of knowledge.” Opportunities for research are afforded students 
of biology, particularly vertebrate zoology, as well as artists, pho- 
tographers, and writers. Methods of study that do not endanger the 
welfare of animals or the safety of the public are encouraged. 

Services of the staff included answering in person or by phone, 
mail, or telegraph questions regarding animals and their care and 
transportation; furnishing to other zoos and other agencies, public 
and private, information regarding structures for housing animals; 
cooperating with other agencies of Federal, State, and municipal 
governments in research work; and preparing manuscripts for 
publication. 

The stone restaurant building, which was constructed in the Park 
in 1940, is leased at $46,212 a year. This money is deposited in the 
United States Treasury. The concessionaire serves meals and light 
refreshments and sells souvenirs. 


THE EXHIBITS 


Animals for exhibition are acquired by gift, deposit, purchase, 
exchange, birth, and hatching, and are removed by death, exchange, 
or return of those on deposit. Although depositors are at liberty to 
remove their specimens, many leave them permanently. 

As in any colony of living things, there is a steady turnover, and 
the exhibits are constantly changing. Thus, the inventory of speci- 
mens in the collection on June 30 of each year does not show all the 
kinds of animals that were exhibited during the year, for sometimes 
creatures of outstanding interest at the time they were shown are no 
longer in the collection at the time the inventory is made. 


102 


Secretary's Report, 1953.—Appendix 7 PLATE 6 


Upper right: Allen’s monkeys. These two were the first specimens of their kind to be 
exhibited in the National Zoological Park and, with the exception of two others rece rae 
at the San Diego Zoo at about the same time, the first to be exhibited in the United States. 
They are extremely rare, less than a dozen specimens having heretofore been in zoos or 
museums anywhere in the world. 

Lower left: Young Brazilian sa tailed otter. This is the first one to be exhibited in the 
National Zoological Park, or, possibly, in the United States. These are large otters that 
inhabit streams of the Beene Basin. The feet are as fully webbed as the common 


river otter, and the tail is flattened in a peculiar manner. 
Photographs by Ernest P. Walker. 


Secretary's Report, 1953.—Appendix 7 PLATE 7 


Right: Frilled lizard of Australia, in a defensive attitude{but without,its-frill or ruff being 
fully extended as it is when the lizard is annoyed. ‘This and another specimen were the 
first to be exhibited in the National Zoological Park. On the limb beneath, an Austral- 
ian bearded lizard. On the throat are large folds of skin which the animal extends when 
angry to produce a threatening appearance. 

Lower left: European midwife toad. The female lays her eggs in a strand somewhat like 
beads strung on acord. The male then wraps them around his body in front of his hind 
legs and cares for them until they hatch. 


Photographs by Ernest P. Walker. 


SECRETARY'S REPORT 103 


The United States National Museum is given first choice of all 
specimens that die in the Zoo. If they are not desired for the 
Museum they are then made available to other institutions or scien- 
tific workers. Thus the value of the specimen continues long after 


it is dead. 
ACCESSIONS 


GIFTS AND DEPOSITS 


The Zoo has been particularly fortunate in having friends who have 
showed their sincere interest by bringing in specimens, or arranging 
for acquisitions from foreign countries. During the year, the follow- 
ing have made valuable contributions to the collection : 

Lt. Col. Robert Traub, Chief, Department of Entomology, Medical 
Service Graduate School, Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Wash- 
ington, D. C., supplied animals from Malaya, Borneo, and Korea. 

Thomas McKnew, of the National Geographic Society, interested 
Sir Gordon H. A. MacMillan of MacMillan, Governor and Com- 
mander in Chief of Gibraltar, in presenting two Barbary apes. 

Dr. Robert E. Kuntz, of the United States Naval Medical Research 
Unit No. 3, Cairo, Egypt, and George Malakatis, gave reptiles that 
they had obtained in Egypt. 

Dr. Donald J. Pletsch, of the World Health Organization at Taipeh, 
Taiwan, sent a fine, tame civet (Paguma larvata taviana), a form 
found only on the island of Formosa. This was the first of its kind 
exhibited in the Zoo. 

Dr. Egberto Garcia S., Director of the Department of Public Health 
of Ecuador, sent two large Galapagos turtles. 

The Honorable Carlton Skinner, Governor of Guam, gave three 
East Indian monitor lizards. 

Forest Bartl, of Edgewater, Md., presented a specimen of the 
beautiful eclectus parrot, a native of the Papuan Islands and rare in 
collections. 

_ Mrs. Helen B. Irwin, Washington, D. C., gave a beautiful sulphur- 
crested cockatoo. 

Paul M. Menendez and Bernard F. Salb, both of Washington, D. C., 
each presented a white-armed marmoset. 

The National Institutes of Health deposited a chimpanzee. 

The Round Table Kennels, of Middletown, Del., presented 12 young 
blue peafowl. 

Dorothy Schenck, Willimantic, Conn., gave a ball python. 

The United States Fish and Wildlife Service, through various mem- 
bers of its staff, continued to assist during the year in maintaining 
an interesting collection. 


275494—53——_8 


104 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


J. E. Bannister, St. Leonards, Md., went to considerable effort to 
bring to the Zoo a scarlet king snake, one of the more beautifully 
marked of North American snakes, and very rare in this region. 

The Philadelphia Zoological Gardens gave two Arctic foxes. 

Dr. E. Raymond Hall and Richard P. Grossenheider, of the Uni- 
versity of Kansas, presented two Point Barrow lemmings; these are 
rare in collections because they do not ordinarily thrive in capitivity. 

W. W. Dornin, Phoenix, Ariz., personally collected and shipped to 
the Zoo representatives of 13 species of reptiles of the southwestern 
United States. 

Superintendent Curtis Reid, of the District of Columbia Jail, and 
William Stokes gave a Virginia deer that had been raised from a 
fawn at the jail. 

Mrs. Fred J. McKay, Arlington, Va., gave an American crocodile. 

This year, as in many years past, various individuals have deposited 
in the Zoo animals to which they desired to retain title. ‘These 
specimens are most acceptable additions to the exhibits. Depositors 
are assured that the animals will receive routine care, but the Zoo 
assumes no responsibility for their return or no obligation to replace 
any that do not survive. 

This year a group of 42 mammals and reptiles was deposited by 
Gordon Gaver, who operates an animal exhibit at Thurmont, Md., 
during the summer. He deposited his specimens with the Zoo 
in the fall and removed them in the spring. 

A similar procedure has been adopted by M. A. Stroop, of New 
Market, Va., who deposited 68 specimens with us this year. 

There was a decided increase in the number of spectacled caimans 
(Caiman sclerops) received as gifts, due to the fact that Florida is 
now prohibiting exportation of baby alligators and so dealers are 
selling instead young spectacled caimans from Central and South 
America, and many of these eventually reach the zoos. 


DEPOSITORS AND DONORS AND THEIR GIFTS 


(Deposits are marked *; unless otherwise indicated, addresses of donors are 
Washington, D. C.) 


Aben, Jerry, 8 golden hamsters, *golden | Anderson, Mrs. M., 2 cardinals. 


hamster. Animal Rescue League, woodcock. 
Abramson, Karen, Alexandria, Va., 2| Animal Welfare League, Arlington, Va., 
Pekin ducks. skunk. 
Adair, Ralph, Chevy Chase, Md.,| Army Medical Service, through Col. 
opossum. : y Robert Traub, *2 rajah tree rats, 
Bai geo: Ta Arlington, Va., Pekin *2 wood rats, *2 Asiatic squirrels, 
uck. 


*2 southern Asiatic squirrels, *2 


Allen, Ronald, 2 common newts. Berdmore’s squirrels, *6 Siamese 


Alsever, Mrs. Margery, opossum. 


Alston, Hezekiah, Pekin duck. rats, *4 large spiny-backed tree 
Altman, Franklin O., Takoma Park, Md., rats, *1 lesser bandicoot rat, *4 
2 domestic rabbits. Allegheny wood rats, *2 raccoon 


Alvard, Kathy, robin. dogs. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 


_ Arons, Mrs. H. C., Silver Spring, Md., 

{ white rabbit. 

Ashton, Francis, 3 rabbits, 3 guinea 

pigs, hamster, painted _ turtle, 

opossum. 

_ Ayer, Lorraine, domestic rabbit. 

- Baber, James M., squirrel monkey. 

Babst, Carol L., black rabbit. 

Baden, Mrs. G., robin. 

Bailey, George, Pekin duck. 

Baker, James, chain or king snake. 

Baker, Judd O., alligator. 

Baker, N. B., Alexandria, Va., 3 Pekin 
ducks. 

Bannister, J. E., St. Leonards, Md., scar- 
let king snake. 

Bargmann, Louis, Arlington, Va., pilot 
black snake. 

Bartl, Forest F., Edgewater, Md., eclec- 
tus rot. 

Belintende, S. J., Silver Spring, Md., 
summer tanager. 

Benn, Mrs. W. G., Falls Church, Va., 
pine lizard, blue-tailed skink. 

Bennett, Mrs. Robert, Silver Spring, 
Md., 4 guinea pigs. 

Berliner, Steve, coot. 

Bernstein, Ed, *white-throated capu- 
ehin. 

Berryman, Mrs. R. M., false map turtle. 

Berthold, Alfred, Chevy Chase, Md., 
Cumberland turtle. 

Betz, Thomas, black widow spider. 

Bigio, Fred, 3 tree frogs. 

Blackman, Robert, Arlington, Va., 4 
false chameleons. 

Bond, Danny, 2 rabbits. 

Bower, Clayton, Fort Howard, Md., 
fighting fowl. 

Brady, Thomas, timber rattlesnake. 

Breed, Harold A., Clifton, Va., copper- 
head. 

Breslin, G. L., 2 Cook’s tree boas. 

Brickham, Marguerite H., Annandale, 
Va., 2 hamsters. 

Brill, Mrs. Alice, Eastpine, Md., 5 gray 
squirrels. 

Broadhurst, Joe, and Kern, Gary, 2 
water snakes, snapping turtle. 
Brockdorff, P. F., Silver Spring, Md., 

horned lizard. 

Broodwater, Bobby, Hyattsville, Md., 
pilot black snake. 

Brown, Mrs. Clark E., Chevy Chase, Md., 
robin. 

Brown, George Jr., Silver Spring, Md., 
rabbit. 

Brown, Lynn R., Bladensburg, Md., and 
McCrory, V. E., Alexandria, Va., 
*hawk-billed turtle. 

Brown, Mrs. Ray, *Pekin duck. 

Brucker, W. B., Long Beach, Calif., 
*Pacific rattler. 

Brunhouse, Mrs. Helen, 2 pickerel frogs, 
alligator, 3 red-lined turtles, 3 Cum- 
berland turtles, geographic turtle, 2 
green frogs, 2 common newts, ham- 
ster. 


105 


Buck, Sally, Garrett Park, Md., alli- 
gator. 

Burgess, Pamela, Pekin duck. 

Burke, William L., Alexandria, Va., 16 
opossums. 

Burrows, Mrs. Inez C., Takoma Park, 
Md., opossum. 

Bushnell, Guy, water snake, 8 bullfrogs. 

Caldwell, William Jr., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Calvert, Miss Ann, Pekin duck. 

Campbell, Harold F., Bethesda, Md., 5 
fighting game chickens. 

Camp Detrick, Frederick, Md., copper- 
head. 

Cardozo High School, spectacled cai- 
man. 

Carew, H. E., Silver Spring, Md., cotton- 
tail rabbit. 

Carey, J., Edgewater, Md., brown capu- 


chin. 

Carson, James, Arlington, Va., burrow- 
ing snake. 

Carter, C. Glen, Silver Spring, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 


Cartner, Mrs. Helen, wood thrush. 

Castell, Bill, Arlington, Va., spectacled 
caiman. 

Charles, Frank, Takoma Park, Md., 
domestic rabbit. 

Christel, Mrs. C. J., domestic rabbit. 

Clapp, Dr. Stewart, Kensington, Md., 
barred owl. 

Clark, Mrs. Austin, snapping turtle. 

Clarke, Mrs. Mary Elizabeth, Silver 
Spring, Md., skunk. 

Clarke, Mrs. Peggy, Landover, Md., *2 
Indian pythons, *3 Florida king 
snakes, *alligator, *Indian rock 
python. 


‘| Cleary, Mrs. Mary D., domestic rabbit. 


Clow, Mrs. Kenneth A., Chevy Chase, 
Md., domestic pigeon. 

Coffin, David M., Silver Spring, Md., 
opossum. 

Coleman, Elizabeth Ann, *Pekin duck. 

Colison, C. W., domestic rabbit. 

Collady, S. F., 2 white rabbits. 

Connelly, Mare, Falls Church, Va., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Connett, Mrs. W. B., Fairfax, Va., South 
American turtle. 

Connolly, John Alfred, copperhead. 

Cook, Martin Thomas, ring-necked 
snake, 

Coray, Mrs. J. B., robin. 

Corbet, Pat, Silver Spring, Md., tree 


frog. 

Cordle, Farman E., Vienna, Va., *rhesus 
monkey. 

Covan, Mrs. W. C., Arlington, Va., white 
rabbit. 


Craig, Col. Malin, Jr., Chevy Chase, 
Md., mourning dove. 

Cramer, Corliss, Arlington, Va., sparrow 
hawk. 

Crawford, William E., East Riverdale, 
Md., king snake. 


106 


Cross, Miss Ann G., Sweet Briar, Va., 
ringed aracari toucan. 

Crowley, Mrs. H. G., blue jay. 

Crowley, Mrs. Thomas B., Kensington, 
Md., skunk. 

Ozizauskas, Edward, domestic pigeon. 

Dale, C. K., *wood turtle, *2 box turtles, 
*3 pilot black snakes, *water snake, 
*keeled green snake, *ringneck 
snake, *worm snake, *queen snake, 
*mole snake, *2 blue-tailed skinks. 

Daniel, Wayne L., Kensington, Md., 2 
guinea pigs. 

Dann, Douglas B., Jr., Alexandria, Va., 
snapping turtle. 

Danneman, Eli, Silver Spring, Md., 
Pekin duck. 

Dante, Robert, 2 golden hamsters. 

Darnell, Basil, opossum. 

Davis, Frank A., Silver Spring, Md., 
albino corn snake. 

Davis, Col. Homer, Arlington, Va., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Davis, Malcolm, painted bunting. 

Davis, Mrs. R. F., Takoma Park, Md., 
pilot black snake. 

Dawson, John Henry, Bethesda, Md., 
guinea pig. 

Deddo, Tony Nick, sooty mangabey. 

DePrato, Jack, Langley Park, Md., 
water snake. 

DePrato, Jack and Joe, Langley Park, 
Md., gopher tortoise, pygmy rattle- 
snake, *young anaconda, wood toad, 
ground skink. 

Dickson, J. T., horned lizard. 

Dillon, Tandy N., Silver Spring, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

DiMaggio, Andrea, pilot black snake. 

District of Columbia Jail, through Su- 
perintendent Curtis Reid and Wil- 
liam Stokes, Virginia deer. 

Dopp, H. G., Bladensburg, Md., red fox. 

Dornin, W. W., Phoenix, Ariz., 2 gila 
monsters, chuckwalla lizard, 3 Cali- 
fornia horned lizards, chain king 
snake, 3 bull snakes, LeConte’s 
snake, 2 garter snakes, ribbon 
snake, 18 rattlesnakes, including 
Western diamond-backed rattlers, 
red diamond-backed rattlers, side- 
winders, Mohave rattlers, Pacific 
rattlers. 

Dowad, Charles, alligator. 

Drumheller, Ralph P., District Heights, 
Md., opossum. 

Dunn, April, Pekin duck. 

Dunn, D. M., Takoma Park, Md., guinea 
Dig. 

Dunn, Mrs. H. E., Takoma Park, Md.., 
white-throated capuchin. 

Ecuador, Department of Public Health, 
through Dr. Egberto Garcia S., Di- 
rector, 2 Galapagos turtles. 

Eddy, Chip, opossum. 

Edelon, Mrs. E. J., Jr., Port Tobacco, 
Md., barn owl. 

Edwards, Joan, 2 Pekin ducks. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Erwin, Mrs. Helen B., sulphur-crested 
cockatoo. 

Evans, Radie, Potomac, Md., *2 lions. 

Evans, 8S. W., *5 desert tortoises. 

Ewing, Mrs. F. W., Kenwood, Md., 2 
Muscovy ducks. 

Faquih, Khaled, robin. 

Faust, Mrs. Mary D., domestic rabbit. 

Felix, Mary Katherine, Pekin duck. 

Ferguson, Robert, Chevy Chase, Md., 
Cumberland turtle. 

Ferguson, Mrs. Robert, *ferret. 
Finney, Mr.. and Mrs. Edward G., 
Waynesboro, Pa., 2 red foxes. 
Fisher, Mrs. J., Alexandria, Va., red- 

bellied woodpecker. 

Fisher, Sydney N., gray squirrel. 

Flanagan, Mrs. Matthew, spectacled 
caiman. 

Ford, Douglas O., Kensington, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Foster, Bonnie, Pekin duck. 

Fowler, Mr. and Mrs. 8S. Robert, West 
Beach, Md., *alligator. 

Fratt, N. D., Arlington, Va., spectacled 
caiman. 

Freedenberg, Norman, Pekin duck. 

Friedman, Seymour, Mount Rainier, 
Md., Pekin duck. 

Fruland, Roddy, Falls Church, Va., 
sereech owl. 

Gault, Albert, Paradise fish, 5 blue 
acaras. 

Gaver, Gordon, Thurmont, Md., *Javan 
macaque, *2 water snakes, *king 
cobra, *brown water snake, *2 regal 
pythons, *2 South American boa 
constrictors, *African python, *In- 
dian python, *ball python, *rain- 
bow boa, *king snake, *Indian 
cobra, *gray rat snake, *corn snake, 
*§ alligators, *2 eastern diamond- 
backed rattlesnakes, *2 timber rat- 
tlesnakes, *2 copperheads, *12 
water moccasins. 

Geier, Mrs. John, 3 opossums. 

Gelwicks, Maj. Harold G., Arlington, 
Va., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Gibbs, Mary, 2 white mice. 

Gibson, Mrs. William, Bethesda, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Gideon, Bobby, Arlington, Va., boa con- 
strictor. 

Gilden, Mrs. J. E., Arlington, Va., com- 
mon pigeon. 

Gilpin, Kenneth B., Bethesda, Md., rac- 
coon. 

Ginsburg, Jerome, milk snake, garter 
snake, smooth-scaled green snake. 

Glazier, Dr. Manuel, Newton, Mass., 2 
chameleons. 

Glenn, Mr. and Mrs. Robert A., squirrel 
monkey. 

Godfrey, H. R., Hyattsville, Md., spotted 
catfish, 40 flag-tailed guppies, four- 
horned snail, 12 Siamese fighting 
fish, 1 short-tailed shrew, 2 catfish. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 


Goodnough, Mrs. C. W., Arlington, Va., 
robin. 

_ Gordon, Keith W., Pekin duck. 

Gottlieb, Mrs. Joanne, blue jay. 

Greco, Mrs. Joseph, Hyattsville, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Grieve, Wesley I., Vienna, Va., 4 bantam 
fowl. 

Griggs, John A., 8 painted turtles, 
spotted turtle, 2 musk turtles, queen 
snake. 

Grillo, Mrs. Berta J., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Groshon, E. N., Hyattsville, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

Grusd, Duley, domestic rabbit. 

Haennie, Carol Anne, Bethesda, Md., 
box turtle, Pekin duck. 

Hall, Dr. E. Raymond, and Grossen- 
heider, Richard P., Lawrence, 
Kans., 2 Point Barrow lemmings. 

Hall, M. W., barred owl. 

Hall, Tommie C., Arlington, Va., 2 
barred owls. 

Hall, W. L., Pekin duck. 

Hanagon, John G., golden eagle. 

Handy, Benjamin H., III, Arlington, 
Va., horned lizard. 

Hansen, Mrs. Ira H., Arlington, Va., 
robin. 

Hansion, John, flicker. 

Hanson, Charles L., Alexandria, Va., 
*Central American boa. 

Harig, J. M., Arlington Va., rhesus 
monkey. 

Harry, Charles William, Arlington, Va., 
*broad-winged hawk. 

Hassett, B. C., Arlington, Va., 2 Pekin 
ducks. 

Hay, Michael, Pekin duck. 

Haynes, Mrs. Evan A., Pekin duck. 

Henderson, Mrs. Agnes, box turtle. 

Hendricks, Frankie, guinea pig. 

Herbert, Robert, red fox. 

Hewitt, Paul, Falls Church, Va., pilot 
black snake. 

Hogan, Bart, Bethesda, Md., Eastern 


skunk. 

Hogan, Mrs. Viola, Bethesda, Md., grass 
parakeet. 

Hohensee, B. G., Great Mills, Md., bar- 
red owl. 


Hoke, John, *2 common iguanas, *2 
Central American boas. 

Horton, Ruth, red-lined turtle. 

Hough, Royce, 3 Cumberland turtles. 

Houston, Robert H., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Howard University, *9 pigeons. 

Hubert, Mabel, eastern skunk. 

Huff, Herbert, spotted salamander. 

Hughes, David, 2 horned lizards. 

Hutchins, Mrs. Dorothy, Alexandria, 
Va., 3 Pekin ducks. 

Hutchins, Trafton and Paula, Pekin 
duck. 

Hutchinson, Jim, Arlington, Va., Ameri- 
can crow. 

Iraneta, Mrs. Pedro, Silver Spring, Md., 
cottontail rabbit. 


107 


Irons, Donald W., Lewisdale, Md., 3 
Pekin ducks. 

Irwin, Mrs. Helen B., sulphur-crested 
cockatoo. 

Jacobs, Mrs. L. P., Arlington, Va., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Jani, Gary, horned lizard. 

Jenkins, Herschel, Mosley, Va., 5 cop- 
perheads. 

Johns, Mrs. Jerrold, Bethesda, Md., blue 
racer snake. 

Johnson, Eugene R., domestic rabbit. 

Johnstone, Delight and Kathy, white 
rabbit. 

Jones, Mrs. A., 2 ring-necked doves. 

Jones, Robert M., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Kahn, Hermine, Arlington, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Kane, Gerard J., Kensington, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

Karchner, Donald, green guenon. 

Karn, Norman, Arlington, Va., 2 hog- 
nosed snakes. 

Kefauver, David, blue jay. 


Keller, Gary, Silver Spring, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

Kelley, Mike, Silver Spring, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Kenn, Gary, water snake. 

Kerkom, Mrs. William B., mourning 
dove. 

Ketchum, Harry W., Silver Spring, Md., 
domestic rabbit. 

Key, Mr., Bethesda, Md., copperhead. 

Kiger, Carol M., Westhaven, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Kilsheimer, Linda, 3 Pekin ducks. 

King, Francis, domestic rabbit. 

Klaben, Mrs. R., spectacled caiman. 

Klein, Barbara Ann, black rabbit. 

Klinger, R. L. raccoon. 

Knapp, Earl L., 2 domestic rabbits. 

Kneessi, John, South American caiman. 

Knott, John E., Arlington, Va., DeKay’s 
snake. 

Koff, Mrs. M. Polle, Silver Spring, Md., 
domestic rabbit. 


Krumke, Karl E., III, spectacled 
caiman. 

Kuntz, Dr. Robert E. and Malakatis, 
George, Cairo, Egypt, 25 worm 


snakes, 3 sand boas, horned viper. 
Lacey, Dale, red-bellied turtle. 
Lamb, Mrs. Geo. P., 2 Pekin ducks. 
Langer, W. C., Silver Spring, Md., 
Pekin duck. 
Large, Mrs. BE. E., yellow-naped parrot. 
Lawrence, Jane, *eastern mockingbird. 
Lawrence, Mrs. Jane, robin. 
Lawrence, Lt. Rex D., 2 spectacled 
caimanDs. 
Lee, Jackson D., Arlington, Va., rabbit. 
Leek, Jackie, Pekin duck. 
Lehman, J. W., Los Angeles, Calif., 
*mole snake. 
Leva, Leo Marx, blue jay. 
Levin, Jerry, Pekin duck. 


108 


Liebert, Mrs. John, Bethesda, Md., 2 
rabbits. 

Linkins, Bernard R., Silver Spring, Md., 
blue jay. 

Litoff, Louis, horned lizard. 

LoCastro, Frank J., alligator. 

Locke, Frederick W., robin. 

Lockhart, Lt. Col. Eugene E., Carlisle, 
Pa., 13-lined ground squirrel. 

Loftis, James Robert, Pekin duck. 

Long, Clifford E., Alexandria, Va., 3 
Java finches. 

Long, Mr. and Mrs. M. G., McLean, Va., 
Chinese golden pheasant. 

LoPresti, Sammy Joe and Vinny, and 
Wilson, Harry and Kendall, red- 
bellied turtle. 

Lose, Mrs. W. C., Chevy Chase, Md., 
4 domestic rabbits. 

Lucas, Ethel M., domestic rabbit. 

Lund, E. A., Ishpeming, Mich., raven. 

Lyle, Evelyn, Herndon, Va., opossum. 

Lynn, David, 2 Pekin ducks. 

MacMillan of MacMillan, Sir Gordon 
H. A., Governor and Commander in 
Chief, Gibraltar, 2 Barbary apes. 

Madden, Judge J. Warren, pilot black 
snake. 

Mainhart, Howard, Bethesda, 
domestic rabbit. 

Malakoff, Leon, 2 Pekin ducks. 

Manning, Kenneth M., *Pekin duck. 

Marsh, Francis, alligator. 

Marshall, John G., anolis lizard. 

Marth, Leonard E., Silver Spring, Md., 
2 Pekin ducks. 

Martin, Mrs. R. B., Newport News, Va., 
2 woodchucks. 

Mask, Dudley L., Hyattsville, 
domestic rabbit. 

Master, Sieber F., Arlington, Va., Cum- 
berland turtle. 

Masters, Carl, Beltsville, Md., water 
snake. 

Matter, John M., Arlington, Va., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

McCorkle, Miss, 2 horned lizards. 

McCreight, William, College Park, Md., 
hog-nosed snake. 

McFarland, Mrs. Nina, robin. 

McGreevy, Leo, 5 domestic rabbits. 

McKay, Mrs. Fred J., Arlington, Va., 
American crocodile. 

McKeldin, Lt. Col. James R., opossum. 

McKenny, Mrs. W. E., Silver Spring, 
Md., 3 Pekin ducks. 

Meggers, John C., eastern skunk. 

Menendez, Paul M., white-armed mar- 
moset. 

Messenga, Missy, domestic rabbit. 

Meyer, Hanny, weasel. 

Meyer, Robert J., Silver Spring, Md., 
opossum. 

Miller, Mrs. Beatrice, hamster. 

Miller, C. R., Bethesda, Md., Pekin duck. 

Miller, Roger, Silver Spring, Md., spec- 
tacled caiman. . 


Md., 


Md., 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Miller, W. T., Ancon, Canal Zone, yel- 
low atelopus frog, small tree frog. 

Mills, Mrs. W. M., Silver Spring, Md., 
domestic rabbit. 

Monagan, Kathy, gray squirrel. 
Montgomery, C. R., Sarasota, 
*2 Indian rock pythons. 

Moore, Mrs. B. E., Pekin duck. 

Moore, Mrs. Bessie, 2 mockingbirds. 

Morris, Roland, ferret. 

Morrison, Mrs. James, 4 white rabbits. 

Muir, R. D., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Munday, Charles H., Sterling, Va., 
3 gray foxes. 

Murphy, Carl D., Norbeck, Md., 2 garter 
snakes. 

Naber, R. H., 2 gopher tortoises. 

National Capital Parks, Superintend- 
ent, copperhead. 

National Institutes of Health, Be- 
thesda, Md., *chimpanzee. 

Newton, J. O., Jr., 2 rabbits. 

Noble, Patricia, and Candee, Joan, wild 
rabbit. 

Novack, Mrs. W., Takoma Park, Md., 
2 canaries. 

O’Brien, P. G., Silver Spring, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

O’Connor, Adele R., 19 canaries, 2 spice 
finches. 

O’Hare, Patty, Bethesda, Md., grass 
parakeet. 

Orrison, Mrs. A. B., rabbit. 

Qxenberg, Jerome, 2 domestic rabbits. 

Pantili, Mrs., Takoma Park, Md., east- 


Fla., 


ern skunk. 

Paranich, Mrs. J. A., Hyattsville, Md., 
Pekin duck. 

Paulin, W. B., Arlington, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Payne, L. E., Falls Church, Va., rac- 


coon. 

Pearson, Billy, 
white rabbit. 

Pemberton, Mrs. F. D., Alexandria, Va., 
Pekin duck. 

Philadelphia Zoological Gardens, Phila- 
delphia, Pa., 2 Arctic foxes. 

Pletsch, Dr. Donald J., Ping Yong, 
Tiawan, kitsume or civet. 

Porter, Mrs. Martha, domestic fowl. 

Potter, W. Taylor, Silver Spring, Md., 
sereech owl. 

Powers, Patricia, alligator. 

Pratt, Richard A., Arlington, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Presley, T. W., Arlington ,Va., hamster. 

Pryce, Wendy, Arlington, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Pumphrey, D., Bladensburg, Md., *2 
black racers. 

Ragan, Rodney, Silver Spring, Md., 
Pekin duck. 

Rauh, Carl, 4 American anolis. 

Raver, Dean, Bethesda, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

Ray, H. A., Arlington, Va., skunk. 


Silver Spring, Md., 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 


Reinoehl, Mrs. Elmer S§&S., domestic 
pigeon. 

Reiser, C. L., Cottage City, Md., horned 
lizard. 


Reutiman, E. R., Arlington, Va., rabbit. 

Revelee, Robert and William, Canadian 
goose. 

Rhue, Bond, domestic pigeon. 

Robbins, Larry, Silver Spring, Md., 2 
water snakes. 

Robinson, Mrs. Mark T., 2 Java spar- 
rows, grass parakeet. 

Roebuck, Marion C., Falls Church, Va., 
3 Pekin ducks. 

Rogers, Mrs. Charles, Silver Spring, 
Md., Pekin duck. 


Rohwer, Dru, Arlington, Va., fish 
hawk. 
Ronnie, J. C., Silver Spring, Md., 


sereech owl. 

Rothbard, Charles, Pekin duck. 

Rothrock, W. L., diamond-backed 
turtle. 

Round Table Kennels, 
Del., 12 blue peafowl. 

Royer, Jon, Bethesda, Md., *copper- 
head, 3 ferrets, 2 ring-necked 
doves. 

Russel, Robert, *Nias wattled mynah. 

Russel, W. F., Hyattsville, Md., white- 
nosed guenon. 

Russell, Warren H., Arlington, 
domestic pigeon. 

Ryan, James T., Jr., 2 rabbits. 

Ryan, John E., Arlington, Va., *squirrel 
monkey. 

Salb, Bernard F., white-armed mar- 
moset. 

Sams, Mrs. Clifton, domestic rabbit. 

Sapp, Chris and Vincent, Bethesda, 
Md., opossum. 

Sargent, Virginia W., Garrett Park, 
Md., domestic pigeon. 

Satterfield, Mrs. W. J., Silver Spring, 
Md., yellow-bellied turtle. 

Sayre, Rev. Francis B., cacomistle. 

Schenck, Dorothy, Willimantic, Conn., 
ball python. 

Scher, Mrs. Irene, 2 Pekin ducks. 

Scherer, Charles, 8 hamsters. 

Scherer, James, Java finch, Chinese 


Middletown, 


Va., 


goose. 

Schmid, Paul, Bethesda, Md., *corn 
snake, *rat snake, *pilot black 
snake, *black racer, *2 garter 
snakes. 


Schriner, Frank, box turtle. 

Schrum, Ted, Mount Rainier, Md., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Schuld, J. G., 2 Pekin ducks. 

Schwartz, Greta, spectacled caiman. 

Searls, Loyes, *2 white mice. 

Selby, William E., coatimundi. 

Self, Edward C., Glenwood, Ga., spec- 
tacled caiman. 

Sheas, James H., domestic pigeon. 

Shelldrake, T. W., 5 opossums. 


109 


Shipley, Carl, western porcupine. 

Shirey, William N., Frederick, Md., 
copperhead. 

Shoemaker, Mrs. Charles G., Bethesda, 
Md., 2 domestic rabbits. 

Siemel, Sasha, Green Lane, Pa., *2 jag- 
uars, *2 anacondas. 

Sills, Mrs. R., grass parakeet. 

Simpson, Mrs. Berry, Alexandria, Va., 
2 Pekin ducks. 

Sipes, Richard, Alexandria, Va., keeled 
green snake. 

Skelly, Mrs. Ed, Augusta, Ga., fox 
squirrel, pilot black snake, gopher 
tortoise. 

Skinner, Hon. Carlton, Governor of 
Guam, 3 East Indies monitor liz- 
ards. 

Smith, C. W., 2 domestic rabbits. 

Smith, Mrs. Paula, Falls Church, Va., 
robin. 

Smith, Ronald E., water snake. 

Souder, Virgil B., Deerwood, Md., 5 
copperheads. 

Spears, Mrs. Loma, Takoma Park, Md., 
10 Pekin ducks. 

Spirlet, Gilbert, Takoma Park, M4d., 
sparrow hawk. 

Staight, David, Alexandria, Va., garter 
snake. 

Starkey, R. B., Bethesda, Md., alligator. 

Steadman, C. R., brown capuchin. 

Storitz, Ned, Silver Spring, Md., cotton- 
tail rabbit. 

Stroop, M. A., New Market, Va., 9 
American alligators, *sulphur- 
breasted toucan, *2 red, blue, and 
yellow macaws, *17 alligators, *4 
boa constrictors, *anaconda, *10 
pilot black snakes, *10 water moc- 
casins, *timber rattlesnake, *2 
eastern diamond-backed rattle- 
snakes, *copperhead, *yellow bull 
snake, *indigo snake, *2 yellow 
chicken snakes, *milk snake, *3 
water snakes, *pine snake, *king 


snake. 

Stroup, R. W., College Park, Md., Pekin 
duck. 

Stubbs, Lee, Bethesda, Md., 2 Pekin 
ducks. 


Tackett, J. Anderson, green tree frog. 

Tansley, Doris, Takoma Park, Md., spec- 
tacled caiman. 

Taylor, Mrs. M. C., Falls Church, Va., 
alligator. 

Taylor, Robert, 2 Pekin ducks. 

Teagle, Roy, *10 bull frogs. 

Thomas, Mrs., Riverdale, Md., 2 Pekin 
ducks. 

Thomas, R. B., Jr., Sandy Spring, Md., 
2 sparrow hawks. 

Thomas, Mrs. William R., Silver Spring, 
Md., domestic rabbit. 

Thompson, Loren L., Arlington, Va., 2 
copperheads, box turtle. 

Thornton, Abigail, Pekin duck. 


110 


Tracewell, Mrs. C. E., Chevy Chase, 
Md., robin. 

Trimble, James L., Pekin duck. 

Triplet, William §8., Arlington, Va., 2 
Muscovy ducks. 

Troobnick, Doris, Burke, Va., pilot black 
snake. 

Trott, Fred P., Pekin duck. 

Twiford, Mrs. Nan B., 4 grass para- 
keets, 8 canaries. 

Tyler, E. D., Jr., Alexandria, Va., 2 
barred owls. 

United States Fish and Wildlife Serv- 
ice: From Blackwater National 
Wildlife Refuge, Cambridge, Md., 
1 red-headed duck, 2 ring-necked 
ducks, bald-pate duck, 2 pintail 
ducks, 2 blue-winged teal, green- 
winged teal, 2 black ducks, 2 blue 
geese. From Bluepoint, Long Is- 
land, N. Y., cardinal, 2 indigo bunt- 
ings. From Newburyport, Mass., 
golden-eyed duck. From Orlando, 
Fla., bald eagle. From Washing- 
ton, D. C., through Robert O. Hal- 
stead, 2 whistling swans. Through 
Mr. Seth Low, osprey. 

Uransky, Mrs. Gayna, Arlington, Va., 
spectacled caiman. 

Valore, Mrs. Patricia T., white rabbit. 

Vanchura, Samuel M., sparrow hawk. 

Van Hekhardt, Mrs. Greve W., wood- 
cock. 

Vasquez, Alberto, Arlington, Va., *go- 
pher snake, *California garter 
snake, *10 western swifts, *ground 
lizard, *3 alligator lizards, *3 pond 
turtles. 

Vieth, Janie, domestic goose. 

Voigt, Fred and Sally, Arlington, Va., 
2 Pekin ducks. 

Votey, Charles H., tree boa, *2 red, 
blue, and yellow macaws. 

Wade, J. L., Bethesda, Md., domestic 
rabbit. 

Waldrop, Robert, Bethesda, Md., *king 
snake. 

Waldrop, Robert S., Jr., Bethesda Md., 
*black snake. 

Walker, H. P., Silver Spring, Md., 2 
white rabbits. 

Walker, Lewis Wayne, Pacific Beach, 
Calif., 2 Tortuga rattlesnakes. 


ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 


1953 


Walkup, Joe, Landover, Md., tarantula, 
brown scorpion, spiny-tailed iguana. 

Ward, Lt. Charles R., Hyattsville, Md., 
lesser scaup duck. 

Warner, Mrs. Sturgis, 3 Pekin ducks. 

Wasuta, F. R., Alexander, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Watson, J. Harold, spectacled caiman. 

Weaver, L. E., red fox. 

Weckerly, Ida, hamster. 

West, David W., Chevy Chase, Md., 
domestie rabbit. 

White, E. J., Arlington, Va., 2 Pekin 
ducks. 

White, Richard O., Jr., Hyattsville, Md., 
brown king snake. 

Wiengen, Albin, Alexandria, Va., 
*Skunk. 

Wilkerson, David R., rabbit. 

Wilkins, Mrs. John H., 3 grass para- 
keets. 

Willard, Mr., rabbit. 

Willey, Don, Arlington, Va., horned liz- 
ard. 

Williamson, Robert E., *blue jay. 

Willingham, Maurice, Alexandria, Va., 
3 horned lizards. 

Wilson, Mrs. HE. R., Hyattsville, Md., 
Pekin duck. 

Wilson, Susan, Arlington, Va., Pekin 
duck. 

Wilt, J. Bernard, 4 ribbon snakes, garter 
snake, indigo snake, 2 Florida water 
snakes, Florida king snake, 3 racers. 

Withrow, Robert, skunk. 

Witt, Bill, Arlington, Va., black widow 
spider, DeKay’s snake. 

Wood, Col. Frank, Arlington, Va., 2 
Pekin ducks. 

Wood, Glenn N., Mount Rainier, Md., 
horseshoe crab. 

Wrenn, Raymond, Wheaton, Md., tiger 
salamander. 

Xanten, Bill, 2 rabbits. 

Yatsevitch, Mrs. Gael, Chevy Chase, 
Md., garter snake. 

Yingling, Mrs. Milton L., Silver Spring, 
Md., 3 wild rabbits. 

Yokum, Otis, Pekin duck. 

Young, Teddy and Stephen, 2 Pekin 
ducks. 

Young, Tina, Takoma Park, Md., domes- 
tie rabbit. 

Zumstein, Mrs. Jessie S., crow. 


PURCHASES 


Among a number of interesting specimens obtained by purchase 


were : 


Two Allen’s monkeys (Adlenopithecus nigroviridis) , which were the 
prize acquisition of the year, as they are among the half dozen exceed- 
ingly rare primates of the world. They are not conspicuous animals, 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 111 


but are active and entertaining, and give scientists and others their 
first glimpse of this extremely rare form. 

A flat-tailed otter (Pteronura brasiliensis), the first of its kind 
to be exhibited in the Zoo. It was a young of the large river otter 
of Brazil that is fairly well known in its native habitat but so far 
_as is known has not previously been exhibited in the United States. 

Two wombats had been ordered as a pair, but on arrival one was 
found to be the rare hairy-nosed wombat (Lasiorhinus latifrons), 
an even more desirable specimen than the common wombat (Vombatus 
hirsutus) that accompanied it. This is the first hairy-nosed wombat 
exhibited in this Zoo. 

Two lesser pandas (Adlurus fulgens), the first in the collection for 
many years, were received in June. These relatives of the raccoons 
are uncommon in collections largely because of the difficulty of getting 
them to eat the food that can be provided. One of these has apparently 
adapted itself to conditions in the Zoo and appears to be thriving on 
its favorite food, bamboo leaves and shoots, plus pablum and eggs. 

Four young gibbons (Hylobates) constituted one of the most enter- 
taining exhibits in the park. All are still in their immature buff- 
colored coat but are gradually acquiring the markings char- 
acteristic of the adults so that definite identification can later be made. 

A fine pair of cheetahs (Acinonyx jubatus) were received. These 
large, graceful, long-legged, spotted cats are the swiftest of all four- 
legged animals and are frequently tamed and trained for hunting. 
Their feet are unique among those of cats in that they resemble the 
feet of dogs in not having retractile claws. 

A choice pair of young tayras (Zayra barbara) are so active in 
their cage that they have greatly interested the public. These giant 
weasel-like creatures of South America are dark brown with gray 
heads and have a striking cream-colored marking on the throat. 

A pair of giant Indian squirrels (Ratufa indica) also provide excel- 
lent entertainment by playing in their big wheel and displaying their 
brilliant coloration of rich reddish brown and buff. 

Three young South American tapirs (7 apirus terrestris) were pur- 
chased. The appearance of young tapirs in contrast to the adults 
is particularly interesting. The young are longitudinally striped with 
rows of whitish spots on a dull brownish-gray background, whereas 
the adults are almost black. 

A young female black rhinoceros (Diceros bicornis) was bought 
as a possible mate for the male which has been in the Zoo 1% years. 

A beautiful specimen of Wilson’s bird-of-paradise (Schlegelia 


112 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


wilsoni) was secured through the kindly interest of W. J. C. Frost, 
of the Zoological Society of London. 

Two shipments of African sunbirds collected by John Seago were 
received. These little feathered jewels, representing three species, 
were the first ever exhibited in this Zoo. 

Three specimens of the showy Cuban trogon (Prinotelus temmurus) 
were obtained. | 

A golden eagle (Aquila chrysaetos), which had been captured in 
the Tennessee region, was turned over to the Zoo by the United States 
Fish and Wildlife Service. Golden eagles are rather rare in the 
southeastern United States and so this specimen is of more than 
ordinary interest. 

Of particular interest in a shipment received from Australia were: 

Two examples of the very rare Australian frilled lizard (Chlamy- 
dosaurus kingii). These are the first ever exhibited in this Zoo. 
They are large lizards and unique in having around the neck a fold 
of skin that can be extended to project outward from the neck like a 
ruff when the animal is excited. The red coloration in the ruff makes — 
a striking display. 

Six bearded lizards (Amphibolurus barbatus), so-called because of 
their peculiar habit of distending the loose skin of the throat to form | 
what appears to be a beard. 

Three beautiful specimens of the poisonous banded krait (Bungarus 
fasciatus), relatives of the cobras, were received. 

A specimen of the false cobra (Phrynonax sulphureus), not pre- 
viously exhibited in this Zoo, was purchased. 

With the growth of the Washington metropolitan region there has 
been a constant increase in the number of local wild creatures found 
helpless and rescued by kind people, and turned over to the Zoo. Some 
of those that seem to have a fair chance of survival are liberated, and 
some are exchanged for material that is needed for the Zoo. During 
the past year there was a total of 191 such accessions. Also, ducks 
and rabbits given to children at Easter time that have outgrown their 
homes are turned over to the Zoo. This gives unduly large accession 
and removal lists, but to receive, care for, and place such creatures ap- 
pears to be a proper function of the Zoo. 


BIRTHS AND HATCHINGS 


Conditions under which animals are kept on exhibition are usually 
not favorable for breeding or raising young. However, occasionally 
young are born or hatched that are of outstanding interest to the pub- 
lic, and are valuable as additions to the group, or for exchange. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 113 


The following were produced in the Zoo during the fiscal year: 

A baby female giraffe (Giraffa camelopardalis) , the fifth born here, 

_ was a choice addition to the herd. 

A pygmy hippo (Choeropsis liberiensis) , the thirteenth for this Zoo. 

_ <A gaur calf (Bibos gaurus), the tenth of this species born in the 
Park. 

_ A vulpine phalanger (Z’richosurus vulpecula) was born to one of 

the females in the group that were obtained from Sir Edward Halls- 

trom in November 1951. 

The pair of Kinabalu tree shrews (Z7'upai montana baluensis) that 
were deposited with us by Lt. Col. Robert Traub, gave birth to young 
three times during the year. Unfortunately the mother killed the 
young within a few hours or a few days. However, by these births 
the gestation period has been determined as not more than 21 days. 
Colonel Traub is much interested in the ability of these animals to 
produce young in captivity, as it indicates that the food mixture that 
was developed by the Assistant Director of the Zoo and which was 
described in the Annual Report of the Zoo for 1950 is satisfactory for 
tree shrews as well as other shrews and bats. Colonel Traub, who 
has been engaged in work concerning certain human diseases, thinks 
it possible that tree shrews, which are believed by some zoologists to 
be a primitive primate type, might be suitable animals for laboratory 
studies of the diseases of man. ‘Therefore, the successful keeping 
and rearing of tree shrews in captivity might be of considerable 
importance. 

The little herd of Chinese water deer (Hydropotes inermis) was 
increased by the birth of three sets of twins. These small deer are of 
particular interest because of their habit of living in swampy areas 
in their native haunts and because of the fact that the males lack horns 
but have considerably enlarged canine teeth. 

Another slender-tailed cloud rat (Phloeomys cwmingi) has been 
born to augment the family group of this very rare Philippine high- 
altitude relative of the rat. This species has more the appearance of 
an opossum than of a rat. 

Another young was born to the group of pacas (Cuniculus paca). 
These are large, conspicuously marked rodents that are always a satis- 
factory exhibit. 

Twice during the year a pair of African porcupines (Hystria ga- 
leata) produced a single young. It was interesting to witness the 
remarkable maneuvers of the parents and the older young one to pro- 
tect the newborn. 

A pair of crested screamers (Chauna torquata) hatched and raised 
one young. 


114 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Following is a complete list of the births and hatchings: 


MAMMALS 
Scientific name Common name 

Alopes lagopus 2. Sst Arctic fox 422)52-3 -:. 203 Bae 
Ammoiragus lervia.._------------- Aouad » . 8 apnea ee 
Ripon @ueresus. 3. Mexican spider monkey__________- 
Piehon quarug sf 8 8 ee Gaur... 5222...2- 1 eae 
— Went I Park.eattie.._._.. 
ahah smat aa emimeaaianiats ‘aakivn tales “igs West Highland cattle.____________ 

Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus X 
Cui IORETEG ES Fe Green guenon X vervet guenon___-_ 
Cereus cananensis~ >. 2 2 Elk_..___.-.__+: 9 92 2 
Corvus ninvon-oo5 ccd ee Fae Japanese deer. .<iad2.2L i A eee 
Choeropsis liberiensis__...-------- Pygmy hippopotamus_________--_- 
Choloepus didactylus___..--------- Two-toed sloth__ =. 2. 9. See 
Cunteulus|qaca.c tanz-ec). wledes casas Ea 
rown fallow deer... —~ _ 2. 2 eee 
Dama dama_..------------------ {White fallow deer‘! _ (> 2 SEES 
Bauus burchelltt oo yecn aoce ose tae Grant’s zebra... == 4.5.24 2 eee 
Erethizon epixanthum____--------- Western porcupine___-._ 4 gee 
Felis concolor X Felis patagonica__ Hybrid puma_____-_--_-_--_---__- 
Males lepesst et oe bh eh Lion. 2h 2. ant ee eee 
Ne PONE TE NN al Od GS NE SPELT Bengal tiger... eee 
Giraffa camelopardalis______------ Nubian giraffe. _ 2... _ Yo. See 
Hodronotes waermis 0 oo Be 58 Chinese water deer___--___-____-- 
rere BR en African porcupine. _ __ =e 
Gama glam@’ 15S). = FoR Liamai Sofi. 2h ee eee 
Digi P68 a oe eee OS oe 2 Sie Alpaes...2-— Ba, 526 60 
LCGNIDCENUS FOSHVIC... og Silky marmoset_._2_ 3. = 
Mephitis mephitis nigra___-------- Eastern skunk 2/2. 5S ee ee 
Mustela eversmanni___----------- Ferret. 22s 4 
Mancaslor caypys. Coypu. = A. ee 
Odocoileus virginianus__---------- Virginia ‘deer. 2. 2s 2 See 
Pago iamadr yarns t= $f os ee Hamadryas. baboon... 3 eee 
Phiseamys Cumingt. 22 Slender-tailed cloud rat__________- 
Precijay tear. 232 ks ae Raccoon.___.-____-__ 72 ee 
Taurotrogus oryr 3 2 As Pe Bland...) 2 = =. 

Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus 
middendoer fi. Scie GING 2) Babe Hybrid bear_. )»_-225) 44 
Trichosurus vulpecula______------- Vulpine phalanger.._4—_ _. == Se 
Tupai montana baluensis______-_-_- Kinabalu tree shrew____-2__2-___= 
Ureus: horritilis 222 for paea®: Grizzly bear_-_-_-_-- a Lt be SE er a 

BIRDS 
Mallard ‘duck J). 20-19 aa eae 
Anas platyrhynchos____---------- {White mallard duck. co... a 
Granie CGnadensts | Se a Canada, g00se__ _.. =... = 
Chaund-torquaies 2.2 SRL Aah & Crested sereamer i. 2o_2722302e ms 
Larus novaehollandiae____-_------ Silver gull: —235.0.55 3 
Lonchura leucogastroides___-___--- Bengali finch...” -__ = eee 
Nycticorax nycticoraz hoatli_______- Black-crowned night heron_-___-_-__- 
Pave, cristae. oe So ee Pesfowl 0... 8 ee 
Streptopelia tranquebarica_-_-___--- Blue-headed ring dove____-_-_--_-_- 
Taeniopygia castanotis______-___-- Zebra finch___........_.2 eee 
Zenaida asieine.__._> = 4 White-winged dove____-.__-__-_-_- 
REPTILES 

Bos enydrts. oad eoce neta eh: Tree, boa_2 2 ue orp eee 
E50 CUTIOPOIOT SS re 2 ee ae ee Central American boa___-__.__---- 


MAINTENANCE AND IMPROVEMENTS 


z 
bo et 
Nr ONNF oO1© 00 BNINN FORE PW RN ENN ORPWWNHE ARN HB HE WHS See EOP 


Maintenance and repair work at the Zoo suffered considerably dur- 
ing the fiscal year 1953 owing mainly to shortage of funds for the 
hire of personnel. Being forced to absorb the salary increases, the 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 115 


Zoo had to reduce greatly the use of temporary labor and also had to 
leave vacant positions of personnel concerned with maintenance work. 

The installation of zone heat regulators in the small-mammal and 
reptile houses was completed. These provide even and adequate dis- 
tribution of heat, so necessary to the health and well-being of the 
animals housed in these buildings. 

In addition to the daily work of cleaning cages, buildings, and 
grounds and making minor repairs, the construction and maintenance 
department is constantly engaged in making necessary improvements 
for the proper care of the animals and the safety of visitors to the 
Park. The following are some of the more important projects under- 
taken during the year: 

In the bird house, glass was installed in the upper half of the fronts 
of 34 cages to replace wire that had deteriorated. Nine cages outside 
of the monkey house were extensively repaired and new partitions 
between the cages installed. A 2,000-gallon water tank was installed 
in the basement of the reptile house to supplement the 1,000-gallon 
tank, which has never been adequate. Concrete floors were laid in 6 
cages in the antelope building and in the 3 buildings housing the 
zebras, wild horses, wild ass, and Scotch cattle. The series of cages 
between the reptile house and the small-mammal house were given an 
extensive overhauling, and five new cinder-block shelters for the ani- 
mals were built, replacing the old wooden ones no longer usable. 
Small concrete shelters were constructed in the American waterfowl 
pond to replace the decaying wooden ones. The slope of the moat 
back of the bears was faced with concrete to prevent erosion and the 
resultant stoppage of the drain. 

The fight to eradicate poison ivy in the Zoo grounds is being con- 
tinued. This plant pest has been almost completely eliminated in 
those parts most frequented by the public, and control measures are 
being extended to more remote sections to keep it from returning to 
areas used by visitors. Otherwise the long-established policy of leav- 
ing the woodlands undisturbed is being followed. 

Over a period of years there has been a gradual increase in the 
amount of trimming of trees necessary along the roads, walks, and 
paths, and in the exhibition area. Because of disease or age, some of 
the trees are dying and must be cut down. Others must be trimmed 
to remove dead or broken limbs which might fall and injure people 
or animals, or damage automobiles or structures. 

Temporary policemen were employed this year to assist the regular 
police during days of heaviest attendance or when the force was short- 
handed. This has been a highly satisfactory arrangement and much 
more economical than employing additional full-time policemen 
when the permanent personnel now authorized is adequate for a large 
proportion of the time. 


116 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


As in previous years the Zoo received gifts of various kinds of 
food that could not be sold for human consumption but was suitable 
for animals. Some of this material was turned over to the Zoo at the 
suggestion of District of Columbia food inspectors. This helps con- 
siderably to hold purchases to a minimum. 

Through the office of United States Marshal W. Bruce Matthews, 
food that had been condemned by the courts was sent to the Zoo for 
the animals. This consisted of 1,544 pounds of frozen shrimp, 291 
pounds of chickens, 170 pounds of peanut butter, and 570 pounds of 
pecan halves. 

Tn a few instances such materials as rice, flour, and beans unaccept- 
able for human use have been purchased at low prices from General 
Services Administration or commercial firms. 

The National Institutes of Health, Navy Medical Center, and Army 
Medical Center gave the Zoo mice, rats, guinea pigs, rabbits, and 
other animals no longer suitable for their purposes. 

The practice has been continued of picking up from grocery stores 


in the vicinity of the Zoo quantities of discarded green material such 


as beet tops, celery stalks, and the outer leaves of cabbage, cauliflower, 


and lettuce. This provides an abundance of greens for the animals — 


and helps reduce purchase of such foods. 


COOPERATION 


At all times special efforts are made to maintain friendly contacts 
with other Government and State agencies, private concerns and 
individuals, and scientific workers for mutual assistance. As a result 
the Zoo receives much help and advice and many valuable specimens, 
and in turn the Zoo furnishes information and, whenever possible, 
specimens not needed. 


In 1950 Dr. Willard H. Eyestone, veterinary pathologist of the 
National Cancer Institute, Bethesda, Md., requested permission to 


examine animals that died at the Zoo in order to obtain information 
regarding cancer and other diseases affecting human beings. Accord- 
ingly arrangements were made to notify Dr. Eyestone of all deaths 
of animals in the Zoo and give him an opportunity to perform autop- 
sies, if he desired. The following two paragraphs are from a brief 
report on the results of this work: 


Over 250 autopsies have been performed since 1950. Among them six cancers 
have been discovered. The most striking pathological change common to any 
group is found in the thyroid gland of carnivores, in which all gradations from 
the slightest proliferative growths to spreading cancer have been seen. Most 
deaths are caused by infectious agents, including bacteria, fungi, and the animal 
parasites. Some deaths are the result of degenerative diseases of old age. 

A summary of the interesting highlights covering the Zoo autopsies was pre- 
sented before the Washington Society of Pathologists on October 8, 1952. Simi- 
lar reports are planned for the future, besides the publishing of scientific papers 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 117 


in research journals concerning the pathologic data obtained from the examina- 
tion of the Zoo animals. 

Special acknowledgment is due to the United States Dispatch Agent 
in New York City, Howard Fyfe, an officer of the State Department, 
who has frequently been called upon to clear shipments of animals 
coming from abroad. This he has done, often at great personal in- 
convenience, and the animals have been forwarded to Washington 
without the loss of a single specimen. 


NEEDS OF THE ZOO 


Replacement of antiquated structures that have long since ceased 
to be suitable for the purposes for which they are used is still the prin- 
cipal need of the Zoo. The more urgently needed are: 

A building, to be situated in a central location, to have toilet facili- 
ties, a first-aid room, police headquarters, and, incidentally, with 
basement space for a gardener’s headquarters and storage for the 
gardener’s supplies and small equipment. The few old, dilapidated 
toilet facilities in the Park have not been adequate for many years 
and are now in such a deplorable state from normal deterioration and 
as a result of vandalism that it is difficult and unduly expensive to 
keep them in a sanitary condition. 

A new administration building to replace the 148-year-old historic 
landmark now in use as an office building but which is neither suitably 
located nor well adapted for the purpose. 

A building to house antelopes and other medium-sized hoofed ani- 
mals that require a heated building. 

A fireproof service building for receiving shipments of animals, 
quarantining them, and caring for those in ill health or those that 
cannot be placed on exhibition. 

A new ventilating system for the bird house. 

Lesser items of equipment that are needed are a vacuum pump for 
more efficient and economical operation of the heating system in the 
reptile house; a band saw to replace one that is more than 40 years old; 
and an air compressor for general use about the Park. 

The enclosures and pools for beavers, otters, seals, and nutrias, in 
the ravine, need to be reconstructed. Owing to lack of funds for 
upkeep and consequent deterioration, this area has become unsightly 
and inadequate for the proper care and exhibition of these animals. 

Experience with the young Indian elephants makes it appear prob- 
able that it will be necessary to construct an elephant-proof fence 
around the outdoor yard now occupied by these elephants. 

The job of cleaning up the grounds is a major undertaking. Using 
all available manpower, it usually takes 5 to 10 days to pick up the 
trash and restore the Park to a fair degree of presentability after 


118 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Easter Sunday and Monday. Because of the shortage of help, clean- 
up work has of necessity been reduced to a minimum, with the result 
that the Zoo has been criticized by correspondents and the press for 
the condition of the grounds. Two permanent additional laborers are 
needed for proper maintenance, removal of broken or fallen tree 
limbs and other safety hazards, and repair of walks, guard rails, and 
other structures, for the protection of the public. 

In addition, temporary manpower is needed to supplement the regu- 
Jar personnel at certain times of the year. These periods are during 
the summer, when vegetation is growing vigorously and must be kept 
under control, and when the greatest number of visitors are coming 
to the Park with a corresponding increase in trash left on the grounds; 
and in the fall and early winter, when leaf removal is necessary to keep 
the fire hazard at a minimum and prevent leaves from clogging drains. 
Also, additional help is needed during the summer, when certain con- 
struction and repair work can be carried on more advantageously than © 
at other times. 

By employing men temporarily when actually needed to handle the 
peak workloads, work can be performed satisfactorily at considerably 
less cost than by increasing the permanent personnel. For several 
years this was done but the practice had to be abandoned during the - 
past year as available funds had to be used to absorb the salary in- 
creases authorized by Congress, to pay for accumulated annual leave 
of retiring employees, and contribute to Federal social security for 
indefinite employees. For employment of temporary help an addi- 
tional appropriation of $9,000 is needed, to be allotted as follows: 


Mechanical  department..2 su to2 soos ee ei feel en eee $5, 000 
Grounds department — {tp et tel es te, See) 3, 000 
Poliee department... a 1, 000 


Also, $1,000 is needed for the Zoo’s contribution to the cost of social 
security for employees not under civil service. 

There is need for a veterinarian to assist the animal department in 
selecting suitable foods, presenting foods to the animals in a satisfac- 
tory manner, practicing preventive medicine, and performing autopsies 
to determine causes of death. 

The steadily increasing popularity of the Zoo, as a source of both 
entertainment and education, has developed such a volume of requests 
for information that there is now need for an additional scientist to — 
share the load of answering queries and to assist in other administra- 
tive work so that the Director and Assistant Director can devote more 
time to general supervision of the Zoo. 

To comply with the requirements of keeping property and inventory — 
records, in accordance with the program laid down by the General 
Services Administration, by authority of Federal Property and Ad- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 119 


ministrative Services Act of 1949 (Public Law 152, 81st Congress, 
approved June 30, 1949) General Regulation 100 of the General Ac- 
counting Office, and Budget-Treasury Regulation No. 1, there is need 
for three additional clerks. 


VISITORS 


The estimated number of visitors to the Zoo was 3,231,450, which 
was 63,119 less than for the year 1952, a decrease due mainly to several 
rainy or threatening weekends in the spring. 


Estimated number of visitors for fiscal year 1953 


524 Sao, UO) BP eDLUATY eo eee 101, 500 
Fig sed eke I rye 0,0 RU) tL gia had apne der ga ea 211, 600 
Seenerempet ss eS eo CUO ALIRTLS) TOR fe re toe 353, 000 
oo) ee oe 246; BON MA Yo.) sete. o'er 4_oer oh. ex, 467, 000 
mevember os, —o).0 SOAS ESt Nebo) CEL en ore ent — Scere 377, 300 
na (2 oes a aS 65, 800 ———__— 
Sanunry (lgos) —-..._____ 73, 150 PORa hee Ee ee 3, 231, 450 


Groups came to the Zoo from schools in Mexico, South America, 
Japan, and 30 States, some as far away as Maine, Florida, Kansas, and 
Wisconsin. There was an increase of 36 groups and 3,681 individuals 
in groups over last year. 


Number of groups from schools 


Number | Number Number | Number 
Locality of groups | in groups Locality of groups | in groups 
ool Se 22 Ties Hd MEISSISSI IN nse Betis 2 158 
ont ty 12 619 ISSUE s poe een soc aa 2 56 
WGinware. 2 ss 2.252522 2 .- 17 769 || New Hampshire---.---------- 3 120 
District of Columbia--------- 114 B, Sadi New Cearsey eet _6 ee 17 1, 210 
INEGI) oo) iz 1; 2o2 eNews 72 5, 811 
Doe peti eS So eee 61 7, 679 || North Carolina_..-.--.------- 213 9, 261 
UHI 2 he = er 2 Oe ee eer ee 53 2, 485 
UL LEST <2 bh os 13 Tou || PeHNSyIVHIIs=2 2. ~sconeon ae 261 14, 159 
ry SS So ee pee ea a 1 16 || South America--.------------- 1 40 
(URL =a ee 1 20") South Cargung..- oo cco cccsess 53 1, 876 
bese ee ee 1 2 bP ennessee 2 ct Jee cane 62 2, 864 
LUMI Sa 19 yg HL RT i “es Cs al ll ig la tc 1 19 
TUPLE (Ci stati one Neem ae aa 13 GENS Tee iat ee a re 516 27, 738 
(OP TG a 611 SU, 70L H WOSE VINRHUMS cence meee cenne 45 3, 902 
Massachusetts....------------ 1 Wannomnattic see 2 lll 
1:4 C7 1 
Te Se 2 ae 7 470 i SPE ae a 2,227 | 127, 553 
JLB SLTE (ST) 1: See a 3 132 


About 2 p. m. each day the cars then parked in the Zoo are counted 
and listed according to the State, Territory, or country from which 
they came. This is, of course, not a census of the cars coming to the 
Zoo but is valuable in showing the percentage of attendance, by 
States, of people in private automobiles. Many of the District of 
Columbia, Maryland, and Virginia cars come to the Zoo to bring 


275494—53——_9 


120 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


guests from other States. The tabulation for the fiscal year 1953 is as 
follows: 


Percent Percent 
Marvin. 2 ee Bt | Ohio. eee 1.8 
Wiveita lS ee 22.5 | New Jerseéy_=.-. eee 1.6 
Washineten, D.C... 20.8 | West: Virginia: ==. _ = ae 1.4 
TG | anne eer ee ears 4.3'| Massachusetts._...._._. ee 1.3 
New Wort fe en 3 pp ts y (sf ce See ABET 1.7 
est Sree Don A OUTRO NTN ag LZ 


The cars that make up the remaining 12.1 percent came from every 
one of the remaining States, as well as from Alaska, Canada, Canal 
Zone, Cuba, England, Germany, Guam, Hawaii, Honduras, Japan, 
Mexico, the Philippines, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands. 

On the days of small attendance there are cars parked in the Zoo 
from at least 15 States, Territories, the District, and foreign countries. 
On average days there are cars from about 22 States, Territories, the 
District, and foreign countries; and during the periods of greatest 
attendance the cars represent not less than 34 different States, Terri- 
tories, and countries. 


STATUS OF THE COLLECTION 


Species 
Class or sub- eee Class 
species 
Manimaig: 222 nee ek 210 609" Arachnids2:2: <2 <a ae 
Birds. 22 eee oe eens 307 11-|| insects:- = Se 
Repttlass f=. 2 Sat es 129 618 |i, Molusks. }.-. fe 
AInDNIDIANS =. se ranean te = 23 87 
tei Hah ale dal CS biel Wie 21 221 Total OO FS eee 
SUMMARY 
Animals on hand July-1, 1952_2220) sews es te eee 2, 675 
Aeccessions: during the yeari. 3 3.24) ee eee 1, 797 
Total number of animals in collection during the year__._._________ 4,472 
Removals for various reasons such as death, exchanges, return of animals 
Of Genosit, Cle ne are a 1, 731 
in-eollection on June 30, 1903_2i02...__L eee 2, 741 


Respectfully submitted. 


W. M. Mann, Dérector. 
Dr. Lxonarp CARMICHAEL, 


Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 8 
Report on the Astrophysical Observatory 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the oper- 
ations of the Astrophysical Observatory for the fiscal year ended 
June 30, 1953. 

The Astrophysical Observatory comprises two divisions: the orig- 
inal division of astrophysical research devoted to solar radiation prob- 
lems, and the division of radiation and organisms established in 1929 
to study the effects of radiation on organisms. Funds available for 
the Observatory included an allotment of $119,841.10 from “Salaries 
and expenses, Smithsonian Institution, 1953,” and $2,500 from private 
funds of the Institution. At the end of the fiscal year all equipment 
and buildings were in satisfactory condition. 


DIVISION OF ASTROPHYSICAL RESEARCH 


Two high-altitude observing stations, on Montezuma, Chile, and 
Table Mountain, Calif., have continued in operation. The goal of 
the two stations is to obtain complete solar-constant observations by 
the long or short method, or both, on each day presenting a sky suffi- 
ciently clear and uniform for satisfactory results. 

The principal and most time-consuming event of the year was the 
preparation of volume 7 of the Annals of the Astrophysical Observa- 
tory. The completed manuscript, covering the work of the division 
of astrophysical research during the years 1939 through 1952, was 
submitted to the editor on April 29, 1953. The following are the 
main subjects included: 

1. Studies of the characteristics of the silver-disk pyrheliometer. 
2. Recent tests of the Smithsonian standard water-flow pyrheli- 
ometer. 

. Ultraviolet and infrared corrections to the solar constant. 

. The scale of the solar-constant record. 

. Instrumental developments. 

Summaries of total sun and sky radiation, and the relative 
energy in ultraviolet, visible, and infrared regions, as meas- 
ured at Camp Lee, Va., Miami, Fla., and Montezuma, Chile. 

7. Description of the method of Dr. Oliver R. Wulf, of the United 

States Weather Bureau, for determining the amount of ozone 
above Table Mountain, Calif., from regular solar-constant 
bolographs. 


> or OO 


121 


122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


8. Summary of 13 years of solar-constant determinations. This, 
added to 17 years published in volume 6 of the Annals, forms 
as nearly as possible a homogeneous record covering 30 years, 
based upon the scale of the original Mount Wilson work. 

Work in Washington.—William H. Hoover, chief of the division, 
in April 1953 completed a study of the silver-disk pyrheliometer 
under carefully controlled conditions of temperature, timing, shutter 
operation, and source of energy. This important work, together with 
a report of new calibrations against the standard water-flow pyrheli- 
ometer which Mr. Hoover and Mr. Froiland made in September 1952 
on Table Mountain, is described in a paper to be published in the 
Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections. 

Preliminary to certain laboratory tests of new equipment, the ob- 
servatory siderostat was completely overhauled by Mr. Talbert and 
Mr. Harrison. This excellent instrument, built by Grubb of Dublin 
over 60 years ago, is now fitted with a synchronous motor instead of 
clock drive, new bearings have been installed, and the instrument 
carefully adjusted. A new sliding house of aluminum protects it from 
the weather. Inside the laboratory a light-tight housing has been 
built around the spectrometer to reduce stray light. 


Last year’s report referred to cooperative work with the United | 


States Weather Bureau in an effort to improve the method of cali- 
brating the Eppley pyrheliometers in use by the Bureau. This co- 
operation has continued and the results will shortly be published un- 
der the auspices of the Weather Bureau. 

The Smithsonian standard scale of radiation, established in 1913 
and widely adopted, has been further disseminated during the year 
by the sale, at cost, of two silver-disk pyrheliometers, built and cali- 
brated at the Institution, as follows: 

S. I. 91 to the Observatory, India Meteorological Department, New Delhi, 
India. 
S. I. 92 to the University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 

All the galley proof of the Ninth Revised Edition of the Smith- 
sonian Physical Tables has been received from the printer. 

An important paper by Dr. C. G. Abbot, research associate, sum- 


marizing all his findings concerning the effect of solar-radiation — 


changes upon weather, was in press at the close of the year. 


Andrew Kramer, instrument maker of the Observatory for nearly 


61 years, retired on June 30, at the age of 84. His record is unique. 
Not only was his work outstanding, but his kindliness and cooperative 
spirit endeared him to many Smithsonian employees. 

Work im the field—At Montezuma, Chile, the series of tape ex- 
posures made under contract with the Office of the Quartermaster 
General was continued during the year. Daily measurements are 
made of the total sun and sky radiation as received upon a horizontal 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 123 


surface and as received upon the exposed tapes which are mounted at 
an angle of 45° facing north. After a predetermined quantity of 
solar radiation has fallen upon the tapes they are returned to the 
Philadelphia Quartermaster Depot for a study of the amount of de- 
terioration of the textiles due to humidity and to the amount of radi- 
ation received. 

Seismographic records have been maintained for some years at 
Montezuma for the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. The 
Survey recently sent to Montezuma a new modern seismometer, with 
accessories, which is now being installed. It is expected that greatly 
improved earthquake records will result. 

At Table Mountain, Calif., Hoover and Froiland obtained a very 
complete series of comparisons between the Smithsonian double-tube, 
water-flow, standard pyrheliometer and substandard silver-disk 
pyrheliometer S.I.5. These comparisons confirm the results of three 
previous determinations made at Mount Wilson in the years 1932, 
1934, and 1947. This confirmation of the permanence of the constants 
of the instruments is very gratifying since the 1952 comparisons are 
entirely independent, being made at a different station and by different 
observers, 

The filter form of pyranometer, mentioned in last year’s report as 
sent to Table Mountain for testing, proved to have a troublesome drift 
under field conditions. It was returned to Washington for altera- 
tions. At the close of the year a new series of tests was in progress at 
Table Mountain. 

The instrument installed last year by Mr. Hoover to measure the 
optical quality of the sky continues to serve as an independent means 
for judging the steadiness of the sky during observations. It has now 
been altered to register through a Beckman photopen recorder, thus 
eliminating the process of daily removing and developing a photo- 
graphic record. 

Owing to a temporary shortage of personnel, progress in the ozone 
studies referred to in last year’s report was somewhat delayed. ‘This 
project is being resumed as rapidly as possible. 


DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS 
(Report prepared by Dr. R. B. WitTHROW, chief of the division) 


The research of the Division has been concerned chiefly with in- 
vestigations of the physiological and biochemical processes by which 
light regulates plant growth and the mechanisms of the action of the 
auxin-type growth hormones. While most of the sunlight absorbed 
by plants is used in the production of food materials through the 
process of photosynthesis, a small part of the light energy is required 
for the production of chlorophyll and in the initiation of photochemi- 


124 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


cal reactions which control the development of the various organs of 
the plant. In the absence of light and in the presence of adequate 
food reserves, higher plants fail to develop normal leaves and stems, 
and in the dicotyledonous plants the hook that forms in the stem 
of the germinating seed never completely disappears. 

Dr. W. H. Klein and V. Elstad have continued investigations of the 
effect of light intensity and various growth regulatory chemicals on 
the opening of the hypocotyl hook in Black Valentine bean. A new 
set of subirrigated growth chambers has been constructed which 
yield plant material of very great uniformity. By the use of a special 
green fluorescent safe light employing a filter transmitting light be- 
tween 520 and 610 millimicrons, it is possible to remove the hooks 
from the plants and make measurements on them without producing 
any detectable light effect. The hook sections are placed in petri 
dishes containing a small amount of water and exposed to various 
light and chemical treatments. A 24-hour exposure to very weak red 
light in the region of 650 millimicrons at an intensity of 0.01 micro- 
watt per square centimeter produces a 45° opening in a 24-hour period ; 
in the dark there is no significant opening of the hook in this period. 
The rate of opening of the hook is proportional to the logarithm of 
the light intensity. It appears that this organ is a very useful tool © 
for the bioassay of photochemically synthesized growth factors. 

The auxin group of hormones such as indoleacetic acid opposes the 
effect of the light. The effect is proportional to the logarithm of the 
concentration of the auxin over a very wide range and the test appears 
to have a sensitivity nearly equal to the classical Avena test, but is 
a much simpler one to execute. 

Thus far no pigment system has been extracted from plants whose 
absorption spectrum can account for the regulatory effect of the longer 
wavelengths in the visible spectrum. In order to obtain information 
as to the absorption spectrum of the pigment system, work has been 
started by Dr. Withrow, Dr. Klein, and Mr. Elstad on determining 
the effectiveness spectrum of the stem-hook response and the synthesis 
of anthocyanin in bean stems. A system of 10 interference filter mono- 
chromator units has been constructed, each of which employs two 
interference filters in tandem for isolating a narrow band of wave- 
lengths about 20 millimicrons wide. Each monochromator unit has 
a separate source and cabinet, and the whole system is in a room 
maintained at constant humidity and temperature. 

Dr. W. D. Bonner and L. Price have initiated a systematic bio- 
chemical study of various fractions from dark-grown and far-red- 
irradiated bean seedlings with the objective of finding those 
biochemical systems that are associated with the light-initiated re- 
sponses. Estimations of the activities of various enzyme systems have 
shown no significant differences between the dark- and the light- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 125 


treated seedlings. The systems that have been studied are the ascorbic 

acid and polyphenol oxidases involving the copper proteins; catalase 

and peroxidase involving the iron proteins; and various components 
of the cytochrome enzyme systems. 

Research by Dr. Alice P. Withrow on the effect of plant growth 
regulators on salt exchange of plants has indicated that high salt-low 
carbohydrate plants lose salt more rapidly when treated with ammo- 
nium 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetate and that low salt-high carbohydrate 
plants absorb salts less rapidly under the influence of this growth 
regulator as compared with untreated plants. 

Studies have been initiated on the effect of plant-growth regulators 
on the respiratory processes in mitochondrial preparations of bean 
seedlings and rat livers. 

The following research papers by members of the staff have been 
published during the past year: 

Withrow, R. B., Klein, W. H., Price, L., and Elstad, V. Influence of visible and 
near infrared radiant energy on organ development and pigment synthesis in 
beanandcorn. Plant Physiol., vol. 28, pp. 1-14, 1953. 

Withrow, R. B., and Price, L. Filters for the isolation of narrow regions in 
the visible and near-visible spectrum. Plant Physiol., vol. 28, pp. 105-114, 
1953. 

Withrow, R. B., and Elstad, V. Water-cooled lamp systems with refluxing 
aqueous filters. Plant Physiol., vol. 28, pp. 334-338, 1953. 

Withrow, R. B., and Withrow, Alice P. A linear recording ac conductance 
bridge for measuring salt exchange in plants. Physiol. Plantarum, vol. 6, 
pp. 444450, 1953. 

Respectfully submitted. 

L. B. Atpricu, Director. 

Dr. Leonarp CARMICHAEL, , 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 9 


Report on the National Air Museum 


Str: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- 
ties of the National Air Museum for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
1953: 

GENERAL STATEMENT OF CONDITIONS 

The care of the stored material in the national aeronautical collec- 
tion continues to be the principal concern of the staff. Aircraft and 
components that are awaiting provision of an adequate building for 
the National Air Museum comprise more than two-thirds of the total 
collection, and although there are several renowned aircraft among the 
35 exhibited in the Smithsonian buildings in Washington, there are a 
number that are regarded with near-equal esteem and are of great value 
in depicting aeronautical progress among the 74 being preserved at 
Park Ridge, Ill., and those others being retained for the Museum at 
naval bases and in scattered places. 

As stated in last year’s report, the Air Museum had been ordered 
to vacate the storage facility at the Air Force Base at Park Ridge. 
Therefore, at the beginning of the fiscal year, efforts were made to 
establish near Washington a storage base for the material to be moved. 
The urgency of this move was somewhat relaxed as the result of an 
inspection of the storage area by an official of the Budget Bureau who 
was so impressed by the efforts of the Museum personnel to preserve 
its material and at the same time comply with the requirements of 
the Air Force that he directed that more consideration be given the 
needs of the Museum. ‘The Air Force finally agreed that the Museum 
could temporarily remain on the base. However, this does not solve 
the problem because the space assigned to the Museum—30,000 square 
feet in Building T—6—is inadequate, and most of the aircraft will still 
have to remain outdoors. A storage base was started at Suitland, 
Md., about a mile beyond the District of Columbia line, but lack of 
funds to complete the project still leaves the Museum with inadequate 
storage space. 

In spite of these difficulties progress has been made at Park Ridge 
in caring for the stored material there, and the facility at Suitland 
has been developed sufficiently to take care of 20 loads of material 
brought in from Park Ridge. Details of these operations are given 
in later portions of this report. 


126 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 127 


Although every effort has been made to keep up the other functions 
of the Museum at the Washington office, the maintenance of exhibits, 
public services, research, and planning have reluctantly been given 
less attention owing to reduction in personnel and enforced priority of 
other projects. Normally the staff includes an administrative head, 
a curator, and two associate curators. With the retirement last year 
of the former head of the Museum and the addition of his adminis- 
trative duties to those of the curator, plus the continued absence on 
naval duty of one of the two associates, there are now only two persons 
to do the work previously assigned to four. 

Because the Fiftieth Anniversary of Powered Flight is being cele- 
brated during the calendar year 1953, the National Air Museum has 
experienced a very busy period, with many requests to assist the 
national anniversary committee, State organizations, industrial units, 
airlines, aeronautical groups, and others who have joined to mark the 
progress of a half century of human flight. This concentration of 
interest in past accomplishments since the marvelous flight by the 
Wright Brothers in 1903 has brought due recognition to the National 
Air Museum as the authoritative source of records of the past. The 
staff has frequently been called upon to furnish data on historic air- 
craft, biographies of noted airmen and engineers, photographs and 
descriptions of aeronautical events, drawings of airplanes, and other 
material. Authors have come to the Museum to consult the staff 
and to examine the library and reference files; teachers have requested 
assistance in planning courses; students have sought help in meeting 
assignments; and compilers of textbooks and pictorials have found 
much needed data. As opportunity permitted, the staff worked on 
the Museum’s own feature exhibit that is to further honor the Wright 
Brothers and mark the anniversary. This will be put on display dur- 
ing December 1953 and will emphasize the fact that the Wright 
Brothers not only invented the aeroplane but also developed it to a 
practical form and in addition taught others to fly. 

As part of its function in distributing aeronautical knowledge, the 
Museum issued a number of texts on airmen and aircraft for free dis- 
tribution to correspondents, students, and others, and as the fiscal year 
closed the ninth edition of the “Handbook of the National Aeronau- 
tical Collections” was being prepared. 


ADVISORY BOARD 


Although there were no formal meetings of the Advisory Board 
during the fiscal year, the Board members gave generously of their 
time to advance the projects of the Museum. Informal conferences 
were held at which the problems of the Museum were discussed, con- 
structive suggestions made, and progressive action planned. Dr. 


128 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Leonard Carmichael, present Secretary of the Smithsonian, succeeded 
former Secretary Alexander Wetmore on the Advisory Board upon 
the latter’s retirement December 31, 1952. 


STEPHENSON BEQUEST 


The bequest of George H. Stephenson, of Philadelphia, provides 
for a sculptured figure of Gen. William Mitchell, as a gift to the 
National Air Museum. Arrangements for procurement of the 
statue have been in charge of the Director of the Smithsonian’s Na- 
tional Collection of Fine Arts and officials of the National Gallery © 
of Art and the Fine Arts Commission. During the year a number 
of prominent sculptors were considered for this undertaking. 


SPECIAL EVENTS AND DISPLAYS 


Throughout the year the National Air Museum participated in 
many special events and exhibits and arranged several special dis- 
plays: 

Three occasions commemorative of the beginning of the airmail 
service—the forerunner of commercial aviation—are noteworthy. 
On August 12, 1952, the 34th anniversary of the date the Post Office 
Department took over operation of the airmail, All American Air- 
ways (now Allegheny Airlines) presented to the Air Museum a scale 
model of the Stinson SR-10 airplane used by that airline for airmail 
pickup service from 1939 to 1949. This took place at a luncheon 
given by that airline to several officials of the Post Office Department, 
the Smithsonian Institution, the Air Museum, and about 50 persons 
of prominence in aeronautics. Whereas August 12, 1918, was the 
date when the Post Office began operations with its own pilots and 
planes and assisting personnel, airmail service on a permanently 
scheduled basis had been inaugurated on May 15, 1918, by the Signal 
Corps Aviation Section as a military experiment. The anniversary 
of that date in 1953 was observed by the Aero Club of Washington. 
The head curator of the Air Museum, who had been present at the 
original occasion, pointed out to members of the Club the location 
from which the first mail planes took off; he also composed the text 
of a marker, which was turned over to the National Park and Plan- 
ning Commission, to commemorate that event and mark the location. 
On May 24, 1953, the Indiana State Society gave a luncheon at the 
National Airport in honor of Robert Shank, who was one of the 
original four pilots hired by the Post Office when that Department 
took over the airmail service from the military. Three weeks earlier 
Governor George N. Craig of Indiana, Representatives Charles A. 
Halleck and Charles B. Brownson, and E. C. Gaertner, a member of 
the Society, had visited the Museum in order to see the airmail exhibit 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 129 


and better acquaint themselves with the personal story of Robert 
Shank. They were shown the Museum’s Curtiss JN-4 airplane, 
similar to one in which the early airmail was flown, and models of 
other types flown by Shank and his fellow mail pilots. Upon request, 
several of these models were shown at the Society’s luncheon, together 
with a series of photographs, taken in 1918, of airmail events. The 
head curator of the Air Museum described these models and photo- 
graphs and spoke from personal recollections of early airmail service. 

Another noted pilot, Roscoe Turner, was honored August 14, 1952, 
when he was presented with the Distinguished Flying Cross. The Air 
Museum assisted with an exhibit in the Pentagon Building of aircraft 
models representing types flown by Turner. 

At the annual banquet of the Aero Club of Washington on Decem- 
ber 17, to mark the anniversary of the Wright Brothers’ first flight, 
the Museum provided a Wright engine of 25 horsepower to serve as 
a contrast to a modern jet engine of about 5,000 pounds thrust. At 
this banquet the Museum also helped with preliminary arrangements 
for the presentation of the Robert J. Collier Trophy, symbolic of out- 
standing achievement, to John Stack, engineer of the National Ad- 
visory Committee for Aeronautics. 

At the meeting of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Insti- 
tution on January 16, 1953, the Air Museum exhibited the rocket en- 
gine popularly known as Black Betsy. This is the prototype of those 
that powered the first manned supersonic flight and established cur- 
rent records for altitude and speed. 

During February, in conjunction with the National Collection of 
Fine Arts, an exhibition of watercolors by Lt. Col. H. H. Sims of the 
Air Force was shown. These had been painted during visits to vari- 
ous interesting parts of the world, in connection with his assigned 
duties. At the end of March a special exhibit was held in the D. C. 
National Guard Armory illustrating the many uses of magnesium. 
One of the first aircraft to employ this remarkably light metal was 
the Northrop Black Bullet, XP-56, made for the Air Force in 1943, 
and now in the Air Museum collection. It was among those stored at 
Park Ridge but was brought to Washington for this showing and then 
placed in storage at Suitland. During April, by courtesy of the West- 
inghouse Electric Corporation and the Navy Bureau of Aeronautics, 
a cutaway operating example of the J—34 jet engine was shown in 
the Aircraft Building. This type powers the Navy’s Douglas F3D 
Skyknight and the McDonnell F2H Banshee, used in Korea. 

The Museum participated in or assisted with several television pro- 
grams during the year. 

SURVEY 

In determining the whereabouts and suitability of material re- 

quired for the national collection, either as evidence of current prog- 


130 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


ress or to fill in historical and technical gaps, most of the inquiries 
and negotiations can be conducted by mail, but in many cases personal 
visits by members of the staff are desirable to learn the story behind 
the material under consideration and attend to the many details in- 
volved in securing it for the Museum. The following trips were made 
in this connection. 

July 8, by the head curator, to the Glenn L. Martin Aircraft Co. at Middle 
River, Md., to inspect models of the PBM and JRM aircraft. 

August 11-15, by the associate curator, Robert Strobell, to Wright-Patterson 
Air Force Base, Dayton, Ohio, to determine progress being made on models of 
Wright Brothers’ aircraft and examine data on the aerial torpedo of World 
War I. 

October 5-7, by Mr. Strobell, to Great Neck, L. I., N. ¥., and Wood-Ridge, N. J., 
to obtain data on guided missiles, determine progress on instrument exhibit, and 
examine and select photographs of Curtiss aircraft. 

May 46, by the head curator, to Langley Field, Va., to attend an inspection 
of the laboratory of the National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics and de- 
termine the availability to the Museum of displayed material. 

June 26-27, by the senior exhibits worker, Stanley Potter, to Indianapolis, 
Ind., to discuss methods of delivering and disassembling the Boeing 247-D air- 
plane being considered for transfer to the Museum by the Civil Aeronautics 
Administration. 


ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION AND IMPROVEMENT OF EXHIBITS 


New material received this year covers a wide range—from items 
representative of past accomplishments to objects showing recent de- 
velopments. These form a permanent record of progress and 
outstanding achievement. 

Of the full-sized aircraft received, an impressive gift is the Douglas 
DC-3 transport airplane presented by Eastern Air Lines through its 
president, Edward V. Rickenbacker, with the helpful assistance of 
Beverly Griffith. Before World War II the DC-3 was used on airlines 
throughout the world. During that war this type, appropriately 
named the Sky 7’rain and known as C-47 to the Air Force, R4D to 
the Navy, Dakota to the British, was used in every theater of opera- 
tions and is still giving the same reliable passenger service. The air- 
plane presented by Eastern Air Lines has flown 8,517,000 miles, and 
carried 213,000 passengers. Since its purchase in 1937 and until its 
retirement, it had been in operation on an average of 1014 hours per 
day. 

The Lacalibur IIT airplane in which a series of remarkable flights 
were made, was presented to the Museum by Pan American Airways. 
This is the P-51 Mustang, made by North American Aviation, Inc., 
and powered with a Packard Rolls-Royce Merlin engine. Trans- 
continental records were made in it by Paul Mantz in 1946 and 1947, 
and in 1951 Charles Blair flew it nonstop from New York to London 
at a record speed averaging 446 miles an hour, and made the first solo 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 131 


flight across the North Pole from Bardufoss, Norway, to Fairbanks, 
Alaska, 3,260 miles in 101% hours. 

Another important accession was a German Me 163, known as 
a rocket interceptor, used by our adversaries in World War II. 
The Museum was also fortunate in receiving as a gift from Hiller 
Helicopters the XH-44, the original Hiller-copter devised by Stanley 
Hiller in California in 1944, and one of the first successful types to use 
contrarotating blades. The control stick from a much earlier 
helicopter, the one designed by Dr. George DeBothezat and Ivan 
Jerome and constructed by the Engineering Division of the Army Air 
Service at McCook Field in 1922, was presented by Mr. Jerome, to- 
gether with photographs, drawings, and other data. 

Many types of aircraft that cannot be represented in the Museum 
by full-sized examples are illustrated by scale models. Two models 
received this year are almost as large as some full-sized planes. These 
were received from the Glenn L. Martin Co., one being the quarter- 
sized PBM Naval Mariner patrol plane and the other a quarter-sized 
model of the JRM Wars long-range flying boat. The PBM model 
was made in 1937, as a flyable test unit to determine the characteristics 
and performance of the large craft which was then only on the draw- 
ing boards. It proved to be a very valuable and prophetic means of 
“working out the bugs” at reduced expense. The JRM model was 
made for testing in the large-scale wind tunnel at the Langley Me- 
morial Laboratory of the National Advisory Committee for Aero- 
nautics, and through such testing revealed the probable performance 
of the type, again saving the time and cost of determining this infor- 
mation by full-scale experiments. Another acquisition is the original 
test model of the Northrop Flying Wing, a skillfully made light- 
weight miniature, about 3 feet in span, which was hand-launched and 
elided to test the lift and stability of a type from which developed the 
large B-35 and B49 bombers of our Air Force. It is exhibited in the 
Museum beside photographs of its huge descendants. One of the 
earliest configurations of the delta design was devised by Michael E. 
Gluhareff of Sikorsky Aircraft in 1939, starting by experiments with 
light balsa-wood glider models which demonstrated the utility of the 
dartlike pattern. His tests the next year were even more convincing, 
and in 1941 he designed a pursuit interceptor for the Air Force of that 
delta-wing shape. That was before the current era of jet power, 
and he planned to use contrarotating pusher propellers. Concentra- 
tion by Sikorsky Aircraft upon the helicopter program prevented 
continuation of the experiments with this design at that time, but 
today delta-winged aircraft have been successfully flown in Germany, 
America, and England, and are recognized as especially adapted to 
solving the problems encountered at supersonic speeds. 

Other scale models of full-sized aircraft received this year represent 


132 | ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


the Wright Brothers’ first glider of 1900, the Gallaudet D+ of 1918 
—one of the advanced types produced by the Gallaudet Aircraft Cor- 
poration for the United States Navy during the first World War—and 
the McDonnell Phantom FH-1, a current type of Navy fighter em- 
ployed in Korea. M. A. Krieger donated an excellent scale model of 
the V-1 German buzz bomb. A full-sized specimen of this weapon, 
which caused such destruction in England during World War II, is 
in the Museum’s collection, but is not exhibited for lack of space. The 
Army and Navy Club of Washington presented to the Museum an 
automatic pilot from an actual V-1 which fell in the vicinity of the 
United Service Club in London. The Navy has added this year to the 
Museum’s series of small airplane “recognition” models which show 
the characteristics of ex-enemy and other foreign aircraft, as well as 
current United States types. ‘These are used in the Navy for training 
purposes, and are of value in the Museum for preserving the record of 
service types. 

Two very famous power units have been added to the Museum’s 
“Engine Row” this year: The Pratt and Whitney R-4360-35 Wasp 
Major engine, number 1 of the four which powered the United States 
Air Force Boeing B-50 bomber Lucky Lady II when it made the first 
nonstop world flight, taking off from Fort Worth, Tex., February 26, 
1949 ; and the famous Black Betsy, a four-tube liquid-propellent rocket 
designed and built in 1940 by Reaction Motors, Inc. In great contrast 
to the complicated fuel system of these modern engines is a little 
“puddle carburetor” sent in by a friend of the Museum who had found 
it among some relics of pioneer flying. Several propellers were re- 
ceived; also a unique electric generator showing the application of 
the airplane type of propeller to power production. This wind-driven 
generator was developed by H. R. Stuart and E. N. Fales in 1922, 
and came into commercial use a year later. 

Mementos of famous flyers provide personal associations which in- 
crease interest in the collections. Two exhibits of this nature have been 
added to the group of World War I airplanes. One was prepared with 
the cooperation of Capt. Edward V. Rickenbacker and includes 
his uniform, scale models of his Nieuport 28 and Spad 18 airplanes, 
records and photographs of the members of the 94th Squadron which 
he commanded, and photographs of enemy aircraft which they en- 
gaged. This has been placed near the Spad fighter. A panel record- 
ing some of the accomplishments of Col. Harold H. Hartney, who was 
commanding officer of the First Pursuit Group which captured the 
German Fokker D-7—now in the Museum—has been installed near 
that plane. The first world-flight flagplane, Douglas Cruiser Chicago, 
now has beside it, in a case containing a scale model of his Cloudster, a 
portrait sculpture of the aircraft designer, Donald Douglas. This 
was given by the artist, W. F. Engelman, of Florida, who also pre- 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 133 


sented his sculpture of Admiral Richard E. Byrd, which has been 
placed with instruments and other material recalling the polar fights 
of that great explorer. Woodward Burke, famous pilot who test-flew 
some of the Brewster Naval fighters during World War II, was one 
of the first to develop a pressure-bearing garment for aviators which 
aided in controlling the abnormal passage of blood during aerial 
maneuvers at extreme speeds. This elementary “G-suit,” so named 
because it restricts the effects of gravity, has been given to the Museum 
by his widow. In the memorial exhibit to Amelia Earhart has been 
placed a small American flag, a gift from the family of ex-Mayor 
Malcolm E. Nichols of Boston, carried by Miss Earhart on her first 
flight across the Atlantic in the Fokker airplane Friendship, 1928. 

The Navy’s P2V Lockheed airplane, Z’ruculent Turtle, which estab- 
lished the current nonstop distance record, flying from Perth, Aus- 
tralia, to Columbus, Ohio, about 11,822 miles in slightly over 55 hours, 
is being held for the Museum by the Department of the Navy until 
space can be provided for its display; in the meanwhile the “How- 
Goes-It-Board” used on that flight has been placed on exhibit. That 
is the navigator’s sheet on which the plan of the flight was drawn up, 
and which was consulted by pilot and navigator as the flight pro- 
gressed. ‘he Navy has also presented parts of two historic wind 
tunnels, recently decommissioned at the Washington Naval Gun Fac- 
tory. In these tunnels scale models of many of the Navy’s earliest 
and most renowned aircraft were first tested. Individual listing of 
the year’s accessions is given in the final pages of this report. 

The two exhibits workers of the Museum, in addition to assisting 
with unloadings and other operations at the Suitland storage area, 
received and placed much of the material above described and in addi- 
tion made improvements in existing displays. The parts of the orig- 
inal John J. Montgomery gliders of 1905 and 1911 were mounted in 
new frames, thereby improving this exhibit. The Naval Curtiss F9C-2 
Sparrowhawk fighter of 1935 was completed by addition of its over- 
head hook-on gear supplied by the Navy Department Bureau of 
Aeronautics. The scale model of the U. S. S. Pennsylwania, which 
had been reconstructed to show the landing deck on which Eugene 
Ely made the first landing followed by a take-off on January 18, 1911, 
was provided with a more attractive base on which photographs of 
the event are mounted and in which a slide projector recounts the 
story of the evolution of aircraft carrier operations. The showing 
of scale models of aircraft used in World War II was improved; 
changes and additions were made in the impressive lineup of air- 
craft engines in the Aircraft Building. The famous aeronautical 
trophies were placed in larger cases, and material showing the his- 
tories of these trophies and their presentations was added, making 
the display more attractive and of greater educational value. 


134 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


STORAGE 


The difficulties experienced during the year in operating the Park 
Ridge, Ill., storage facility and in establishing the one at Suitland, 
Md., have been reviewed in the general statement. In spite of these 
problems, considerable progress was made in the operations at Park 
Ridge. 

Because the shipment of the stored material to Washington is the 
final objective of the storage facility, the principal project at Park 
Ridge is the disassembly, preservation, and boxing of aircraft, en- 
gines, and other materials. During the year 9 full-sized airplanes 
were taken apart to their major components, given preservative treat- 
ment, and boxed, bringing the total of airplanes so prepared to 72 and 
leaving but 10 presently scheduled for such treatment. Several of 
these, however, are large aircraft and will present serious problems in 
disassembly because they are foreign types for which little or no 
breakdown data exists, and, having been constructed for immediate 
and nearby combat operations they do not have the disassembly fea- 
tures common to American aircraft. Of the aircraft boxes formerly 
built, 17 were repaired and weatherproofed, 100 were sprayed with 
protective material, 4 were provided with new skids, and all were 
weighed to obtain data for final shipment. In the latter operation, 
the assistance of the State of Illinois Traffic Police, who lent their 
large scales, was particularly appreciated. Of the engines, 140 were 
given cleaning and preservative treatment, and boxes were constructed 
for 8, while all the engine boxes were checked for ventilation and a 
number of new lids constructed. In the final weeks of the fiscal year, 
when 20 truckloads of boxes containing components were shipped to 
Suitland, all those boxes were examined, repaired, their contents 
given cleaning and preservation treatment where necessary, the closed 
boxes banded, the material prearranged in load lots, and finally loaded 
on the trucks. In addition there were times when the two carpenters 
were required to construct office space or enclosures and shelves for 
tools, supplies, and equipment, and when the three mechanics had to 
stop their aircraft work in order to repair the crane, forklifts, and 
other handling equipment and vehicles. The guards frequently vol- 
unteered a helpful hand, and the manager, Walter Male, to whom 
much credit for the efficient operation at Park Ridge is due, appor- 
tioned his time so that he was able to visit the plant of Airwork Cor- 
poration at Millville, N. J., where they kindly explained to him their 
techniques for preserving aircraft, enabling these methods to be added 
to our processing. Mr. Male also visited Wright-Patterson Field at 
Dayton, where he searched for data on foreign aircraft in order to 
better care for those in the Museum collection; and, at the Naval Base 
in Mechanicsburg and other places, learned about their methods of 
storing aircraft, and related operations. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 135 


At Suitland, continuing with the erection of the prefabricated But- 
ler buildings, the remaining 4 of the 6 purchased last year were assem- 
bled on concrete bases by late November. The 6 buildings provide a 
total of 24,000 square feet and enabled the Museum to accept custody 
of 3 of the 4 full-sized airplanes received this year and of the 2 large 
Martin models; but of very great assistance was the storage of the 20 
loads of components shipped from Park Ridge. This operation saved 
double handling of those 3,000 boxes which, had Suitland been unavail- 
able, would have had to be moved again from one building to another 
at Park Ridge, stacked in vitally needed space, and otherwise cared 
for. As it is, they are now near their final destination, some have 
been inspected, and a few of the more interesting specimens that can 
be accommodated are being prepared for exhibition. 

Within the Smithsonian buildings in Washington where there have 
been two rooms devoted to aeronautical storage, the congestion has 
been greatly relieved by transferring material to Suitland; these 
rooms are being prepared as extensions of the reference-file space, and 
for keeping handling equipment and exhibition supplies. 


ASSISTANCE TO OTHER AGENCIES 


A large portion of the time of the staff is required in answering 
requests for information. During this anniversary year this public 
service has increased greatly in volume and variety, and many projects 
that are part of the general effort to make this an outstanding year 
in aeronautical progress have been aided by the Museum. One under- 
taking that will be of great permanent value is the compilation by 
the Division of Aeronautics of the Library of Congress of two volumes 
intended to be a complete record of the work by the Wright Brothers. 
The Museum made available its exhibits and files to the staff of that 
division. Other departments of the Government have their Anniver- 
sary projects: the Civil Aeronautics Administration is preparing ex- 
hibits featuring famous flights, the Office of Education is compiling 
lists of aeronautical material for distribution to schools, the Navy’s 
Bureau of Aeronautics assembled several displays showing historic 
and current developments, and the Air Force for Armed Forces Day 
prepared impressive shows. All these projects received help from 
the Museum. Some units of the Government in need of assistance in 
connection with current work were the Department of Justice, wishing 
construction details on cockpit harnesses, parachute hardware, and 
engine starters; the Air Force, asking for the loan of ex-enemy aircraft 
in order that the crews who were to examine the shot-down planes of 
our adversaries in Korea could be indoctrinated in foreign techniques, 
and requesting help in preparing educational and historical displays 
for student airmen. The Navy received descriptions of helicopter 

2754945310 


136 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


developments; the State Department asked for help in preparing 
articles on aeronautical subjects for use in foreign broadcasts and 
papers; and the Weather Bureau was supplied with photographs of 
famous flights for which that Bureau had supplied vital meteorologi- 
cal information. The artist Allyn Cox required accurate details of 
the Wright Brothers’ first aeroplane and facts about the air pioneers 
Langley and Chanute for incorporation in the frieze which he is 
completing on the rotunda wall of the United States Capitol. Several 
schools, including the Northrop Aero Institute and the School of 
Aeronautics in Denver, requested and received help from this Museum. 
The Institute of Aeronautical Sciences sent its curator to the National 
Air Museum to study exhibition procedures and methods of recording 
material; and drawings, photographs, and data on aircraft were ex- 
changed to mutual advantage with museums in California, France, 
Holland, and England. Slides for lectures were supplied to B. L. 
Whelan of Sikorsky Aircraft recalling early days in aviation, and to 
Capt. Ralph Barnaby, USN Ret., describing the gliders of the Wright 
Brothers. The head curator gave 11 lectures during the year on vari- 
ous phases of aeronautics and the work of the National Air Museum, 
speaking to Reserve units of the Navy and Air Force, airline groups, 
and to the American Society of Civil Engineers at their national 
meeting in Chicago, September 5. 


IMPROVEMENTS IN REFERENCE MATERIAL 


The documentation of the aeronautical collection is an important 
phase of museum work and must be maintained together with the 
preservation of the specimens. Without such documents as original 
correspondence records, descriptions of technical details and perform- 
ance, drawings, photographs, and related texts, the labeling of speci- 
mens and the furnishing of information about them would be difficult 
and perhaps inaccurate. With each accession the Museum endeavors 
to obtain such data as opportunity permits, and seeks to procure 
books, magazines, catalogs, and other literature pertinent to the 
general history of aeronautics. Frequently other persons studying the 
history and development of aircraft and patriotically interested in 
improving the national collections will give or exchange with the 
Museum from their collections. Some material has been received 
from bequests. 

From the Air Force, 170 boxes of technical orders were received. 
These cover such subjects as maintenance of aircraft, instructions for 
disassembly and overhaul, pilot’s operating instructions and other 
operational data, and area very valuable source of information. These 
documents are being screened in order to extract data relative to the 
collection. The General Services Administration, Department of 
Archives, has generously supplied from its files a number of photo- 


SECRETARY'S REPORT 137 


graphs of aircraft, and many aircraft manufacturers have responded 
to requests for photographs of their current and earlier types. Having 
established a periodical library during the previous fiscal year, the 
Museum has endeavored to maintain these aeronautical publications 
current and to add missing issues. To assist the Museum in filling 
requests for information on current aircraft the magazine Aero Digest 
very generously gave 500 reprints of their March 1953 Directory num- 
ber which featured a complete listing of types now in production. 
Maj. Kimbrough Brown of the Air Force, during his recent duty in 
Europe, collected much valuable information for the Museum and as- 
sisted with its incorporation into the files upon his return to this coun- 
try. Bell Aircraft supplied material for the improvement of the Mu- 
seum exhibition of the supersonic X-1 and another local exhibit. The 
Air Force Association assisted in supplying a catalog of the paintings 
by Col. H. H. Sims exhibited during February. The Museum is par- 
ticularly indebted to Charles Taylor, the mechanic associated with the 
Wright Brothers, who worked on the construction of the engine for 
their first airplane and helped to build and repair many of their 
aircraft. From his recollections he has been most helpful in answer- 
ing questions about the engine, construction details of Wright aircraft, 
and events of those wonderful days. 

The following lots of reference material have been separately 
acknowledged and entered: 


Mrs. Gretchen Schneider Black, Fort Worth, Tex.: The Eddie A. Schneider 
Memorial Library consisting of 67 books, 35 pamphlets, and a painting. 

Division of Military and Naval History, U. S. National Museum: A collection 
of 18 books from the Gen. John J. Pershing Library. 

Mrs. M. S. Gilpatric, New York, N. Y.: Four scrapbooks, a poster, an insignia 
of the First Aero Squadron, photographs, ete., collected by her son, Guy Gil- 
patric, renowned pioneer flier and World War I aviator. These are largely 
descriptive of the aircraft flown by him, and his piloting experiences. 

J. C. MacCartee, Sr., Osteen, Fla.: A collection of 64 photographs taken by 
him at College Park, Md., during 1911 and 1912, showing early aircraft and 
flights, principally those in Wright Brothers’ airplanes, and by notable military 
pilots of that era. 

Joseph Nieto, San Antonio, Tex.: Four 3-view scale-dimensioned drawings of 
famous aircraft, drawn by himself. 

North American Aviation, Inc., Los Angeles, Calif.: A collection of 36 photo- 
graphs, enlarged and framed, of types produced by this company. 

James J. Sloan, Aero Historical Society, Van Nuys, Calif.: A group of 11 
8-view scale-dimensioned drawings of aircraft, including several unique types 
of World War I. 

Stanford University Libraries, Stanford, Calif.: A collection of 60 bound 
volumes of aviation periodicals. 


RESEARCH 


The quantity of work involved in other phases of the Museum pro- 
gram limits the amount of time that can be devoted to personal re- 


138 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


search by the staff, but as opportunity permitted, several projects 
were advanced. 

Anticipating that the Fiftieth Anniversary of Powered Flight 
would be celebrated during 1953, the Museum intensified the collect- 
ing of photographs and other material relative to the Wright Broth- 
ers. Persons who had taken pictures of the Wrights and their air- 
craft and pupils in America were generous in sharing them with the 
Museum, but it was difficult to find photographs taken when the 
brothers were in Europe. Persistent correspondence by the associate 
curator finally located several helpful sources in England, France, 
Germany, and Holland and, thanks to such cooperation, the Museum’s 
collection is now one of the most complete. This material has been 
of great service to many publishers, writers, artists, modelmakers, 
and others, and selections will form part of the special Wright dis- 
play being planned for December of 1953. 

Efforts were continued throughout the year to procure authentic 
documents and drawings about America’s early work in the guided- 
missile field. Extensive material was obtained describing the Dayton- 
Kettering developments during the First World War, but little has 
been received about the Long Island-Sperry efforts. 


ACCESSIONS 


This year the National Air Museum received 82 accessions from 28 
sources totaling 112 specimens. Those from Government departments 
are recorded as transfers; others were received as gifts except as 
noted. 


Arr Force, DEPARTMENT OF, Washington, D. C.: German Messerschmitt Me 163 
rocket interceptor, used in World War II to oppose operations of American 
and English bombers (N. A. M. 763). (Through Pratt & Whitney Aircraft) 
The Pratt & Whitney R-4360-835 Wasp Major aircraft engine, Serial No. 
P-675, from the B-50-A bomber Lueky Lady II which made the first nonstop 
flight around the world, February 26—March 2, 1949 (N. A. M. 753). 

ALLEGHENY AIRLINES, Washington, D. C.: Scale exhibition model 1:16 of Stinson 
SR-10 airplane of type used by the predecessor company, All American Air- 
ways, from 1939 to 1949 for airmail service, featuring a unique pickup-in- 
flight system (N. A. M. 758). 

ARMY AND Navy Cius, Washington, D. C.: An automatic pilot from a German 
V-1 flying bomb which came down in the vicinity of the United Service Club, 
London, England, World War II (N. A. M. 757). 

AUGUSTINE, DaAviD, Landover, Md.: An airplane propeller of Micarta, a com- 
pressed resinous material, in use about 1928 (N. A. M. 782). 

BukKE, MRs. OLIvIA BENDELARI, New Hope, Pa.: An aviator’s restrictive garment 
for maintaining pressure on parts of the body to reduce effects of inertia 
during extreme maneuvers at high speeds. Devised by her husband, Wood- 
ward Burke, test pilot, who gave his life in 1945 during development of a 
Navy jet fighter (N. A. M. 765). 

EASTERN AiR LINES, New York, N. Y.: Douglas DC-3 airplane No. 164. con- 
structed 1937, and veteran of over 8% million air miles (N. A. M. 766). 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 139 


EMSCHWILLER, LT. WILLIAM M., U. S. M. C., Hyattsville, Md.: Seale exhibition 
model 1:24 of the McDonnell FH-1 Phantom, a current type of Naval jet- 
powered airplane (N. A. M. 752, loan). 

ENGLEMAN, WILLIAM F., Miami, Fla.: Two portrait busts, one of Adm. Richard 
B. Byrd, Naval pilot and polar explorer, and one of Donald W. Douglas, noted 
aircraft designer and manufacturer (N. A. M. 755). 

GARBER, PAUL Epwarp, Washington, D. C.: Five kites, one a reproduction of that 
used by Benjamin Franklin 200 years ago in his experiments with lightning, 
and four of Chinese origin in outlines of a butterfly, fish, bat, and bird 
(N. A. M. 761). 

HARTNEY, Mrs. HAroip, Washington, D. C.: Material associated with the military 
and aeronautical accomplishments of her husband, the late Col. Harold 
Hartney, commander of the First Pursuit Group, World War I (N. A. M. 767). 

HERRING, M. G., Washington, D. C.: An aircraft propeller, wooden, two-bladed, 
from an Aeromarine—40 flying boat, about 1921 (N. A. M. 779). 

HILieER HELICOPTERS, Palo Alto, Calif.: The XH-—44, original Hiller-copter de- 
signed and constructed by Stanley Hiller in 1944; it has two 2-bladed contra- 
rotating rotors (N. A. M. 769). 

HUBBELL, CHARLES, Cleveland, Ohio: Scale exhibition model 1:16 of the Wright 
Brothers’ first glider, 1900 (N. A. M. 771, purchase). 

HUNDEMER, CHARLES, Baton Rouge, La.: A mixing valve or “puddle carburetor” 
used on an airplane engine of the period 1908-1910 (N. A. M. 789). 

JEROME, IvAN, Massapequa, L. I., N. Y.: Original control stick from the helicopter 
constructed by the Engineering Division of the U. 8S. Army Air Service, McCook 
Field, Dayton, Ohio, 1922, designed by Dr. George DeBothezat and Mr. Jerome 
(N. A. M. 768). 

KicKERT, Howarp, Arlington, Va.: An aircraft propeller, wooden, 2-bladed, of 
early design, used with a low-horsepower engine (N. A. M. 772, loan). 

Kriecer, M. A., Dallas, Tex.: Seale exhibition model 1: 24 of transparent mate- 
rials showing construction of a German V-1 buzz bomb as used against Eng- 
land, World War II; with associated data (N. A. M. 781). 

MarTIn, GLENN L., Co., Middle River, Md.: Two quarter-sized models of Martin 
flying boats, one being the flying model with which characteristics of the Navy 
PBM Mariner were predetermined; the other the wind-tunnel model of the 
Navy JRM Mars, long-range patrol and cargo plane (N. A. M. 774). 

Mopet Burxpers, Inc., William Chaffee, President, Chicago, Ill.: Two scale ex- 
hibition models, 1: 16, illustrating the Nieuport 28 and Spad 13 airplanes flown 
in World War I by Capt. Edward V. Rickenbacker (N. A. M. 760, purchase). 

NAvy, DEPARTMENT oF, Washington, D. C.: Parts of two wind tunnels recently 
decommissioned at the Naval Gun Factory in Washington; the earlier was the 
8-foot square-throat wooden tunnel built in 1914; the other circular, of metal, 
was constructed about 15 years later (N. A. M. 776). The “How-Goes-It- 
Board” used by pilot and navigator of the Navy’s Lockheed Truculent Turtle 
which established the world record for nonstop distance, 11,822 miles, October 
1, 1946 (N. A. M. 777). (Through Reaction Motors, Inc., Rockaway, N. J.) 
The original Black Betsy rocket engine which served as prototype for the 
engines that powered the first manned supersonic flight by the Air Force's 
Bell X-1 and the Navy’s Douglas D-558-2, which has flown higher and faster 
than any other manned aircraft (N. A. M. 754). A collection of 48 aircraft 
models, scale 1: 72, of recent and current types; used for training in aircraft 
recognition (N. A. M. 751). 

NICHOLS, Matcotm E., THE Famity or, Boston, Mass.: A small American flag, 
carried by Amelia Harhart on her first flight across the Atlantic Ocean, with 


140 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Wilmer Stultz, pilot, and Lew Gordon, mechanic, in the Fokker seaplane 
Friendship, June 17-18, 1928 (N. A. M. 762). 

NorrHrop AIRCRAFT, INc., Hawthorne, Calif.: Experimental glide model of the 
flying wing, used for the original test of this configuration (N. A. M. 778). 
Pan AMERICAN Arrways, New York, N. Y.: The airplane H@calibur III in which 
Capt. Charles Blair made a transatlantic record flight and the first nonstop 

solo flight over the North Pole, 1951 (N. A. M. 775). 

RICKENBACKER, Capt. Epwarp V., New York, N. Y.: The uniform worn by him 
in World War I with records and photographs of members of the 94th Squad- 
ron which he commanded (N. A. M. 759). 

Roperick, Harry M., Oakland, Calif.: Compressed-air-powered experimental 
model airplane, 1909 (N. A. M. 773). 

SHortT, Roxor V., Madison, Conn.: Scale exhibition model, 1:16, of the Gallaudet 
D-4 Navy seaplane, 1918, an advanced pusher biplane design (N. A. M. 756, 
purchase). 

Srxorsky ArrcraFtT, Division of the United Aircraft Corp., Bridgeport, Conn.: 
Scale exhibition model, 1:16, of the proposed delta-winged fighter designed by 
M. EB. Gluhareff in 1941 (N. A. M. 770). 

Stuart, H. R., and Fares, E. N., Washington, D. C.: Original wind-driven electric 
generator, equipped with a propeller similar to the airplane type, developed 
jointly by the donors in 1922 (N. A. M. 764). 


Respectfully submitted. 
Pau E. Garser, Head Curator. 


Dr. Leonarp CaRMIOHAEL, 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 10 


Report on the Canal Zone Biological Area 


Sm: It gives me pleasure to present herewith the annual report 
of the Canal Zone Biological Area for the fiscal year ended June 30, 


1953. 
BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 


The major accomplishment at Barro Colorado Island during the 
year was the installation of two 15-KVA Diesel-driven generators. 
This required the construction of a concrete foundation, to which the 
generators had to be anchored, and a well-ventilated building to house 
the units; the installation of large instrument panels and insulated 
pipes for overhead distribution; and procurement of necessary acces- 
sories for operation. Although the annual operating cost of the 
generators amounts to about $1,650, the benefits to be derived from a 
constant flow of current are inestimable; and being able to operate 
the refrigerator, deep freeze, dry cabinets, and dehumidifiers 24 hours 
a day, thereby eliminating spoilage, will result in considerable sav- 
ings. Also, an adequate and uninterrupted supply of electricity 
should attract many more investigators who need current at all hours. 

The pit for the rainwater reservoir, west of the new laboratory 
building, was completed, and the reinforcing steel and form lumber 
were cut to size. Because of deficient rainfall, there was not enough 
water to mix the concrete, and so this project was not finished. 

Shelving was added to the large (original) laboratory building for 
a collection of reptiles and amphibians, largely from the island, and 
for the extensive collection of Central American fruits, mostly from 
Panama, obtained by the resident manager during his years of study 
of fruit flies of the genus Anastrepha. Dr. and Mrs. E. R. Dunn, of 
Haverford College, put most of the reptile and amphibian specimens 
in new jars and relabeled them. 

An electrically heated plant drier was built and has already been 
put to good use by scientists. 

It was necessary to build an extension to the dock at the island, and 
also to the covered area for the launches. Both launches required 
minor repairs to the hulls, and the engine of one needed replacement 
of parts. A large, well-built cayuco was obtained, for use with an 
outboard motor, in order to police the island more adequately. 

The trails are in good condition, but some of the markers need to 
be replaced. 

141 


142 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


The Fuertes house and the houses at the end of Drayton trail are in 
excellent condition. The old main laboratory is in good shape, except 
for minor repairs, and can accommodate at least 20 scientists a day. 
The Chapman house can still be used as a laboratory building, and 
with a minimum of repairs should serve well for 5 years or more. 
The buildings occupied by the warden-caretaker and the cook are in 
good condition; the one used by the laborers needs some repairs. The 
plywood building at the tower was primarily a test for termites and 
resin glues, and can still be used as a shelter. 


MOST URGENT NEEDS 


Most urgently needed is the rainwater reservoir. It is hoped that 
the concrete for this can be poured early in the next fiscal year and 
that funds will be available to cover it with concrete slabs, add the 
necessary pipes, and divert the runoff from the aluminum roof into 
the tank. Also, a new 2-horsepower electric motor to run the pump 
must be purchased. With this reservoir we should have adequate 
“safe” water to last through even a dry season. 

Next in importance is the need for electric wiring in the new build- 
ing, water service for the lower floor, the installation of sinks, tables, 
and shelves, so that at least the two main laboratory rooms (each ac- 
commodating four persons) can be made available to scientists; and 
the installation of exhaust fans, shelves, and other equipment in the 
photographic dark room. Dehumidifiers will have to be purchased; 
these are very necessary to prevent deterioration and corrosion from 
the high humidity. 

With these things accomplished, the library, herbarium, and index 
cabinets can be transferred from the Haskins building to the new 
building, and the kitchens moved to the fireproof Haskins building. 
Purchase of an electric water heater for the kitchen, an urgent need, 
has been approved. 


SCIENTISTS AND THEIR STUDIES 


The primary purpose of the Canal Zone Biological Area is to pro- 
vide a safe and accessible area for scientific research in the lower 
humid tropics in the Americas. Probably nowhere else in the world 
can be found the combination of unspoiled tropical jungle and health- 
ful laboratory surroundings. Here scientists find a profusion of 
plants and animals and are able to carry on a wide variety of special 
studies. 

During the 1953 fiscal year, 57 scientists came to the island. The 
high cost of transportation prevents many from coming and also, in 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 


143 


many cases, curtails the length of stay. A list of the season’s in- 
vestigators, with a brief summary of their interests, follows: 


Investigator 
Ajello, Dr. Libero, U. S. Public Health Service, 
Atlanta, Ga. 
Anderberg, T., Sweden. 


Andrew, Dr. Warren, Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine, Winston-Salem, N. C. 

Ansley, Dr. Hudson R., Columbia University, 
New York, N. Y. 

Bloedel, Prentiss, 
Berkeley, Calif. 

Blomberg, Dr. Rolf, Sweden and Ecuador. 


University of California, 


Boberg, Walter, Sweden. 


Bradley, John C., Waterbury, Conn. 

Bromfield, Louis, Malabar Farm, Lucas, Ohio. 

Buchanan, Charles, Puerto Rico. 

Burk, Gordan, Scripps Institution of Oceanog- 
raphy, La Jolla, Calif. 

Chamberlain, Mrs. Florence, Des Moines, Iowa. 

Clark, Dr. Walter, Eastman Kodak Research 
Laboratories, Rochester, N. Y. 


Crookchewit, Hans, Amsterdam, Holland. 

Drury, Dr. William, Harvard University, Cam- 
bridge, Mass. 

Dunn, Dr. and Mrs. E. R., Haverford College, 
Haverford, Pa. 


Hisenmann, Dr. Eugene, New York, N. Y. 


Erickson, Clarence O., Paramount Pictures, 
Hollywood, Calif. 

Geysa, Vanita von, Illinois. 

Goelet, Dr. Robert, New York Zoological Society, 
New York, N. Y. 

Goodale, Dr. Robert L., Boston, Mass. 

Graham, Dr. E. H., U. S. Soil Conservation Serv- 
ice, Washington, D. C. 

Griffin, Dr. Donald R., Cornell University, 
Ithaca, N. Y. 

Hartman, Dr. Frank M., Ohio State University, 
Columbus, Ohio. 

Heim, Roger, Museum of Natural History, 

Paris, France. 


Principal interest or special 
study 
Environmental factors. 


Member of Blomberg expedi- 
tion. (See Dr. Rolf Blom- 
berg.) 

Land mollusks. 


Sex determination in centi- 
pedes. 
Orientation in bats. 


Color photography, stills, and 
sound recordings; intensive 
study of tropical wildlife. 

Member of Blomberg expedi- 
tion. (See Dr. Rolf Blom- 
berg.) 

Mollusks. 

Tropical flora and birds. 

Bird survey and habitats. 

Mammals and birds. 


Bird survey and nests. 

Review of Eastman Kodak ex- 
posure tests; color photog- 
raphy and sound recordings. 

Birds. 

Forest topography as affecting 
bird life. 

Amphibians and reptiles and 
rearrangement of island col- 
lection. 

Continuation 
bird studies. 

Appraisal of island for motion 
film of army ants. 

Continuation of her painting. 

Birds, mammals, and flora, 


of long-range 


Bird studies. 
Wildlife and flora. 


Orientation in bats. 


Continuation of studies on 
adrenals of birds and mam- 
mals, 

Fungi and environment. 


144 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


Investigator 
Henry, Mr. and Mrs. Thomas R., Washington 
Star, Washington, D.C. 
Hiestand, Dr. Norman T., Los Alamos, N. Mex. 


Hodgson, Dr. Edward S., Barnard College, Co- 
lumbia University, New York, N. Y. 

Kelly, Dr. Junea, Alameda, Calif. 

Kerr, Miss Charlotte, U. S. Embassy, Panama. 


Koronda, John, Michigan State College, East 
Lansing, Mich. 

Loegering, William I., IICA Turrialba, Costa 
Rica. 

Lundy, William E., Assistant Paymaster, Panama 
Canal. 

MacLeish, Kenneth, Life Magazine, New York, 
N. Y. 


Martin, Dr. George W., State University of Iowa, 
Iowa City, Iowa. 

McGinty, Thomas, Florida. 

Miller, Melville W., Vermillion, S. Dak. 

Monros, Dr. and Mrs. F., Instituto Miguel Lillo, 
Tucuméan, Argentina. 

Morris, Robert C., U. S. Bureau of Entomology 
and Plant Quarantine, Gulfport, Miss. 

Murie, Dr. Olaus J., Wilderness Society, Moose, 
Wyo. 

Nadler, Aaron M., Brooklyn, N. Y. 


Olsson, Dr. A. A., Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia. 

Parsons, Dr. James J., University of California, 
Berkeley, Calif. 

Perrygo, Watson M., U. S. National Museum, 
Washington, D. C. 

Prescott, Dr. George W., Michigan State College, 
East Lansing, Mich. 

Rimmer, David, Malabar Farm, Lucas, Ohio. 

Seattergood, Dr. Leslie, U. S. Legation Mission. 

Setzer, Dr. Henry W., U. S. National Museum, 
Washington, D. C. 

Soper, Dr. Cleveland C., Tropical Research Lab- 
oratory, Eastman Kodak Co., Panama City, 
Panama. 


Steward, Richard, National Geographic Society, 
Washington, D. C. 

Stirling, Dr. and Mrs. M. W., Smithsonian Insti- 
tution. 


Principal interest or special 
study 
To collect data on plants and 
animals for press releases. 
General biology, color photog- 
raphy, and sound recordings. 
Behavior of leaf-cutting ants. 


Continuation of bird studies. 

Observations on birds and 
mammals. 

Algae. 


Plants and ecology. 


Continuation of studies on 
birds and mammals. 

Appraisal of animal life in 
rain forest of American 
Tropics. 

Fungi. 


Mollusks. 
Birds, mammals, and flora. 
Coleoptera. 


Termites. 
Animal footprints. 


Intensive collecting and study 
of Psocidae. 
Paleontology. 


Grasses. 
Birds. 
Algae. 


Birds and plants. 
Tropical flora. 
Mammals. 


Deterioration and corrosion of 
photographic equipment and 
supplies. Gave technical ad- 
vice and help on Diesel gen- 
erators. 

Photography. 


General biology and reconnais- 
sance, 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 145 


Principal interest or special 


Investigator study 
Swift, Lloyd W., U. S. Forest Service, Washing- | Wildlife and flora. 
ton, D. C. 
Weber, Dr. Jay A., Miami, Fla. Mollusks., 


Weldon, A. L., State University of Iowa, Iowa | Fungi. 
City, Iowa. 

Wetmore, Dr. Alexander, Smithsonian Institu- | Birds, and general inspection 
tion. of the plant. 


VISITORS 


There were about 700 visitors to the island during the year. Most 
of them came in small groups, and quite a number stayed overnight or 
for a few days. Among these were Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, and 
photography clubs; groups from schools in Panama City, Colon, and 
elsewhere; from colleges, and from the University of Panama. There 
were also a number of groups from the Armed Forces, the United 
States Embassy in Panama, many technical and specialized missions, 
and branches of the Point-4 Program. 


DONATIONS 


The resident manager donated to the library a complete series of 
bound volumes of the Journal of Agricultural Research; a series of 
Natural History magazines, complete to date; many miscellaneous pub- 
lications; and a quantity of laboratory glassware, chemicals, and other 
supplies. 

RAINFALL 


In 1952, during the dry season (January to April) rains of 0.01 inch 
or more fell on 36 days (98 hours), and on 203 days (744) hours during 
the 8 months of the wet season. 

Rainfall was 9.26 inches below the station average for 28 years—an 
excess of 1.09 inches during the dry season and a deficiency of 10.35 
inches during the wet season. March was the driest month, 0.11 inch, 
and October the wettest, 16.96 inches. 


TABLE 1.—Annual rainfall, Barrow Colorado Island, 0. Z. 


Total Station Total Station 
Year inches average | Year inches average 
i wae ee WU carmen 115. 47 110. 94 
J a ao 118. 22 113..66-€ 1040. siecle 86. 51 109. 43 
a 116. 36 EO eet Be cles os let or 91, 82 108. 41 
Rumer 101. 52 Ti. 36) FOS. 111. 10 108. 55 
a 87. 84 106. 56:4 1048623 ceive crand 120. 29 109. 20 
es oe ic my 76. 57 PORE. WOR) Ae Bien enosecaein = 111. 96 109. 30 
| 37 SR Dg ER 123. 30 104) 60'1'1946... 0 60S cu 120. 42 109. 84 
oe 113.52 105..40:1 30460 0s lis 87. 38 108. 81 
SS ae ai ee 101. 73 TAG Ce | RE Eke we tecentarnl 77. 92 107. 49 
§Og4_ 10. JLGLUL. 122. 42 LOW O4 | 104632 edbieec. 42 83. 16 106. 43 
[os a ae 143. 42 Li 3511040. 5 os eos 114. 86 106. 76 
Ree = on 93. 88 TATE. OU LN is atica bit antec 114. 51 107. 07 
eee 124. 13 Ae yg}: ae 112. 72 107. 28 


_ i a ere 117. 09 L1O..62 | 1902..c00~0205-. 97. 68 106, 94 


146 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


TABLE 2.—Comparison of 1951 and 1952 rainfull, Barro Colorado Island, C. Z. 


(inches) 
Total Accumu- 

Month a EO LATON Years of | Excess or | lated excess 

average record deficiency or defi- 

1951 1952 ciency 
Pepa tt joe Fy 2 2) 2. 40 1.77 27 +0. 63 +0. 63 

1 yD Tao TY lie eae cea Setaliee eee 3. 76 . 39 1. 26 27 —.87 _ 

Moreh ©. 3.5: Tee ee . 30 Ppl 1, 20 27 —1.09 —1 
Nhs | ae 2 Se ee eee 8 5. 46 3. 04 28 +2. 42 +1. 09 
Ls ST at Dan ae a st a 12.19 12.39 10. 89 28 +1. 50 +2. 59 
dy 1), ii ete a oPOR Raleeae E AR WE S 10. 94 11. 76 11. 40 28 36 +2. 95 
D4 1 Sete <a ee ee 5.37 6.01 11. 28 28 —5. 27 —2. 32 
AWISUISE 2... tite: 1 20 Le ee 11. 29 9.11 12.16 28 —3.05 —5.37 
SODLAUIDGER- S32 See 9. 62 11.18 10. 06 28 +1.07 —4. 30 

October. sre Pues ie. 19. 43 16. 96 13. 52 28 +3. 44 _ 
Novamben.-s--2 eae 16.15 9. 50 19. 10 28 —9. 60 —10. 46 
December j2.4h2, 2 Sk. 12. 93 12. 46 11. 26 28 +1. 20 —9. 26 
bf: eae Oe et. ee 112. 72 97. 68 106,94 Joos sec n8 et ao ee —9. 26 
IDTy segdson | 2. 2 oe BES 14. 80 8. 36 727 Vaesed ee ee +1.09 
Wet sesson=—- 2 Peete 97. 92 89. 32 99°67 Te een —10.35 


The maximum yearly rainfall of record on the island was 143.42 
inches, and the minimum 76.57 inches. The maximums of record for 
short periods were as follows: 5 minutes, 1.30 inches ( a new record) ; 
10 minutes, 1.65 inches (a new record) ; 1 hour, 4.11 inches; 2 hours, 
4.81 inches; 24 hours, 10.48 inches. 

During 1952 the maximums were: 5 minutes, 1.30 inches; 10 minutes, 
1.65 inches; 15 minutes, 1.71 inches; 30 minutes, 2.15 inches; 1 hour, 
2.86 inches; 2 hours, 3.43 inches; 24 hours, 4.48 inches. 


FISCAL REPORT 


Trust funds during the 1953 fiscal year amounted to $11,255.03, as 
follows: Balance from fiscal year 1952, $264.03; fees from scientists, 
$2,501.16; fees from visitors, $2,177; table subscriptions, $1,900; 
Smithsonian Institution private funds, $2,800; donations, $1,130; 
miscellaneous, $482.84. 

Items paid from trust funds are: Wages of warden-caretaker and 
laborers, food, office expenses, and miscellaneous items for upkeep and 
repairs. Wages amounted to 58.2 percent of the expenditures, and 
food and kitchen needs 35.8 percent, a total of 94 percent. At the 
close of the 1953 fiscal year there remained a balance of $437.74 in the 
trust funds. 

The Smithsonian Institution allotted $7,033.29 from Government- 
appropriated funds. Approximately 60 percent of this was expended 
for supplies from Panama Canal Storehouses, the major items being 
$614.63 for lumber; $198.98 for gravel; $490.88 for cement; $192.94 
for water lines and toilets; $390.77 for reinforcing steel, pipe, etc., for 
the water reservoir; $550.90 for the overhead installation of the 
Diesel generators; $493.66 for Diesel fuel; $72.08 for lubricating oil; 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 147 


$114.64 for the dock extension ; $346.62 for the extension of the sheds 
for the launches; and $60.78 for materials for the launches. 

The other 40 percent covered such items as gasoline, ice, freight, 
telephone, and rentals; repairs to launches ($214.74) ; transportation 
of the two Diesels to the Isthmus ($190.74) ; parts, filters, repairs, 
and maintenance inspections for the generators ($370.96) ; and shelv- 
ing ($255.86). 

The rates for scientists and visitors now in effect are $3 a day per 
person for 1-day visitors, $4 a full day for scientists from institutions 
that support the laboratory through table subscriptions, and $5 a full 
day for all others. A 1-day visit includes the use of the launch to 
and from the island, the noon meal, and the guide in the morning. 
A full day for scientists includes three meals and lodging. 

The following institutions continued their support to the laboratory 
through the payment of table subscriptions: 


ea ee ee eee ae Ret eA $1, 000 
Pn aouroricn) society. Lo OO ea ie ee 300 
Mian Mmuncum Of Natural History. 2-- 2/2 300 
OSES SS ee a, ae 300 


It is gratifying to record again donations from Dr. Eugene Eisen- 
mann of New York, Dr. Robert L. Goodale of Boston, and Dr. Robert 
Goelet of New York. 

Those contemplating a visit to this unique spot of the Americas 
should communicate with the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu- 
tion, Washington 25, D. C., or with the Resident Manager of the Canal 
Zone Biological Area, Drawer C, Balboa, Canal Zone. 


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


Thanks are due to the Panama Canal Company, particularly the 
Dredging and Commissary Divisions and the Storehouses; the Canal 
Zone Government, especially the Police Division; and the officials and 
employees of the Panama Railroad for their wholehearted cooperation. 
Without their generous and unfailing assistance, the Area could not 
function so successfully. 

Respecfully submitted. 

JAMES ZeTeEK, Resident Manager. 

Dr. Lzonarp CARMICHAEL, 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 11 


Report on the Library 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activi- 
ties of the Smithsonian library for the fiscal year ended June 30, 
1953: 

More than 100 foreign countries, including dominions, colonies, 
and protectorates, were represented among the 68,414 publications 
that came to the Smithsonian library, many of them through the 
International Exchange Service, during the past year. Of these pub- 
lications, all except 734 books which were purchased, and the serial 
parts of the 430 journals for which the library subscribed, came 
either in exchange for Smithsonian publications or as gifts. The 
acquisliton by exchange or gift of so large a proportion of the 1m- 
portant additions, mostly serials, to the library each year is made 
possible by the cordial cooperation of issuing agencies all over the 
world and by the generosity of many friends. The constant inflow 
of these records of scientific and cultural advance is the lifeblood of 
research, and the library is the pipeline through which this indispen- 
sable material is channeled to all parts of the Institution. 

The postwar years have seen many changes among scientific and 
other journals, but “births” continue to outnumber “deaths”; and 
in spite of wars and other vicissitudes the continuity of a surprising 
number of the series of publications issued by long-established insti- 
tutions and learned societies has been unbroken. So eternal vigi- 
lance is necessary not only to see that important new serials are ob- 
tained but also that missing parts of old ones are procured as promptly 
as possible. This is especially true of complicated irregularly issued 
foreign serials, often published in very small editions which quickly go 
out of print. To meet the larger number of these needs, 573 new 
exchanges were arranged during the year, and 7,073 volumes and 
parts were obtained by exchange to fill gaps in existing sets or to sup- 
ply individual publications on special subjects. 

Of the many gifts presented to the library by generous friends, 
the Eugene N. Costales philatelic library was one of the largest. 
Together with the many rare nineteenth-century publications on 
philately that Malcom MacGregor added to his previously reported 
gifts, these were especially important additions to the library’s fast- 
growing collection of philatelic literature. 

Extensive as are the exchange relations of the Institution, there 
are many books and periodicals in its subject fields that can be ob- 


148 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 149 


tained only by purchase. In the face of limited funds, rising prices, 
and the unceasing and increasing output of scientific and technical 
literature, careful screening is imperative. Of the many books re- 
quested during the year only 734 could be bought. About half the 
allotment of funds had to be earmarked for subscriptions to periodi- 
cals; and as usual allowance had to be made for the purchase of the 
annual volumes of reference books on special subjects. 

The library has no interest in acquiring rare books as such, but occa- 
sionally it is possible through one of the Institution’s special funds to 
acquire a much-needed rare work. Notable among such during the 
year was the purchase out of the Frances Lee Chamberlain fund of the 
extremely rare Gastropoda parts, by W. Wenz, of the “Handbuch der 
Palaozoologie,” for the division of mollusks. At present, this is the 
only complete and original copy of this very important work, pub- 
lished in seven parts in Berlin in 1938-44, known to be in this country. 
The stock of some of the parts was almost completely destroyed during 
the war. 

Additions to the Smithsonian Deposit at the Library of Congress, 
mostly parts of serial publications, numbered 5,840, of which 261 went 
to the Langley Aeronautical Library. Other publications sent to the 
Library of Congress, counted but not individually cataloged or entered 
here in the serial records, were 2,250 doctoral dissertations, chiefly from 
European universities, 5,507 documents, mostly from foreign govern- 
ments, and 14,231 miscellaneous pieces of literature, from all over the 
world, on subjects of little or no immediate interest to the Institution. 

Many publications on subjects in the special fields of other Govern- 
ment agencies were transferred to those agencies, the largest number 
being 4,104 pieces sent to the Armed Forces Medical Library, 881 of 
which were medical dissertations. 

Every effort was made to keep additions to the library’s collection of 
duplicates to a minimum; 14,326 pieces sent to the United States Book 
Exchange for exchange credit reduced the collection somewhat but 
still made no appreciable visible impression on the whole. 

Statistics of the catalog section show that 3,185 books were cataloged, 
22,625 periodicals entered, and 31,761 new cards added to the catalog 
and shelf lists and that more than 110,000 cards were handled in the 
task of merging the two formerly separately maintained main catalogs. 
This merging of records points continually to the large amount of 
greatly needed cataloging or recataloging to be done, notably of special 
collections, which have previously been sketchily recorded, or not cata- 
loged at all. 

Funds for binding permitted only 700 volumes to be sent to the 
Government Printing Office bindery, and so the large backlog of bind- 
ing continued to increase. In the library, 1,527 books were expertly 
repaired. 


150 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


The 8,641 loans recorded during the year show only a fraction of 
the use of the library’s collections. Many more than this number of 
books were consulted in the reference room and in the stacks of the 
main and branch libraries, while the annual use of publications on the 
highly specialized subjects of the different divisions of the Museum, 
shelved in their sectional libraries, could certainly be counted well up 
in the thousands. Intramural circulation of the 3,370 publications, 
mostly parts of periodicals, assigned to the sectional libraries for fil- 
ing this past year, would alone, in terms of use, need to be multiplied 
by several times that number. 

Beside the use of books within the Institution, the library serves, 
and is in turn served by, outside libraries through interlibrary loans. 
During the year, 82 different libraries throughout the country bor- 
rowed 965 books from us for the use of local scientists and other 
serious students. In addition to the many books borrowed from the 
Library of Congress, a large number of which were Smithsonian De- 
posit copies, 891 were borrowed from other libraries, chiefly from the 
hbrary of the Department of Agriculture. 

The reference and informational use of the library was especially 
heavy, and more than 27,000 questions, many of them in response to 
letters and telephone calls from outside the Institution, were answered 
in the reference and circulation section. 

The virtual closing of the branch libraries because of understaffing 
made it extremely difficult to give more than token service from them 
to the staff of the Institution; and special arrangements had to be 
made to serve the visiting scholars who needed to have access to the 
material housed in them. The scattered, inconveniently arranged, 
and overcrowded housing of the library throughout the Institution, 
worsened by the hundreds of volumes needing binding or repair, has 
long since become a chronic and increasingly serious condition, for 
the full relief of which a practical solution is yet to be found. 


SUMMARIZED STATISTICS 


ACCESSIONS 
Volumes fee inn sre} 
Smithsonian Deposit at the Library of Congress-_ -_-_-- 82 584, 295 
Smithsonian main library (includes former Office and 
Museum bremenes) 043) oe See ee 2, 142 289, 787 
Astrophysical Observatory (includes Radiation 
Organise) ise < 4 58 o ek he a al I, 62 14, 102 
Bureau of American Ethnology___._----_----- 282 35, 350 
National Air Muscum’’. 2 te Se Beas 18 306 
National Collection of Fine Arts___...________-- 599 13, 284 
National Z00iovieel Park ee ee a ee eee 4, 204 


Pinta tg we ieee: eel ts a ee sles eel 3, 185 941, 328 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 151 


Cataloged volumes only have been counted in the records of current 
accessions, and no incomplete volumes of serial publications or sepa- 
rates and reprints from serial publications are included in any of the 
totals. 


EXCHANGES 
nes Btranrer-s see ttt! SS tI 573 
189 of these were for the Smithsonian Deposit. 
Specially requested publications received______-____________________ 7, 073 
999 of these were obtained to fill gaps in Smithsonian Deposit sets. 
CATALOGING 
a lla AR Ec a SD AAR el nT 3, 185 
ara manedeto Catalogs and shelf lists. -___--_-_-- + 31, 761 
PERIODICALS 
I el 22, 625 


5,758 were for the Smithsonian Deposit. 


CIRCULATION 


ats es rier ame periodicals. 2) beer Pe ee re 8, 641 
Circulation of books and periodicals in sectional libraries is not 
counted, except in the division of insects. 


BINDING 


Volumes sent to the Government Printing Office bindery 700 


inn seit te” bier rye 8 Ss 2 te Ee a oe 1, 527 


Respectfully submitted. 
Lemna F. Criark, Librarian. 
Dr. Lzonarp CARMICHAEL, | 
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


APPENDIX 12 


Report on Publications 


Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publica- 
tions of the Smithsonian Institution and its branches for the year 
ended June 30, 1953: 

The publications of the Smithsonian Institution are in two cate- 
gories—those issued from federally appropriated funds (particularly 
the publications of the National Museum and the Bureau of American 
Ethnology, and the Smithsonian Report) and those issued under in- 
come from the Institution’s various endowment funds (Smithsonian 
Miscellaneous Collections, publications of the Freer Gallery of Art, 
and special publications). Eight regular series are issued, plus six 
others that appear less frequently. Publications are distributed free 
to more than a thousand libraries, both in this country and abroad, as 
well as to a large list of educational and scientific organizations and 
specialists in various fields. 'The Smithsonian publications program is 
& major part in the Institution’s endeavor to fulfill the diffusion-of- 
knowledge function prescribed by its founder. 

During 1952-53 the Institution published 23 papers in the Smith- 
sonian Miscellaneous Collections and title page and table of contents 
for 1 volume in this series; 1 Annual Report of the Board of Regents 
and pamphlet copies of 20 articles in the Report appendix, 1 Annual 
Report of the Secretary, and 1 special publication. 

The United States National Museum issued 1 Annual Report of the 
Director, 13 Proceedings papers, 3 Bulletins, and 1 paper in the series 
Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. 

The Bureau of Amercan Ethnology issued 1 Annual Report, 5 
Bulletins, and 3 papers in the series Publications of the Institute of 
Social Anthropology. 

The National Collection of Fine Arts issued 6 catalogs; and the 
Freer Gallery of Art published 1 paper in the Occasional Papers series. 

At the end of the year practically all the galley proofs of the tables 
in the ninth revised edition of the Smithsonian Physical Tables had 
been received from the printer. 

Of the publications there were distributed 177,675 copies, which in- 
cluded 11 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Contributions to 
Knowledge, 50,185 volumes and separates of Smithsonian Miscel- 
laneous Collections, 31,317 volumes and separates of Smithsonian 
Annual Reports, 1,988 War Background Studies, 4,582 Smithsonian 

152 
275494—53——11 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 153 


special publications, 49 reports and 142 sets of pictures of the Harri- 
man Alaska Expedition, 41,111 volumes and separates cf National 
Museum publications, 30,281 publications of the Bureau of American 
Ethnology, 8,315 publications of the Institute of Social Anthropology, 
2,817 catalogs of the National Collection of Fine Arts, 583 volumes 
and pamphlets of the Freer Gallery of Art, 9 Annals of the Astro- 
physical Observatory, 2,554 reports of the American Historical Asso- 
ciation, and 3,731 miscellaneous publications not published by the 
Smithsonian Institution (mostly Survival Manuals). 

In addition, 22,851 picture pamphlets, 97,922 guide books, 119,881 
natural-history, Smithsonian buildings, and art postcards, 14.825 sets 
of photo cards and picture postcards, 18 sets and 8 prints of North 
American Wild Flowers, and 4 volumes of Pitcher Plants were 
distributed. 

The 1953 allotment from Government funds of $92,320 for printing 
and binding was entirely obligated at the close of the year. 


SMITHSONIAN PUBLICATIONS 


SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS 


VOLUME 117 


No. 12. Two aboriginal works of art from the Veracruz coast, by Philip Drucker. 
7 pp., 3 pls., 1 fig. (Publ. 4091.) Aug. 26,1952. (20 cents.) 

No. 13. Primitive fossil gastropods and their bearing on gastropod classification, 
by J. Brookes Knight. 56 pp., 2 pls., 10 figs. (Publ. 4092.) Oct. 29, 1952. 
(60 cents. ) 

No. 14. New and unusual species of brachiopods from the Arbuckle group in 
Oklahoma, by G. Arthur Cooper. 35 pp.,4 pls. (Publ. 4093.) Sept. 23, 1952. 
(50 cents.) 

No. 15. The foraminiferal genus Triplasia Reuss, 1854, by Alfred R. Loeblich, 
Jr., and Helen Tappan. 61 pp., 8 pls., 11 figs. (Publ. 4094.) Sept. 9, 1952. 
(60 cents.) 

No. 16. Solar variation and precipitation at Peoria, Illinois, by C. G. Abbot, 
18 pp., 8 figs. (Publ. 4095.) Sept.3,1952. (30 cents.) 

No. 17. A generic synopsis of the lizards of the subfamily Lygosominae, by M. 
B. Mittleman. 35 pp. (Publ. 4096.) Nov. 4, 1952. (50 cents.) 

No. 18. The lower Eocene Knight formation of western Wyoming and its mam- 
malian fauna, by C. Lewis Gazin. 82 pp., 11 pls., 6 figs. (Publ. 4097.) Dee. 
9, 1952. ($1.00.) 

Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 4134.) [May 27] 1953. 


VOLUME 119 


No. 1. Cambrian stratigraphy and paleontology near Caborca, northwestern 
Sonora, Mexico, by G. Arthur Cooper et al. 184 pp., 31 pls., 9 figs., 2 charts. 
(Publ. 4085.) Aug. 6, 1952. ($3.00.) 

No. 2. Permian fauna at El Antimonio, western Sonora, Mexico, by G. Arthur 
Cooper et al. 111 pp., 25 pls., 3 figs. (Publ. 4108.) June 25, 1953. ($2.50.) 


154 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


VOLUME 121 


No. 1. Geology of the San Jon site, eastern New Mexico, by Sheldon S. Judson. 
70 pp., Spls., 22 figs. (Publ. 4098.) Mar.5,1953. ($1.15.) 

No. 2. The birds of the Islands of Taboga, Taboguilla, and Uravé, Panama, by 
Alexander Wetmore. 32 pp., 3 pls. (Publ. 4099.) Dec. 2, 1952. (35 cents.) 

No. 3. A revision of the Colombian species of Monnina, by Ramon Ferreyra. 
59 pp., 7 figs. (Publ. 4100.) Feb.3,1953. (50 cents.) 

No. 4. Structure and function of the genitalia in some American agelenid spiders, 
by Robert L. Gering. 84 pp.,72 figs. (Publ.4101.) Mar.17,1953. (80 cents.) 

No. 5. Solar variation and precipitation at Albany, N .Y., by C. G. Abbot. 16 pp., 
6 figs. (Publ. 4103.) Jan. 27,1958. (30 cents.) 

No. 6. Sponges of the Alaskan Arctic, by M. W. de Laubenfels. 22 pp., 12 figs. 
(Publ. 4104.) Mar. 19,1958. (30 cents.) 

No. 7. Some Recent Arctic Foraminifera, by Alfred R. Loeblich, Jr., and Helen 
Tappan. 150 pp., 24 pls., 1 fig. (Publ. 4105.) Apr. 2, 1958. ($2.00.) 

No. 8. Western Atlantic scorpionfishes, by Isaac Ginsburg. 103 pp.,6figs. (Publ. 
4106.) May 28, 1953. ($1.10.) 

No. 9. A new Devonian crinoid from western Maryland, by Arthur L. Bowsher. 
8 pp., 1 pl., 1 fig. (Publ. 4107.) Apr. 16, 1958. (20 cents.) 

No. 10. The Tillodontia: An early Tertiary order of mammals, by C. Lewis Gazin. 
110 pp., 16 pls., 38 figs. (Publ. 4109.) June 23, 1953. ($1.50.) 

No. 11. Geologic background of Iyatayet archeological site, Cape Denbigh, Alaska, 
by D. M. Hopkins and J. L. Giddings, Jr. 33 pp., 4 pls., 7 figs. (Publ. 4110.) 
June 11, 1958. (50 cents.) 

No. 13. Regarding Washington, D. C., precipitation and temperature, 1952 and 
1953, by C. G. Abbot. 7 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 4130.) Mar. 3, 1953. (10 cents.) 


VOLUME 122 


No.1. Long-range effects of the sun’s variation on the temperature of Washington, 
D.C. 14 pp., 5 figs. (Publ. 4131.) May 12,1953. (25 cents.) 

No. 3. The metamorphosis of a fly’s head, by R. E. Snodgrass. 25 pp., 7 figs. 
(Publ. 4133.) June 25, 1953. (30 cents.) 


ANNUAL REPORTS 


Report for 1951.—The complete volume of the Annual Report of the 
Board of Regents for 1951 was received from the printer October 
q, 1952: 


Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution showing 
the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year ended 
June 30, 1951. ix + 449 pp., 69 pls., 16 figs. (Publ. 4062.) 1952. 


The general appendix contained the following papers (Publs. 4063- 
4.082) : 


Stormy weather on the sun, by Walter Orr Roberts. 

An appraisal of cloud seeding as a means of increasing precipitation, by Henry G. 
Houghton. 

On Einstein’s new theory, by Leopold Infeld. 

Some results in the field of high-pressure physics, by P. W. Bridgman. 

Ultrasonics, by Arthur R. Laufer. 

The industrial applications of atomic energy, by M. L. Oliphant. 

Some prospects in the field of electronics, by V. K. Zworykin. 

The new chemical elements, by Saul Dushman. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 155 


The insides of metals, by Carl A. Zapffe. 

Atomic weapons against cancer, by E. N. Lockard. 

Enzymes: Machine tools of the cellular factory, by B. A. Kilby. 

The fauna of America, by Austin H. Clark. 

The mechanics of snakes, by Alfred Leutscher. 

Hormones and the metamorphosis of insects, by V. B. Wigglesworth. 

Utilizing our soil resources for greater production, by Robert M. Salter. 

The carbon—14 method of age determination, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. 

River Basin Surveys: The first five years of the Inter-Agency Archeological and 
Paleontological Salvage Program, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. 

Artificial lighting in America : 1830-1860, by C. Malcolm Watkins. 

The development of the halftone screen, by Jacob Kainen. 

The artist and the atom, by Peter Blanc. 


Report for 1952.—The Report of the Secretary, which will form part 
of the Annual Report of the Board of Regents to Congress, was issued 
January 8, 1953: 

Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and financial report of 


the executive committee of the Board of Regents for the year ended June 30, 
1952. ix + 175 pp., 3 pls., 1 fig. (Publ. 4102.) 1953. 


SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS 


Dresses of the First Ladies of the White House, by Margaret W. Brown. 149 pp., 
70 pls. (35 in color). (Publ. 4060.) [Aug. 19] 1952. ($6.00.) 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM 


The editorial work of the National Museum continued under the 
immediate direction of the editor, John S. Lea. Ernest E. Biebig- 
hauser was added to the editorial staff on January 5, 1953, by transfer 
from the Public Health Service. The Museum issued during the year 
1 Annual Report, 13 Proceedings papers, 3 Bulletins, and 1 paper in 
the series Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, 
as follows: 

ANNUAL REPORT 


Annual Report for the year ended June 30,1952. iv + 103 pp. [Jan. 15, 1953.] 


PROCEEDINGS 


VOLUME 102 


No. 3306. The sipunculid worms of California and Baja California, by Walter 
Kenrick Fisher. Pp. 371-450, pls. 18-89. July 8, 1952. 


VOLUME 103 


No. 3311. Two new naucorid bugs of the genus Ambrysus, by Ira La Rivers. 
Pp. 1-7, fig. 1. Feb. 12, 1953. 

No. 3312. Two new scale-mite parasites of lizards, by R. F. Lawrence. Pp. 
9-18, figs. 2-7. Mar. 10, 1953. 

No. 3313. Notes on the biology and immature stages of a cricket parasite of the 
genus Rhopalosoma, by Ashley B. Gurney. Pp. 19-384, pl. 1, figs. 8 and 9. 
Mar. 10, 1953. 


156 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


No. 3314. Photuris bethaniensis, a new lampyrid firefly, by Frank A. McDermott. 
Pp. 35-37. Feb. 26, 1953. 

No. 3315. Distribution, general bionomics, and recognition characters of two 
cockroaches recently established in the United States, by Ashley B. Gurney. 
Pp. 39-56, pl. 2, fig. 10. Mar. 10, 1953. 

No. 3316. Biting midges of the heleid genus Stilobezzia in North America, by 
Willis W. Wirth. Pp. 57-85, figs. 11 and 12. May 15, 1953. 

No. 3317. Beetles of oedemerid genus Vasaces Champion, by Ross H. Arnett, 
Jr. Pp. 87-94, fig. 18. Apr. 30, 1953. 

No. 3318. Secarabaeid beetles of the genus Bradycinetulus and closely related 
genera in the United States, by O. L. Cartwright. Pp. 95-120, pls. 3 and 4, figs. 
14-16. June 5, 1953. 

No. 3319. The chrysomelid beetles of the genus Strabala Chevrolat, by Doris 
Holmes Blake. Pp. 121-1384, fig. 17. June 5, 1953. 

No. 3320. American biting midges of the heleid genus Monohelea, by Willis W. 
Wirth. Pp. 185-154, figs. 18 and 19. June 17, 1953. 

No. 3321. <A review of the beetle family Cephaloidae, by Ross H. Arnett, Jr. 
Pp. 155-161, pl. 5, fig. 20. May 15, 1953. 

No. 8322. The fresh-water triclads (Turbellaria) of Alaska, by Roman Kenk. 
Pp. 163-186, pls. 6-8, figs. 21-25. June 5, 1953. 


BULLETINS 


200. The generic names of the beetle family Staphylinidae, by Richard HE. Black- 
welder. iv+ 483 pp. July 21, 1952. 

208. Life histories of North American wood warblers, by Arthur Cleveland Bent. 
Pp. xi + 734, 83 pls. June 15, 1953. 

204. Catalog of the cycle collection of the Division of Engineering, United States 
National Museum, by Smith Hempstone Oliver. Pp. vi -+ 40, 24 pls., 1 fig. May 
26, 1953. 


CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM 
VOLUME 30 
Part 5. Studies of Pacific Island plants, XV. The genus Elaeocarpus in the New 


Hebrides, Fiji, Samoa, and Tonga, by A. C. Smith. Pp. i-v + 523-575. [May 
8] 1953. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY 


During the year the Bureau issued 1 Annual Report, 5 Bulletins, and 
3 papers in the series Publications of the Institute of Social Anthro- 


pology, as follows: 
ANNUAL REPORT 


Sixty-ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1951-1952. 
ii + 30 pp. [Feb. 6] 1953. 


BULLETINS 


145. The Indian tribes of North America, by John R. Swanton. Pp. i-vi + 1-726, 
5 maps. [Nov. 10] 1952. 

150. The modal personality structure of the Tuscarora Indians, as revealed by 
the Rorschach test, by Anthony F. C. Wallace. Pp. i—-viii + 1-120, 1 pl. 8 figs. 
[Oct. 9] 1952. 

151. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 33-42. Pp. i-ix + 1-507, 37 pls., 25 figs., 7 
maps. [Mar. 16] 1953. 


SECRETARY’S REPORT 157 


No. 33. “Of the Crow Nation,’ by Edwin Thompson Denig, edited, with bio- 
graphical sketch and footnotes, by John C. Ewers. 

No. 34. The water lily in Maya art: A complex of alleged Asiatic origin, 
by Robert L. Rands. 

No. 35. The Medicine Bundles of the Florida Seminole and the Green Corn 
Dance, by Louis Capron. 

No. 36. Technique in the music of the American Indian, by Frances 
Densmore. 

No. 37. The belief of the Indian in a connection between song and the super- 
natural, by Frances Densmore. 

No. 38. Aboriginal fish poisons, by Robert F. Heizer. 

No. 39. Aboriginal navigation off the coasts of Upper and Baja California, 
by Robert F. Heizer and William C. Massey. 

No. 40. Exploration of an Adena mound at Natrium, West Virginia, by 
Ralph S8. Solecki. 

No. 41. The Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by D. B. Shimkin. 

No. 42. Current trends in the Wind River Shoshone Sun Dance, by Fred W. 
Voget. 

153. La Venta, Tabasco: A study of Olmec ceramics and art, by Philip Drucker. 
Pp. i-x+1-257, 66 pls., 64 figs. [Dec. 17] 1952. 
155. Prehistoric settlement patterns in the VirGi Valley, Peri, by Gordon R. 
Willey. Pp. i-xxii + 1-453, 60 pls., 88 figs. [Apr. 10] 1953. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY 


No. 13. The Tajin Totonac. Part 1. History, subsistence, shelter, and tech- 
nology, by Isabel Kelly and Angel Palerm. Pp. i-xiv + 1-369, 33 pls., 69 figs., 
18 maps. [Sept. 22] 1952. 

No. 15. Indian tribes of northern Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Kalervo Oberg. Pp. 
i-vii+1-144, 10 pls., 2 figs., 3 maps, 14 charts. [Apr. 2] 1953. 

No. 16. Penny Capitalism: A Guatemalan Indian economy, by Sol Tax. Pp. 
i-x + 1-230,6 maps,19 charts. [June 16] 1953. 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS 


Contemporary Swiss paintings. (Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition 
Service). Illustrated. [July 1952.] 

Reveries of Paris, by Edwin Scott (1863-1929). Illustrated. [August 1952.] 

French drawings. (Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.) 
Illustrated. [November 1952.] 

Pastel portraits by Alice Pike Barney, and Paintings of Paris by Edwin Scott. 
Illustrated. [November 1952. ] 

Art and magic in Arnhem Land. (Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition 
Service.) Illustrated. [November 1952.] 

Design from Britain. (Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service.) 
Illustrated. [May 1953.] 


PUBLICATIONS OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART 
OCCASIONAL PAPERS 


VOLUME 2 


No. 1. Fourteenth-century blue-and-white: A group of Chinese porcelains in the 
Topkapu Sarayi Miizesi, Istanbul, by John Alexander Pope. 85 pp., 44 pls. 
[July 1] 1952. 


158 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


REPORT OF THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION 


The annual reports of the American Historical Association are 
transmitted by the Association to the Secretary of the Smithsonian 
Institution and are by him communicated to Congress, as provided by 
the act of incorporation of the Association. The following report 
volumes were issued during the year: 

Annual Report of the American Historical Association, 1950. Vol. 2. Writings 

on American history, 1948. xxxiii + 462 pp. [Oct. 31] 1952. 


Annual Report of the American Historical Association, 1951. Vol. 1. Proceed- 
ings and list of members. 207 pp. [Apr. 14] 1953. 


REPORT OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY, DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN 
REVOLUTION 


The manuscript of the Fifty-fifth Annual Report of the National 
Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to 
Congress, in accordance with law, on January 28, 1953. 

Respectfully submitted. 

Paut H. Orusser, Chief, Editorial Division. 

Dr. Lronarp CARMICHAEL, 

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution. 


Report of the Executive Committee of the Board of 
Regents of the Smithsonian Institution 


For the Year Ended June 30, 1953 


To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution: 

Your executive committee respectfully submits the following report 
in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, together with 
a statement of the appropriations by Congress for the Government 
bureaus in the administrative charge of the Institution. 


SMITHSONIAN ENDOWMENT FUND 


The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s. 6d.— 
$508,318.46. Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the claim, 
freights, insurance, and other incidental expenses, together with pay- 
ment into the fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been withheld 
during the lifetime of Madame de la Batut, brought the fund to the 
amount of $550,000. 

Since the original bequest, the Institution has received gifts from 
various sources, the income from which may be used for the general 
work of the Institution. These, including the original bequest, plus 
savings, are listed below, together with the income for the present year. 


ENDOWMENT FUNDS 


(Income for the unrestricted use of the Institution) 


Partly deposited in the United States Treasury at 6 percent and partly invested 
in stocks, bonds, and other holdings 


: Income 
Fund Investment present year 
Parent fund (original Smithson bequest, plus accumulated savings) ---.-------- 728, 977. 24 | $43, 726. 13 


Subsequent bequests, gifts, and other funds, partly deposited in the U. S. | 
Treasury and partly invested in the consolidated fund: 


ree SUCMAL TIO. |. ea ccaeceenecceeeaceneennanoeneen= 5, 270. 00 52. 00 
PEE ouenl Ss. ang Lydia, bequest fund 2 200 22 57, 267. 18 3, 031. 80 
ee RIRECUTS ERE Pee unas che neunanweanncnumnn 387, 154. 40 19, 612.18 
Penn ot HORNS LOT... penne ono ee a enp epee ne 500. 00 30. 00 
Hachenberg, George P. and Caroline, bequest fund_.........-....------- 4, 405. 40 223.12 
Teme games, bequest fund... 22. <n. e eee 2, 942. 20 172. 42 
Mum eronoe., TOOUest 1lid ....------~-----—------->-s=>--------se6—~ 1, 324. 81 67.09 
Peis Eanes G. (ceneral Clit). ...--- 2 coke one ne cce ew neeseeenees 149, 182. 04 8, 640. 91 
Pectoenry mirke, memorial fund. ne 313, 713. 17 15, 891. 75 
ees, WW mlom Jones, baquest fund. ....-...............---.-.----.---.- 1, 108. 21 61. 67 
PE AEOUEDE El. MIGIMOPH! 1M... angen penne eneecenenananppenee 2, 075. 12 115. 37 
Witherspoon, Thomas A., memorial fund......--.----------------------- 141, 360. 51 7, 160. 86 

(Maier its SR Ee OER Ls ps come nye ceespner eat key ee 1, 066, 303. 04 55, 059. 17 

SEATED LETS tee 2S buspar cee ae erigiaee ee a rcve ape ef PS tye 1, 795, 280. 28 98, 785. 30 


160 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


The Institution holds also a number of endowment gifts, the income 
of each being restricted to specific use. These, plus accretions to date, 
are listed below, together with income for the present year. 


Fund Investment wee oe 

Abbot, William L., fund, for investigations in biology.--..------------------ $114, 655, 51 $5, 786, 26 
Arthur, James, fund, for investigations and study of the sun and annual lec- 

LUTG,ONS8ME? 6.28 ee eee RW ON os ee eee 43, 808. 44 2, 219. 20 
Bacon,:Virginia Purdy, fund, for traveling scholarship to investigate fauna of 

countries other than.the United States/..0 2220 f he eee 54, 880. 05 2, 779. 99 
Baird, Lucy H., fund, for creating a memorial to Secretary Baird__---_----_- 26, 373. 56 1, 335. 98 
Barney, Alice Pike, memorial fund, for collecting of paintings and pastels and 

for encouragement of American artistic endeavor__------------------------- 26, 477. 87 1, 341. 25 
Barstow, Frederick D., fund, for purchase of animals for Zoological Park __ _- 1, 095. 17 55. 49 
Canfield Collection fund, for increase and care of the Canfield collection of 

minerals.2:20 2:2 secre gk TO BE a ee. OE Aree eee 41, 895. 57 2, 122. 29 
Casey, Thomas L., fund, for maintenance of the Casey collection and pro- 

motion of researches relating to Coleoptera____..----------------------__-- 13, 730. 13 695. 53 
Chamberlain, Francis Lea, fund, for increase and promotion of Isaac Lea 

collection of gémis and mollusks.__-.---.------ ke ee ee 30, 846. 83 1, 562. 61 
Dykes, Charles, bequest fund, for support in financial research ________-____- 47, 166. 59 2, 388. 99 
Eickemeyer, Florence Brevoort, fund, for preservation and exhibition of the 

photographic collection of Rudolph Eickemeyer, Jr___--------------------_- 11, 906. 67 603. 17 
Hillyer,:Virgil, fund, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer collection of light- 

Ine Objects) on phe SL ele DU 2 ee eee es ae ee 7, 199. 12 364. 67 
Hitchcock, Albert S., library fund, for care of the Hitchcock Agrostological 

brary 2 iss. pevigoey ved pactrtitee T nde “Anas nt f. 1, 728. 46 87. 56 
Hodgkins fund, specific, for increase and diffusion of more exact knowledge in 

regard to nature and properties of atmospheric air_____----------------_--- 100, 000. 00 6, 000. 00 
Hrdlitka, Ale3 and Marie, fund, to further researches in physical anthro- 

pology and publication in connection therewith___.-_._-.-_-------------__- 34, 747. 61 1, 675. 31 
Hughes, Bruce, fund, to found Hughes alcove__._.------------------------_- 20, 967. 27 1, 062 16 
Long, Annette and Edith C., fund, for upkeep and preservation of Long col- 

lection of embroideries, laces, and textiles_________________________________. 594. 78 30. 12 
Maxwell, Mary E., fund, for care and exhibition of Maxwell collection______ 21, 485. 60 1, 088. 36 
Myer, Catherine Walden, fund, for purchase of first-class works of art for use 

and benefit of the National Collection of Fine Arts________________________ 20, 763. 96 1, 051. 81 
Nelson, Edward W., fund, for support of biological studies__________________ 5, 290. 60 147. 43 


Noyes, Frank B., fund, for use in connection with the collection of dolls 
placed in the U. S. National Museum through the interest of Mr. and Mrs. 


1). 2 EE A RESO i RN RR PR RU te Se 1, 052. 40 53. 33 
Pell, Cornelia Livingston, fund, for maintenance of Alfred Duane Pell collec- 

51: ileal Se OE GE enc Nh ROR ete LOR LEN Oot aL 8, 119. 55 411.31 
Poore, Lucy T. and George W., fund, for general use of the Institution when 

principal amotints to'$250,000_.... Sg ee Dat ales en barley Soper dd Vs 155, 971. 69 7, 757. 27 
Rathbun, Richard, memorial fund, for use of division of U. S. National 

Museum contaming Crustacea. oo 23 ee ee 11, 650. 56 590. 19 
Reid, Addison T., fund, for founding chair in biology, in memory of Asher 

ce IS RN ND REIMER RAN ty esa 0 eh A ur bx aye" wh etre cas one on 31, 440. 75 1, 692. 52 
Roebling Collection fund, for care, improvement, and increase of Roebling 

eallection of mamernis. 3 Fo ae ee ce eee ee ee ee 132, 200. 95 6, 696. 88 
Rollins, Miriam and William, fund, for investigations in physics and chem- 

FEIT a isn pase g hh ge Beng a as ee 102, 854. 58 5, 210. 36 
Smithsonian employees’ retirement fund___.________________.._.._._._.____- 30, 221. 14 1, 590. 59 
Springer, Frank, fund, for care and increase of the Springer collection and 

Sy a ba ee Bere ane Ae eee en a eee 19, 643. 49 995. 06 
Strong, Julia D., bequest fund, for benefit of the National Collection of Fine 

|: a PCS nnTe LUMO Ye DRS tite Hele Yo) < were leet Sa cee 10, 952. 22 554. 79 
Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, research fund, for development of 

geological and paleontological studies and publishing results thereof________ 486, 060. 81 21, 419. 18 
Walcott, Mary Vaux, fund, for publications in botany__-_-__-__.___________- 63, 407. 02 3, 212. 10 
Younger, Helen Walcott, fund, held in trust_..............................__ 69, 077. 72 3, 120. 88 
Zerbee, Frances Brincklé, fund, for endowment of aquaria___________________ 1, 039. 05 52. 65 

ci So oe see erm Teast URN AS 1, 749, 305. 72 86, 162. 30 


ee ee ee ee 


EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE REPORT 161 
FREER GALLERY OF ART FUND 


Early in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave 
to the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects 
of art, as well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by 
Whistler, Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave 
funds for construction of a building to house the collection, and 
finally in his will, probated November 6, 1919, he provided stock and 
securities to the estimated value of $1,958,591.42, as an endowment 
fund for the operation of the Gallery. 

The above fund of Mr. Freer was almost entirely represented by 
20,465 shares of stock in Parke, Davis & Co. As this stock advanced 
in value, much of it was sold and the proceeds reinvested so that the 
fund now amounts to $6,951,703.80 in selected securities. 


SUMMARY OF ENDOWMENTS 


Invested endowment for general purposes____________________- $1, 795, 280. 28 
Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow- 

2 ee ee ee eee 1, 749, 305. 72 
Total invested endowment other than Freer endow- 

Sita ag LER eee YS ee ne 3, 544, 586. 00 

Freer invested endowment for specific purposes_______________- 6, 951, 703. 80 

Total invested endowment for all purposes___________- 10, 496, 289. 80 


CLASSIFICATION OF INVESTMENTS 


Deposited in the U. S. Treasury at 6 percent per annum, as 

authorized in the U. S. Revised Statutes, sec. 5591__________- 1, 000, 000. 00 
Investments other than Freer endowment (cost 

or market value at date acquired): 


|S cee aa 1 ES $873, 194. 93 
Spey) Bets CS 7 1, 558, 447. 71 
Real estate and first-mortgage notes__-_-_-_-- 6, 071. 00 
Muwerued eapital Of 2-2 ee 106, 872. 36 
2, 544, 586. 00 
Total investments other than Freer endowment- ------ 3, 544, 586. 00 


Investments of Freer endowment (cost or market 
value at date acquired): 


2 ee ee ee a eee $4, 012, 130. 08 
TN net Ledeen 2, 925, 890. 21 
aeerene enpital.._.......-L..-.-2.+-<1 13, 683. 51 


6, 951, 703. 80 


OE ne . 10, 496, 289. 80 


162 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


CASH BALANCES, RECEIPTS, AND DISBURSEMENTS DURING FISCAL 


YEAR 1953+ 


Gash balance on hand: June 30,1952 2) oe en a a oe 
Receipts, other than Freer endowment: 


Income from investments-_-___.._..-_.------- $207, 174. 39 
Gifts'and contributiong 2.02 tedio. ap. ins 120, 932. 05 
Books andipublicationsie<.f — 240-26! h24. 2 42, 325. 07 
Miscellaneous. 0 cA hee ee ge 30, 612, 65 
Proeceds from real esiaipe 2.2: one oo pee 8, 643. 96 
Payroll withholdings and refund of advances 

(HEDIS ee ee ee ee 375. 05 
Proceeds from other stocks and bonds (net)____ 102, 912. 53 


Total receipts other then Freer endowment____-______- 

Receipts from Freer endowment: 
Interest.and dividends> Jejoe! 42 25 12 SAT rs $326, 453. 31 
Proceeds from sales and purchases (net) _-____- 13, 477. 04 


WOtal np he we Ne ap AS oe AO ee eae OE 
Disbursements other than Freer endowment: 

PLC BATAIS GP REEOTE: 2). Ne oe le oe a ge $95, 643. 45 
Publications: «crs ta! Go. cyt 0 Sie TER Aa ae ee 28, 196. 50 
Papin. Fahot 6 RES A rT AS eee DE ae 855. 51 
Custodian fees and servicing securities________ 1, 260. 72 
IEE UR TN OES 28 ies ag ah agin ma Sy dc, 2, 213. 40 
Mesearehes: ad 0-5 ORR ene ere reel ey te ae 194, 674. 67 
S. I. Retirement System. ____.__..---+_--.-- 2, 768. 34 
U.S. Government and other contracts (net) __-_- 571. 63 
Purchase and sale of securities (net)_.____._-___- 130, 637. 20 


Total disbursements other than Freer endowment______-_ 
Disbursements from Freer endowment: 


Naldtries.: °° 22 (here ten eee eS $108, 485. 59 
Purchases forart-eollection._—_ 134, 955. 00 
Custodian fees and servicing securities_______- 10, 494. 99 
Miscellaneous S3S_ 800.) dc ee 20, 041. 87 


Total disbursements from Freer endowment_-_-____-_-__- 
Disbursements of current funds for investments in 
U.S. Government bonds: 


Prirelasear 27.2 8a oe ee ate Me eee ee ee $798, 746. 76 
Sold or redeemed.) 24) yet e Je ae be! 699, 406. 13 


Total disbursements of current funds for investments in 
U. 8. ‘Government bonds (net) 2.2222 2222se22222222 


Total Gugausements OS a ee ee 
Crs balance fume sO. 195a6 2 8 oe a es eer ee ee 


$511, 063. 79 


512, 975. 70 


339, 930. 35 


1, 363, 969. 84 


456, 821. 42 


273, 977. 45 


99, 340. 63 


830, 139. 50 


533, 830. 34 


1, 363, 969. 84 


1 This statement does not include Government appropriations under the admin- 


istrative charge of the Institution. 


EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE REPORT 163 


ASSETS 
Cash: 
United States Treasury cur- 
pant account ..__.._..... $369, 195. 19 
In banks and on hand_-_-_-__- 164, 665. 15 
533, 860. 34 
Less uninvested endowment 
ee 4 plea ae la 120, 555. 87 
$413, 304. 47 
Travel and other advances__._-._........_-__- 16, 252. 81 
Cash invested (U. S. Treasury 
ee ernie UPA ek Gls Sel 22 699, 594. 60 
—— > Ol) rae Loree 
Investments—at book value: 
Endowment funds: 
Freer Gallery of Art: 
Stocks and bonds_____-__- $6, 938, 020. 29 
Mmsnvested cash. ___._- sen8icbe 13, 683. 51 
———————__ 6, 951, 703. 80 
Investments at book value other 
than Freer: 
Stocks and bonds___-_-_-_-- $2, 431, 642. 64 
Real-estate and mortgage 
_. i Se 6, 071. 00 
Uninvested cash________- 106, 872. 36 
Special deposit in U. S. 
Treasury at 6 percent 


WE 1, 000, 000. 00 
———————_—_-__ 3, 544, 586. 00 
10, 496, 289. 80 


11, 625, 441. 68 
UNEXPENDED FUNDS AND ENDOWMENTS 
Unexpended funds: 
Income from Freer Gallery of Art endowment___----__---- $477, 020. 89 
Income from other endowments: 
. eee a oe $246, 696. 79 


en ae aes a ee ees a ee 126, 323. 90 
= = — — 373, 020. 69 


REO ee ss ee ee ee 279, 110. 30 
1, 129, 151. 8 


wD 


Endowment funds: 
Preece Gallery of “Ares Uo vos foe. eel $6, 951, 703. 80 
Other: 
CT $1, 749, 305. 72 
4 as 1, 795, 280. 28 
—_———————_ 3, 54, 586. 00 
——_—_—_————— 10, 496, 289. 80 


11, 625, 441. 68 


The practice of maintaining savings accounts in several of the 
Washington banks and trust companies has been continued during the 
past year, and interest on these deposits amounted to $871.17. 


164 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1953 


In many instances, deposits are made in banks for convenience in 
collection of checks, and later such funds are withdrawn and deposited 
in the United States Treasury. Disbursement of funds is made by 
check signed by the Secretary of the Institution and drawn on the 


United States Treasury. 
The foregoing report relates only to the private funds of the 


Institution. 
The Institution gratefully acknowledges gifts from the following: 


Brittain Thompson. 

Laura D. Barney, additional gift for the Alice Pike Barney memorial fund. 

Rose Banon. 

Robert M. de Calry. 

Guggenheim Foundation, grant for Honey Guide Bird Publication. 

I. A. Link, Link Aviation Corporation, additional gift for historical research 
(marine archeology). 

Dr. R. C. Moore, for illustrations fund for Foraminifera. 

National Science Foundation, for research, Descriptive Flora of the Fiji Islands. 

National Science Foundation, grant for foreign exchanges. 

Edward W. Nelson, for biological studies. 

National Geographic Society, for archeological work in Panama. 

Research Corporation, for Canal Zone Biological Area. 


The following appropriations were made by Congress for the Gov- 
ernment bureaus under the administrative charge of the Smithsonian 
Institution for the fiscal year 1953: 


Salaries and expenses a) G:F... weer a $2, 419, 500. 00 
Matinal Zoeelosteat Parkes fe 615, 000. 00 


In addition, funds were transferred from other departments of the 
Government for expenditure under the direction of the Smithsonian 
Institution as follows: 


Working fund (transferred to the Smithsonian Institution by the 
Institute of Inter-American .Affairs)—-~-=-===<--4+ 4) sees $24, 287. 37 
Working funds, transferred from the National Park Service, Interior 
Department, for archeological investigations in river basins 
thronzhant ihe United States....____._._ a eee 122, 700. 00 


The Institution also administers a trust fund for partial support 
of the Canal Zone Biological Area, located on Barro Colorado Island 


in the Canal Zone. 
The report of the audit of the Smithsonian private funds follows: 
WASHINGTON, D. C., September 8, 1953. 
To THE BoarD oF REGENTS, 
Smithsonian Institution, 
Washington 25, D. C.: 

We have examined the accounts of the Smithsonian Institution relative to its 
private endowment funds and gifts (but excluding the National Gallery of Art 
and other departments, bureaus, or operations administered by the Institution 
under Federal appropriations) for the year ended June 30, 1953. Our examina- 


EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE REPORT 165 


tion was made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, and 
accordingly included such tests of the accounting records and such other auditing 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. 

The Institution maintains its accounts on a cash basis and does not accrue 
income and expenses. Land, buildings, furniture, equipment, works of art, 
living and other specimens and certain sundry property are not included in 
the accounts of the Institution. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial statements present fairly the posi- 
tion of the private funds and the cash and investments thereof of the Smith- 
sonian Institution at June 30, 1953 (excluding the National Gallery of Art and 
other departments, bureaus, or operations administered by the Institution under 
Federal appropriations) and the cash receipts and disbursements for the year 
then ended, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied 
on a basis consistent with that of the preceding year. 

PEAT, MARWICK, MITCHELL & Co. 


Respectfully submitted. 
Rozert V. FLEMING, 
VANNEVAR Busu, 
CLARENCE CANNON, 
Executive Committee. 


GOR wt Al tron SOS RROREREOS, | 


Diet aivtating\~ waritibers “hm ind sai 
BAe: isiaes ome Tyas iA horas Se 


: 7 gt 
PAE ATIT yy Od wand 


vee j ns ; 

airios hk io ! iss nite Blea bea ti nullots 

Rom ral a Sot a ae 

teas aA, Sito tips wii i 3h PKIZS Ot 
th Rebytont! priate user ities fos acoitiests of 
eqping report celotes OFly (ynehaeeRy eas ag 
~feany a) Pain eeu einamstste falooeeh gpalyenquossg hee 
ifm 2At Yo Agypult SUSseore dl Dia. Ae pn. ath hah Biers 
bine YEA We VIATINE) faddiiew elt yelbubers) ice 08 ougt 18 2 rok 
Hast cteooiijeabled) wi hoteteiuobs ancy 940 TO 2y send ae 
th a tak Sits tensed bog: atiglost dks coat fie banned iw 
Kaye ater mag gatidnodoe beiqesss eiersioes dtly SPP al 


LeY oe yer a0 jaul? div jasteian 
GD, A), LAL AR ERE ahi ewite he AA 3 Y Bing } DU, SHR aa 


“pin yer 


7 WT 


Bee ‘t oy v TH: me 


ery TAME... Doane tne ate wt 
,O Aiea) aD > ~ +l ead angi 
Sot anol) sep ots oueth . 
’ m. f g ‘ P ’ 7 avte i . 
CO a 
PPropriagn "a 
1 *. bn dal chs 

' or be 

’ r at